Your Personal Horoscope 2002: The Only One-Volume Horoscope You'll Ever Need

Your Personal

HOROSCOPE

2002

The only one-volume horoscope you’ll ever need

Joseph Polansky

The Author is grateful to the people of STAR ★ DATA who truly fathered this book and without whom it could not have been written. PerfectBound An e-book from HarperCollins Publishers 77–85 Fulham Palace Road Hammersmith, London W6 8JB A Thorsons edition published 2001 Copyright © Star Data, Inc. 2001; all rights reserved Star ★ Data assert the moral right to be identified as the authors of this work Adobe eBook Reader Version v1 June 2001 ISBN 0-00-713154-2 All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior permission of the publishers. wwww.fireandwater.com/ebooks/

Contents

Introduction Glossary of Astrological Terms

9

11

Aries Personality Profile

20

Understanding an Aries

22

Horoscope for 2002

26

Month-by-month Forecasts

35

Taurus Personality Profile

56

Understanding a Taurus

58

Horoscope for 2002

62

Month-by-month Forecasts

72

Gemini Personality Profile

93

Understanding a Gemini

95

Horoscope for 2002

99

Month-by-month Forecasts

107

Cancer Personality Profile

129

Understanding a Cancer

131

Horoscope for 2002

135

Month-by-month Forecasts

145

Leo Personality Profile

166

Understanding a Leo

168

Horoscope for 2002

172

Month-by-month Forecasts

182

Virgo Personality Profile

203

Understanding a Virgo

205

Horoscope for 2002

209

Month-by-month Forecasts

220

Libra Personality Profile

242

Understanding a Libra

244

Horoscope for 2002

248

Month-by-month Forecasts

257

Scorpio Personality Profile

278

Understanding a Scorpio

280

Horoscope for 2002

284

Month-by-month Forecasts

294

Sagittarius Personality Profile

315

Understanding a Sagittarius

317

Horoscope for 2002

321

Month-by-month Forecasts

331

Capricorn Personality Profile

352

Understanding a Capricorn

354

Horoscope for 2002

358

Month-by-month Forecasts

367

Aquarius Personality Profile

388

Understanding an Aquarius

390

Horoscope for 2002

394

Month-by-month Forecasts

404

Pisces Personality Profile

425

Understanding a Pisces

427

Horoscope for 2002

431

Month-by-month Forecasts

440

Also available

461

About the publisher

462

Introduction

Welcome to the fascinating and intricate world of astrology! For thousands of years the movements of the planets and other heavenly bodies have intrigued the best minds of every generation. Life holds no greater challenge or joy than this: knowledge of ourselves and the universe we live in. Astrology is one of the keys to this knowledge. Your Personal Horoscope 2002 gives you the fruits of astro­ logical wisdom. In addition to general guidance on your character and the basic trends of your life, it shows you how to take advantage of planetary influences so you can make the most of the year ahead. The section on each Sign includes a Personality Profile, a look at general trends for 2002, and in-depth month-bymonth forecasts. The Glossary (page 11) explains some of the astrological terms you may be unfamiliar with. One of the many helpful features of this book is the ‘Best’ and ‘Most Stressful’ days listed at the beginning of each monthly forecast. Read these sections to learn which days in each month will be good overall, good for money, and good for love. Mark them on your calendar – these will be your best days. Similarly, make a note of the days that will be most stressful for you. It is best to avoid taking important meetings or major decisions on these days, as well as on those days when important planets in your Horoscope are retrograde (moving backwards through the Zodiac). The Major Trends section for your Sign lists those days when your vitality is strong or weak, or when relationships with your co-workers or loved ones may need a bit more effort on your part. If you are going through a difficult time, 9

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

take a look at the colour, metal, gem and scent listed in the ‘At a Glance’ section of your Personality Profile. Wearing a piece of jewellery that contains your metal and/or gem will strengthen your vitality; just as wearing clothes or decorat­ ing your room or office in the colour ruled by your Sign, drinking teas made from the herbs ruled by your Sign, or wearing the scents associated with your Sign will sustain you. Another important virtue of this book is that it will help you to know not only yourself but those around you: your friends, co-workers, partners and/or children. Reading the Personality Profile and forecasts for their Signs will provide you with an insight into their behaviour that you won’t get anywhere else. You will know when to be more tolerant of them and when they are liable to be difficult or irritable. I consider you – the reader – my personal client. By studying your Solar Horoscope I gain an awareness of what is going on in your life – what you are feeling and striving for and the challenges you face. I then do my best to address these concerns. Consider this book the next best thing to having your own personal astrologer! It is my sincere hope that Your Personal Horoscope 2002 will enhance the quality of your life, make things easier, illumi­ nate the way forward, banish obscurities and make you more aware of your personal connection to the universe. Understood properly and used wisely, astrology is a great guide to knowing yourself, the people around you and the events in your life – but remember that what you do with these insights – the final result – is up to you.

10

Glossary of

Astrological Terms

Ascendant We experience day and night because the Earth rotates on its axis once every 24 hours. It is because of this rotation that the Sun, Moon and planets seem to rise and set. The Zodiac is a fixed belt (imaginary, but very real in spiritual terms) around the Earth. As the Earth rotates, the different Signs of the Zodiac seem to the observer to rise on the hori­ zon. During a 24-hour period every Sign of the Zodiac will pass this horizon point at some time or another. The Sign that is at the horizon point at any given time is called the Ascendant, or Rising Sign. The Ascendant is the Sign denoting a person’s self-image, body and self-concept – the personal ego, as opposed to the spiritual ego indicated by a person’s Sun Sign.

Aspects Aspects are the angular relationships between planets, the way in which one planet stimulates or influences another. If a planet makes a harmonious aspect (connection) to another, it tends to stimulate that planet in a positive and helpful way. If it makes a stressful aspect to another planet, this dis­ rupts the planet’s normal influence. 11

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Astrological Qualities There are three astrological qualities: cardinal, fixed and mutable. Each of the 12 Signs of the Zodiac falls into one of these three categories. Cardinal Signs

Aries, Cancer, Libra and Capricorn The cardinal quality is the active, initiating principle. Those born under these four Signs are good at starting new projects.

Fixed Signs

Taurus, Leo, Scorpio and Aquarius Fixed qualities include stability, persistence, endurance and perfectionism. People born under these four Signs are good at seeing things through.

Mutable Signs

Gemini, Virgo, Sagittarius and Pisces Mutable qualities are adaptability, changeability and balance. Those born under these four Signs are creative, if not always practical.

Direct Motion When the planets move forward through the Zodiac – as they normally do – they are said to be going ‘direct’.

12

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Grand Trine A Grand Trine differs from a normal Trine (where two plan­ ets are 120 degrees apart) in that three or more planets are involved. When you look at this pattern in a chart, it takes the form of a complete triangle – a Grand Trine. Usually (but not always) it occurs in one of the four elements: Fire, Earth, Air, or Water. Thus the particular element in which it occurs will be highlighted. A Grand Trine in Water is not the same as a Grand Trine in Air or Fire, etc. This is a very fortu­ nate and happy aspect, and quite rare.

Grand Square A Grand Square differs from a normal Square (usually two planets separated by 90 degrees) in that four or more planets are involved. When you look at the pattern in a chart you will see a whole and complete square. This, though stressful, usually denotes a new manifestation in the life. There is much work and balancing involved in the manifestation.

Houses There are 12 Signs of the Zodiac and 12 Houses of experi­ ence. The 12 Signs are personality types and ways in which a given planet expresses itself; the 12 Houses show ‘where’ in your life this expression takes place. Each House has a different area of interest. A House can become potent and important – a House of Power – in different ways: if it contains the Sun, the Moon or the Ruler of your chart, if it contains more than one planet, or if the Ruler of 13

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

that House is receiving unusual stimulation from other planets. 1st House

Personal Image and Sensual Delights

2nd House

Money/Finance

3rd House

Communication and Intellectual Interests

4th House

Home and Family

5th House

Children, Fun, Games, Creativity, Speculations and Love Affairs

6th House

Health and Work

7th House

Love, Marriage and Social Activities

8th House

Transformation and Regeneration

9th House

Religion, Foreign Travel, Higher Education and Philosophy

10th House

Career

11th House

Friends, Group Activities and Fondest Wishes

12th House

Spirituality

Karma Karma is the law of cause and effect which governs all phe­ nomena. We are all where we find ourselves because of karma – because of actions we have performed in the past. The universe is such a balanced instrument that any act immediately sets corrective forces into motion – karma. 14

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Long-term Planets The planets that take a long time to move through a Sign show the long-term trends in a given area of life. They are important for forecasting the prolonged view of things. Because these planets stay in one Sign for so long, there are periods in the year when the faster-moving (short-term) planets will join them, further activating and enhancing the importance of a given House. Jupiter

stays in a Sign for about 1 year

Saturn

21⁄2 years

Uranus

7 years

Neptune

14 years

Pluto

15 to 30 years

Lunar Relating to the Moon.

See also ‘Phases of the Moon’, below.

Natal Literally means ‘birth’. In astrology this term is used to dis­ tinguish between planetary positions that occurred at the time of a person’s birth (natal) and those that are current (transiting). For example, Natal Sun refers to where the Sun was when you were born; transiting Sun refers to where the 15

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Sun’s position is currently at any given moment – which usually doesn’t coincide with your birth, or Natal, Sun.

Out of Bounds The planets move through the Zodiac at various angles relative to the celestial equator (if you were to draw an imaginary extension of the Earth’s equator out into the universe, you would have an illustration of this celestial equator). The Sun – being the most dominant and powerful influence in the Solar system – is the measure astrologers use as a standard. The Sun never goes more than approxi­ mately 23 degrees north or south of the celestial equator. At the winter solstice the Sun reaches its maximum southern angle of orbit (declination); at the summer solstice it reaches its maximum northern angle. Any time a planet exceeds this Solar boundary – and occasionally planets do – it is said to be ‘out of bounds’. This means that the planet exceeds or trespasses into strange territory – beyond the limits allowed by the Sun, the Ruler of the Solar system. The planet in this condition becomes more emphasized and exceeds its authority, becoming an important influence in the forecast.

Phases of the Moon After the full Moon, the Moon seems to shrink in size (as perceived from the Earth), gradually growing smaller until it is virtually invisible to the naked eye – at the time of the next new Moon. This is called the waning Moon phase, or the waning Moon. 16

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

After the new Moon, the Moon gradually gets bigger in size (as perceived from the Earth) until it reaches its maxi­ mum size at the time of the full Moon. This period is called the waxing Moon phase, or waxing Moon.

Retrogrades The planets move around the Sun at different speeds. Mercury and Venus move much faster than the Earth, while Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune and Pluto move more slowly. Thus there are times when, relative to the Earth, the planets appear to be going backwards. In reality they are always going forward, but relative to our vantage point on Earth they seem to go backwards through the Zodiac for a period of time. This is called ‘retrograde’ motion and tends to weaken the normal influence of a given planet.

Short-term Planets The fast-moving planets move so quickly through a Sign that their effects are generally of a short-term nature. They reflect the immediate, day-to-day trends in a Horoscope. Moon Mercury Sun Venus Mars

stays in a Sign for only 21⁄2 days 20 to 30 days 30 days approximately 1 month approximately 2 months

17

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

T-square A T-square differs from a Grand Square in that it is not a complete square. If you look at the pattern in a chart it appears as ‘half a complete square’, resembling the T-square tools used by architects and designers. If you cut a complete square in half, diagonally, you have a T-square. Many astro­ logers consider this more stressful than a Grand Square, as it creates tension that is difficult to resolve. T-squares bring learning experiences.

Transits This refers to the movements or motions of the planets at any given time. Astrologers use the word ‘transit’ to make the distinction between a birth or Natal planet (see ‘Natal’, above) and the planet’s current movement in the heavens. For example, if at your birth Saturn was in the Sign of Cancer in your 8th House, but is now moving through your 3rd House, it is said to be ‘transiting’ your 3rd House. Transits are one of the main tools with which astrologers forecast trends.

18

Aries

 THE RAM Birthdays from 21st March to 20th April

Personality Profile ARIES AT A GLANCE Element – Fire Ruling Planet – Mars Career Planet – Saturn Love Planet – Venus Money Planet – Venus Planet of Fun, Entertainment, Creativity and Speculations – Sun Planet of Health and Work – Mercury Planet of Home and Family Life – Moon Planet of Spirituality – Neptune Planet of Travel, Education, Religion and Philosophy – Jupiter Colours – carmine, red, scarlet 20

ARIES

Colours that promote love, romance and social harmony – green, jade green Colour that promotes earning power – green Gem – amethyst Metals – iron, steel Scent – honeysuckle Quality – cardinal (= activity) Quality most needed for balance – caution Strongest virtues – abundant physical energy, courage, honesty, independence, self-reliance Deepest need – action Characteristics to avoid – haste, impetuousness,

over-aggression, rashness

Signs of greatest overall compatibility – Leo,

Sagittarius

Signs of greatest overall incompatibility – Cancer, Libra, Capricorn Sign most helpful to career – Capricorn Sign most helpful for emotional support – Cancer Sign most helpful financially – Taurus Sign best for marriage and/or partnerships – Libra Sign most helpful for creative projects – Leo Best Sign to have fun with – Leo Signs most helpful in spiritual matters – Sagittarius, Pisces Best day of the week – Tuesday 21

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Understanding an Aries Aries is the activist par excellence of the Zodiac. The Arien need for action is almost an addiction, and those who do not really understand the Arien personality would probably use this hard word to describe it. In reality ‘action’ is the essence of the Arien psychology – the more direct, blunt and to-thepoint the action, the better. When you think about it, this is the ideal psychological makeup for the warrior, the pioneer, the athlete or the manager. Ariens like to get things done, and in their passion and zeal often lose sight of the consequences for themselves and others. Yes, they often try to be diplomatic and tactful, but it is hard for them. When they do so they feel that they are being dishonest and phony. It is hard for them even to understand the mindset of the diplomat, the consensus builder, the front office executive. These people are in­ volved in endless meetings, discussions, talks and negotia­ tions – all of which seem a great waste of time when there is so much work to be done, so many real achievements to be gained. An Aries can understand, once it is explained, that talks and negotiations – the social graces – lead ultimately to better, more effective actions. The interesting thing is that an Aries is rarely malicious or spiteful – even when waging war. Aries people fight without hate for their opponents. To them it is all good-natured fun, a grand adventure, a game. When confronted with a problem many people will say ‘Well, let’s think about it, let’s analyse the situation.’ But not an Aries. An Aries will think ‘Something must be done. Let’s get on with it.’ Of course neither response is the total answer. Sometimes action is called for, sometimes cool thought. But an Aries tends to err on the side of action. Action and thought are radically different principles. Physical activity is the use of brute force. Thinking and deliberating require one not to use force – to be still. It is not good for the athlete to be deliberating the next move; this 22

ARIES

will only slow down his or her reaction time. The athlete must act instinctively and instantly. This is how Aries people tend to behave in life. They are quick, instinctive decisionmakers and their decisions tend to be translated into action almost immediately. When their intuition is sharp and well tuned, their actions are powerful and successful. When their intuition is off, their actions can be disastrous. Do not think this will scare an Aries. Just as a good warrior knows that in the course of combat he or she might acquire a few wounds, so too does an Aries realize – somewhere deep down – that in the course of being true to yourself you might get embroiled in a disaster or two. It is all part of the game. An Aries feels strong enough to weather any storm. There are many Aries people who are intellectual: Ariens make powerful and creative thinkers. But even in this realm they tend to be pioneers – outspoken and blunt. These types of Ariens tend to elevate (or sublimate) their desire for physical combat in favour of intellectual, mental combat. And they are indeed powerful. In general, Aries people have a faith in themselves that others could learn from. This basic, rock-bottom faith carries them through the most tumultuous situations of life. Their courage and self-confidence make them natural leaders. Their leadership is more by way of example than by actually controlling others. Finance Arien people often excel as builders or estate agents. Money in and of itself is not as important as are other things – action, adventure, sport, etc. They are motivated by the need to support and be well-thought-of by their partners. Money as a way of attaining pleasure is another important motiva­ tion. Ariens function best in their own businesses or as managers of their own departments within a large business or corporation. The fewer orders they have to take from 23

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

higher up, the better. They also function better out in the field rather than behind a desk. Aries people are hard workers with a lot of endurance; they can earn large sums of money due to the strength of their sheer physical energy. Venus is their Money Planet, which means that Ariens need to develop more of the social graces in order to realize their full earning potential. Just getting the job done – which is what an Aries excels at – is not enough to create financial success. The co-operation of others needs to be attained. Customers, clients and co-workers need to be made to feel comfortable; many people need to be treated properly in order for success to happen. When Aries people develop these abilities – or hire someone to do this for them – their financial potential is unlimited. Career and Public Image One would think that a pioneering type would want to break with the social and political conventions of society. But this is not so with the Aries-born. They are pioneers within conventional limits, in the sense that they like to start their own businesses within an established industry. Capricorn is on the 10th House (Career) cusp of Aries’ Solar Horoscope. Saturn is the planet that rules their life’s work and professional aspirations. This tells us some interest­ ing things about the Arien character. First off, it shows that in order for Aries people to reach their full career potential they need to develop some qualities that are a bit alien to their basic nature: They need to become better administrators and organizers; they need to be able to handle details better and to take a long-range view of their projects and their careers in general. No one can beat an Aries when it comes to achieving short-range objectives, but a career is long term, built over time. You cannot take a ‘quickie’ approach to it. 24

ARIES

Some Aries people find it difficult to stick with a project until the end. Since they get bored quickly and are in constant pursuit of new adventures, they prefer to pass an old project or task on to somebody else in order to start something new. Those Ariens who learn how to put off the search for something new until the old is completed will achieve great success in their careers and professional lives. In general, Aries people like society to judge them on their own merits, on their real and actual achievements. A reputation acquired by ‘hype’ feels false to them. Love and Relationships In marriage and partnerships Ariens like those who are more passive, gentle, tactful and diplomatic – people who have the social grace and skills they sometimes lack. Our partners always represent a hidden part of ourselves – a self that we cannot express personally. An Aries tends to go after what he or she likes aggressive­ ly. The tendency is to jump into relationships and marriages. This is especially true if Venus is in Aries as well as the Sun. If an Aries likes you, he or she will have a hard time taking no for an answer; many attempts will be made to sweep you off your feet. Though Ariens can be exasperating in relationships – especially if they are not understood by their partners – they are never consciously or wilfully cruel or malicious. It is just that they are so independent and sure of themselves that they find it almost impossible to see somebody else’s view­ point or position. This is why an Aries needs as a partner someone with lots of social grace. On the plus side, an Aries is honest, someone you can lean on, someone with whom you will always know where you stand. What he or she lacks in diplomacy is made up for in integrity. 25

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Home and Domestic Life An Aries is of course the ruler at home – the Boss. The male will tend to delegate domestic matters to the female. The female Aries will want to rule the roost. Both tend to be handy round the house. Both like large families and both believe in the sanctity and importance of the family. An Aries is a good family person, although he or she does not especially like being at home a lot, preferring instead to be roaming about. Considering that they are by nature so combative and wilful, Aries people can be surprisingly soft, gentle and even vulnerable with their children and partners. The Sign of Cancer, ruled by the Moon, is on the cusp of their Solar 4th House (Home and Family). When the Moon is well aspected – under favourable influences – in the birth chart an Aries will be tender towards the family and want a family life that is nurturing and supportive. Ariens like to come home after a hard day on the battlefield of life to the understanding arms of their partner and the unconditional love and sup­ port of their family. An Aries feels that there is enough ‘war’ out in the world – and he or she enjoys participating in that. But when Aries comes home, comfort and nurturing are what’s needed.

Horoscope for 2002 Major Trends Last year was a year of intellectual development. Through the use of the carrot and the stick the Cosmos pushed you to new heights of intellectual achievement. Many of you pur­ sued educational opportunities – attended classes, seminars and workshops. All of you developed your communication 26

ARIES

skills as the Cosmos skilfully arranged a greater need for this. In many cases, career advancement depended on these skills. Those of you who worked hard reaped unusual re­ wards and great intellectual pleasures. You discovered that there was something to what Aristotle described as one of the great joys of life – learning. This trend is continuing this year – though perhaps it is not as enjoyable as last year. You’re working harder at this, but the rewards will be even greater. In many cases you are confronted with a stern teacher or editor or boss – who insists on high intellectual or communication standards. If you don’t say what you mean, or if you say it sloppily, the axe comes down. Rather than rail at this person, keep im­ proving yourself to a point where no one can have any objections. Then Saturn will reward you richly. Last year was basically a happy year. Most of the longterm planets were kind to you. This trend continues this year. There is little resistance to your goals, dreams and desires – on the contrary, there is much help. Realistic objec­ tives will be achieved quite easily. Though the year ahead is basically easy, the second half will be easier than the first. This is because Jupiter, the Planet of Good Fortune and Abundance, will move into Leo on August 1st. He will be making fabulous aspects to you for the rest of the year. You can expect the good life, more money, more personal pleasure, travel, luck in speculations, career advance­ ment and a downpouring of creativity. Singles will have happy and fulfilling love affairs, marrieds will have more fun within their relationship – and maybe new additions to the family. Your most important areas of interest in the coming year will be: friendships, technology, astrology, intellectual pur­ suits, communication, home and family, children, creativity, religion, metaphysics and higher education. Your paths of greatest fulfilment in the coming year will be: home, family, domestic life, children, creativity, sports and communication. 27

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Health Beautiful health aspects this year. With the exception of Jupiter, all the long-term planets are making nice aspects to you. After August 1st, even Jupiter will start making nice aspects. Your 6th House of Health is not a House of Power this year, which I read as a positive. Health is so good that you need not be overly concerned about it. You can safely de-emphasize it. Sure there will be periods of lesser energy during the year. This comes from the transiting short-term planets. But these are not enough to cause serious illness. When they pass, your normal good health and vitality return. Those of you with health problems from the past should hear good news on this front. They either clear up or ease in intensity. Health will be even better after August 1st than before. Since fast-moving Mercury is your Health Planet, your health needs will change rapidly all year. This is normal for you. These short-term trends will be discussed in the monthly reports. Health of a family member, especially a parent, seems more delicate this year. Surgery should be a last resort – better to explore other options first. They would benefit from cleansing, detox regimes. Health can be enhanced through ridding the body of effete materials. They would also benefit from a better diet, cultivating emotional and psychological equilibrium, and from a creative hobby. Depression is their worst enemy. Health of a spouse or lover can benefit from a better diet, the avoidance of alcohol or drugs, and from metaphysical, meditative types of healing techniques. Your spouse or lover needs to take better care of their feet, and would get espe­ cially good results from foot reflexology. Health of children looks good, and can be enhanced by chiropractic and osteopathy. The right alignment of the spine, jaw and cranium seems unusually important. 28

ARIES

Health of grandchildren looks good. Vigorous physical exercise is as good a therapy as any other. Home, Domestic and Family Issues A very happy area of life this year, Aries – you deserve it. Not only is your 4th House strong in 2002, but it contains Jupiter, the most beneficial of all the planets. There is lots of good news in this area. First, a move to larger and more luxurious quarters is likely. There is good fortune in buying or selling a home. Many of you won’t move house per se, but will purchase a second (or third) home or renovate and expand the present one. Women of childbearing age are much more fertile this year and the family could expand through a birth. Births could happen to other family members as well. The family circle expands in a happy way. There is much emotional and perhaps financial support from the family too – this is a big help in attaining goals. New furniture or furnishings – ‘big-ticket’ items – are coming. There is more culture and refinement happening in the home. Perhaps a child is going to university, or you decide to enrol in an internet study or home study programme. Perhaps a professor or minister is a guest at your home and he or she imparts new information. On a psychological level this is a year of great progress too. The general mood is positive, upbeat and optimistic. Much higher psychological knowledge and understanding is coming to you. You have greater ability to direct your emo­ tions (very powerful forces) in correct and positive ways. Good moods beget happy events. In August, Jupiter will move into your 5th House of Children. Thus there will be a greater focus on them. You will get on better with them. There will be more joy in the child-rearing department. Those of you with older children can expect to hear good news on the university or financial front. Perhaps they too will move into larger quarters, or 29

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

buy or sell a home after August 1st. New grandchildren can be on the way. A parent is moving, travelling and enjoying financial suc­ cess this year. Perhaps they will continue their education. Mars moving through your 4th House from May 28th to July 13th suggests more time being spent in the home, more of a focus on domestic pleasures and perhaps some major renovation or repair work going on. Venus will be in your 4th House around this time too (from May 20th to June 14th). This shows a beautification of the home – perhaps new decorations, furniture or works of art. Parties in the home and family get-togethers are more likely (and success­ ful) then too. Love and Social Life Your 7th House of Love and Marriage is not a House of Power this year. The Cosmos gives you freedom in the love and marriage department – but along with this comes lack of interest. Other things are much more important to you than love. I expect that the status quo will prevail. Marrieds will tend to stay married and singles to stay single. Though marriage is not a priority, I do see a happy love life outside of marriage. There are many opportunities for love affairs (especially after August 1st) and these seem happy. But these are more in the nature of amusement rather than serious committed things. These are people you just have fun with, who can show you a good time. In many cases you indulge in them for ‘educational purposes’. Perhaps your lover is a teacher or professor. Perhaps he or she is an expert in a field that you want to know more about. It is more than just a love affair – there is mentoring involved. Though marriage is not a priority there will be periods (short ones) where something more serious is possible. Venus’ conjunction with Jupiter from May 20th to June 30

ARIES

14th is one window of opportunity. There are various scenarios to this – could be an old flame from the past comes back into the picture; perhaps a family member introduces you to someone and the sparks fly; perhaps an exotic for­ eigner visits your neighbourhood and you are fascinated; a chance meeting at the estate agent’s could lead to more. Probably these encounters won’t lead to marriage, but they could set a standard for you in the future. Other windows of opportunity are open from August 7th to September 8th (Venus moving through your House of Love) and from September 23rd to October 23rd (when the Sun moves through your House of Love). But these newborn romances will have to survive a tough Mars transit from October 15th to December 1st and a Venus retrograde from October 10th to November 21st – is the love strong enough to withstand it? If it is, you’ve got something special there. Venus will spend an unusual amount of time in the Sign of Scorpio this year. Her normal transit of a Sign is approxi­ mately one month. But she will spend more than three months in this Sign – mostly because of her retrograde motion. This will test many a marriage and love affair. There is opportunity to transform the relationship into something new and better, or to exit. How this ends depends on how you handle the challenge and the crisis. Most marriages will survive it. Those of you working on a second marriage have beau­ tiful opportunities from August 1st onwards. Romance is happy indeed. Those of you working towards a third marriage had better opportunities last year, but this year is still pretty reasonable. Like last year, the love life and marriage of children is highly unstable. Love comes and goes. Affections change at the drop of a hat. Balancing the conflicting urges for free­ dom and commitment seems the major challenge. Though romance seems on the back burner, friendships seem active. Friendships have been important in previous 31

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

years, and they are important now. Lack of activity on the romantic front (for singles) translates into more attention to friends and to the joys of friendship. Like last year you will be more involved in group activities and making friends with ‘teammates’. Friendship is good in that it is free and uncommitted. And there is something about this that fasci­ nates you now. Finance and Career Neither finance nor career is an important interest this year. No long-term planets occupy either the 2nd or the 10th Houses. Thus, most of you seem satisfied with the status quo. You are where you want to be, or you are on the road to where you want to be and have little need to make drastic changes. This doesn’t mean that you won’t be involved with your career or that you won’t have earnings. Of course you will. Only there is less interest in these matters as compared to other matters. For example, with Jupiter in your 4th House for most of the year, most of you are more interested in emotional harmony – feeling right – rather than outer achievement. If you can have both, all the better. But if you have to choose, you want to cultivate your emotional comfort zone and get your family life in order. (This trend will get even stronger in coming years.) In past years, most of you faced some severe financial testing. You have come through it. Most of you have cor­ rected your errors or improved your overall strategy for wealth. Now you are onto other things like intellectual development. Earnings will be good this year, but pretty much like last year. You should realize a nice jump in earnings after August 1st when Jupiter moves into Leo. Money comes to you ‘playfully’ as you’re having fun or out on the playing 32

ARIES

field. This is happy money, which comes by grace and not by strategy, plots or scheming. There is luck in speculations too – only follow your intuition and don’t bet with more than you can afford to lose. Those of you who are artists – who earn your living that way – will have a banner year. Creativity is not only enhanced, but is also popular and prof­ itable. Those of you who earn your money in other ways will in general have enhanced creativity. Many of you will find that a little creativity applied to finances translates into a bigger bank balance – with little effort. Athletes and enter­ tainers have a banner financial year too. Jupiter in Leo increases earnings, but also increases spending. Try to maintain the balance. Right proportion is the key to financial health. Always generous, Jupiter in Leo will make you more so. Again, remember to maintain a sense of proportion. Most people consider the birth of a new child as a big expense – and on the surface it is. But here we see the oppo­ site. The new child brings with it new and happy financial opportunities. He or she comes into the world well supplied. You actually get richer because of him or her. Two lunar eclipses affect finances and career this year. One is on June 24th, the other on November 20th. These will produce necessary changes in these departments and lead to long-term good. In the short term you could experi­ ence them as crisis. This will be discussed more fully in the month-by-month forecasts. Venus, which only goes retrograde once in two or three years, will do so this year. This is not only significant for love (as discussed) but for finance as well. Her retrograde in Scorpio will not stop earnings but cause minor irritations and delays. The most important thing to remember during this period (October 10th to November 21st) is to do more research on pending purchases, investments and financial commitments. Things are not what they seem, and your judgement is not up to its usually high standards. 33

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Investors should look at property, hotels, restaurants, gold, electric utilities, gaming companies, entertainment and industries that cater to the home. Don’t run out and buy these things blindly, but study and research – there are profit opportunities there for you. Steady readers know that Venus is a fast-moving planet. She usually moves through all the Signs and Houses of your horoscope in any given year. Thus earnings and earnings opportunities tend to come to you from a variety of sources and in a variety of ways. This trend continues this year. Read the monthly reports for more details. Saturn, your Career Planet, will be in your 3rd House all year. He spent all of last year in this House too. Much of what was written for last year still applies in 2002. Career is furthered through education and communication skills. This is the best way to further your career now. If you can com­ municate what you know – whether it be about yourself, your product or service – you will succeed. Saturn receives mostly good aspects all year. Further, there will be many Grand Trines in the element of Air (communication) this year – this too helps your efforts and spurs career success. Saturn is in opposition to Pluto most of the year. (The same aspect was there last year.) This shows long-term change and transformation of both your career and your life’s work. A greater clarity is coming about what your mis­ sion is on earth. Many impurities in career and career atti­ tudes are being purged. Your true career is your special path of service to the world and to society. It is your duty to life, which only you – and no other – can perform. Children and parents are prospering in 2002. The earn­ ings of your spouse or partner take off like a rocket after August 1st. The income of grandchildren is reasonable.

34

ARIES

Self-improvement This was mentioned last year, and it still applies now. Train your mind and communication skills. Build up your vocabu­ lary. Read more. Write more – even if it is only e-mail and letters. Keep a diary and write down your thoughts. Take whatever courses are available on these subjects. Learn the intricacies of your communication equipment – these are now so high-tech that most people haven’t gone beyond the basics. Learn more about the different advertising mediums available and how to access them. A whole new world will open for you and career horizons will expand. There is also a need to be more precise in thought and speech. Take more time to think before you respond to someone. Avoid hasty judgements and hasty speech – you will regret it if you don’t. Communicate when you are sure of your facts and your position. Good communication skills will impress superiors, but ill-prepared or inaccurate com­ munication will turn them off. Try to understand what the impact of your words will be on others – learn to express your thoughts in less confrontational ways. This is also a good year to make psychological progress – to gain deeper insights as to why you and others feel the way they do. These insights bring much happiness this year. After August 1st (but you can start any time) you will find fulfilment in a creative hobby – perhaps a sport too. Creativity will banish bad moods and be an outlet for excess emotion.

Month-by-month Forecasts January Best Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 9th, 10th, 19th, 20th, 28th, 29th 35

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Most Stressful Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 26th, 27th Best Days for Love: 5th, 6th, 14th, 15th, 24th, 25th Best Days for Money: 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 25th, 26th, 27th Though you might not see it outwardly for a while, there is major and breathtaking change going on behind the scenes. Forty per cent of the planets are angular in the Horoscope – all of them beneficial. So the change is positive and happy. Mars, your Ruler, will become angular (and in your own Sign) on the 18th. Most of the planets are moving forward, so there is positive, forward momentum in your life. Still, it won’t hurt to rest and relax more until the 18th. Sit back and get the lay of the land before leaping into actions. Become clear on goals and desires. Health is good this year, and will improve again after the 18th; in the meantime, rest and relax more. Between 80 and 90 per cent of the planets are above the Horizon. Your 10th House of Career is a major House of Power this month. You are in a banner career period. Ambitions are strong, career demands are strong. Pay rises and promotions are likely. Bosses, superiors and elders are on your side and willing to grant favours. You can safely deemphasize home and family issues until the 18th. You can’t completely ignore them, but you can put a lot of pending issues on the ‘shelf’ for a while. There is no quick resolution this period. Love and finances are high on the agenda this month. Love finds you at work or as you pursue career goals. Bosses and elders can supply introductions or further a current relationship. There is also a love opportunity with a boss – but this doesn’t seem a serious thing. After the 18th singles find love on line, at meetings, seminars, group activities and organizations. 36

ARIES

Financial aspects are good this month. Money comes from a speculation or winning some prize or award. It comes from pay rises or bonuses; a parent, boss or elder is supportive either in a tangible way or through supplying opportunity. Financial guidance comes in dreams, or through psychics and astrologers. Your financial intuition is especially strong after the 18th. Friends and organizations provide financial opportunities after the 18th. Money is earned pleasantly this period. Financial goals are attained easily. One word of caution. After the 20th there are no planets in the Earth element. Also, Mercury goes retrograde on the 18th. Be careful not to overspend, or spend rashly. Your practical judgement is not what it should be. Research pur­ chases and investments more carefully. A blind optimism might not be realistic. February Best Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 7th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 25th, 26th Most Stressful Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 8th, 9th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 13th, 14th, 15th, 22nd, 23rd Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 13th, 14th, 18th, 19th, 22nd, 23rd Another good and happy month, Aries – enjoy. There are two Grand Trines in your native element of Fire – one on the 1st and 2nd and another on the 25th–26th. (There is also a Grand Trine in Air on the 1st and 2nd.) All of these are positive indicators for health, success and overall well-being. Like last month there is weakness in the element of Earth. Mercury will be retrograde until the 8th. Again, the warning to mind your spending. Keep things in proportion. 37

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

With 60 to 70 per cent of the planets above the Horizon, you continue to be interested in career and ‘outer’ success. Career is not as demanding as last month, but still impor­ tant. With Jupiter still retrograde in your 4th House, home and domestic issues can be safely de-emphasized. Many issues will take time to resolve and you are better off focus­ ing on career. This month, 50 to 60 per cent of the planets are in Air Signs – a huge percentage. Thus this is a great month for students, communicators, salespeople, writers and lecturers. Seldom has your mind been as sharp as it is now. Sales­ people will have better success if they delay mailings or important mass communications until after the 8th – when Mercury starts moving forward. Mars in your own Sign and overall kindly aspects are positive health signals. You excel in sport and exercise re­ gimes. You get things done promptly and easily. You have the energy of 10. Thoughts, ideas and hunches are easily and effortlessly translated into action now. Most of the planets (70 to 80 per cent) are in the Eastern sector of your chart. Combine this with Mars in your own Sign (and angular) and you have an excellent period for starting new projects, getting your own way in life, and the power of independent action. You don’t need to seek con­ sensus this month. You can go off on your own if need be. This is a month where you can create your Destiny – create conditions as you like them – and the results will be fast and positive. Don’t overdo self-will, as this can impact on the domestic situation. Love is pursuing singles ardently and, presently, in a month or so, will find them. In the meantime find love at charitable or religious functions – or through volunteer efforts with a cause you believe in. Finances are excellent and your financial intuition con­ tinues to be strong. 38

ARIES

March Best Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 24th, 25th Most Stressful Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 7th, 8th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 22nd, 23rd, 28th, 29th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 14th, 15th, 24th, 25th, 28th, 29th Best Days for Money: 3rd, 4th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 17th, 18th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 25th, 30th, 31st Your 12th House of Spirituality is an important House of Power this month. Thus it won’t hurt to withdraw from the world a bit (you can’t do this totally) and indulge in some introspection. You have a lot of personal power and magnet­ ism right now – but even more after the 20th – it won’t hurt to get your bearings and see where you want to aim yourself. Your problem now is not lack of power, but, on the con­ trary – too much power. The more power at one’s disposal, the greater the need for care and accuracy. Once you’ve got your navigation down pat, prepare for great happiness and success after the 20th. If you had the power of independent action last month, there is even more available now. March boldly towards your dreams. Your way is best (at least for you) right now. Create your Kingdom of Heaven on Earth and watch it manifest very quickly (and if not total manifestation, you will see great progress towards it). There are many planets (and benefic ones) in your own Sign of Aries after the 20th. There is a Grand Trine in Fire (your native element) on the 24th and 25th. Between 90 and 100 per cent of the planets are moving forward. These are all signals of fast-paced forward momentum towards your goals. Goals and desires are attained easily and effortlessly. Love and money are pursuing you this month, and after 39

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

the 8th will find you. Nothing special that you need to do – just show up. Your lover is going way out of his or her way to please you. You get your way in love as you do in other areas of life. This is a month of great personal and sensual pleasure. Sensual fantasies are fulfilled. You look great. You excel ath­ letically. Health is fabulous. Money comes from personal appearance and overall demeanour. The way you present yourself is a factor in earnings, and many of you are dressing for success these days. Many of you are receiving expensive accessories, clothing or jewellery these days. Many of you are buying these things yourself – indeed, this is a good time for this. Your aesthetic sense and sense of style are unusually good and the purchases you make will be good ones. Like last month, your sense of self-will and your ability to have things your way could be stressing out family members – this is the only area where some compromise is in order. April Best Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 11th, 12th, 20th, 21st, 29th, 30th Most Stressful Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 5th, 18th, 19th, 25th Best Days for Love: 3rd, 4th, 5th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 23rd, 24th, 25th Best Days for Money: 3rd, 4th, 5th, 8th, 9th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 18th, 19th, 23rd, 24th, 25th, 27th, 28th Late last month – on the 29th – marked an important shift of planetary power. The planetary power moved from the upper half of your Horoscope to the lower. This marks a psychological shift within you. Career and issues of outer 40

ARIES

success and status are now less important. Emotional, domestic and family issues are now taking centre-stage. You can begin to de-emphasize the career and focus on home and family issues. Jupiter’s forward motion in your 4th House (Home and Family) signals that pending issues are about ready to move forward. Decisions in the home or regarding domestic issues will be better and more realistic. Seek and find your emotional comfort zone now. After the 20th it is much easier to find consensus with family mem­ bers. The aspects are especially good for the buying or selling of a home. Most of the planets are still in the East, and 90 per cent of them are moving forward. Like last month, this shows great power to have things your way and to create your life as you desire it to be – and also that there will be great forward progress towards your goals. You will see the results of your efforts very quickly. This is still a month of great personal pleasure and of fulfilling sensual fantasies. You can expect more good food, good wine, and various and sundry sensual delights. But by the 20th the focus will shift to finances. Your 2nd House of Finance is now the most powerful House in the Horoscope (the 3rd House of Communication is also strong, but not as strong as the 2nd). This is a month of increased earnings and savings. Financial windfalls and opportunities come. And though there are bumps along the way – sudden surprises or unexpected expenses – your net worth will increase by month’s end. Your spouse, partner or current love is very supportive financially and provides both tangible and abstract support. Money comes from your social contacts in general. Again your personal appearance and overall demeanour are big factors in finance – perhaps in getting a job, or landing a client. Money will also come from work and from other opportunities at the workplace. Speculations are favourable 41

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

this month, but never do these things from blind passion, only from intuition. You seem more ‘practical’ in love these days. Material gifts or benefits turn you on. You like friends who can help you in material ways. Singles are attracted to lovers who also can help them materially. Avoid the temptation of treat­ ing your beloved as some object or possession. May Best Days Overall: 8th, 9th, 18th, 19th, 26th, 27th Most Stressful Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 15th, 16th, 17th, 22nd, 23rd, 28th, 29th Best Days for Love: 3rd, 4th, 13th, 14th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th Best Days for Money: 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 24th, 25th Home and Family issues are getting more important every day. Between 60 and 70 per cent of the planets are below the Horizon, and your 4th House of Home and Family is becoming ever stronger. Though your career will be active – and very positive – this month, your heart is with your fami­ ly. Career will go even better if you can pursue it from your emotional comfort zone. There is much power in the element of Air this month. Your 3rd House of Communications and Intellectual Interests is the strongest House in the Horoscope. Thus, all these mental activities are important and will tend to go well. The only fly in the ointment is Mercury’s retrograde on the 15th. Salespeople should try to schedule mass mailings or mass communications before then. Important meetings should also be scheduled before then. With all this Air power in the heavens and with so much going on in your 3rd House, there’s going to be a lot of talk this month. Much of it will be 42

ARIES

irresponsible and even unreliable. Take what you hear – whether it be rumour, gossip or a commitment – with many grains of salt. Especially when Mercury goes retrograde after the 15th. Put these things on the ‘shelf’ and await confirma­ tion. What you hear may not be what was intended or what will happen. Finances are still prominent this month – especially until the 21st. Professional investors should look at gold, electric utilities, energy, agricultural commodities and property. A study of these things can lead to profit opportunities. Non-investors should look at sales and marketing opportuni­ ties. Now more than ever, good communication is not only necessary for career advancement but for financial well­ being as well. Be more careful with speculations now, and if you indulge hedge yourself. A conflict with a friend over finances is short term. Most of the planetary power is still in the East, so you are still in a great period for independent action and having things your own way. Continue to create conditions as you desire them. Pretty soon the planetary power will shift and you will have to adapt to conditions and practise your social skills. Singles find love in the neighbourhood or with a neigh­ bour. Love is enhanced through good communication with the beloved. There is a need for a ‘unity of thought’ – a common mind – and a sharing of ideas. After the 20th, emo­ tional issues – unity of feeling, the sharing of feelings – become more important. The Lunar Eclipse of May 26th is basically benign to you, but shows long-term changes for students – with their school or university plans – and in your religious life. Many of you will change your place of worship. In many cases the spiritual leader of your existing place of worship changes. Some may even adopt a new spiritual path. 43

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

June Best Days Overall: 4th, 5th, 6th, 14th, 15th, 22nd, 23rd Most Stressful Days Overall: 12th, 13th, 18th, 19th, 24th, 25th, 26th Best Days for Love: 2nd, 3rd, 13th, 14th, 18th, 19th, 22nd, 23rd Best Days for Money: 2nd, 3rd, 7th, 8th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 29th, 30th Two eclipses this month and many planets in your 4th House are showing a tumultuous month ahead Aries. Though health is basically good, it won’t hurt to rest and relax more after the 21st. The Solar Eclipse of June 10th occurs in your 3rd House of Communication and Intellectual Interests. It is powerful in terms of career as it affects Saturn, your Career Planet. The Lunar Eclipse of June 24th also affects career as it occurs in your 10th House. Thus it is safe to say that many of you will be having sudden career changes. Long-brewing issues at the job or with bosses come up so that correction – one way or another – can happen. In many cases, the eclipse shows a change or upheaval in your corporate hierarchy – you find you have a new boss, or your company has been bought out. The whole make-up of your job is different and you are forced to make decisions. Relations with a parent or parental figure can get jolted too. With so much power in your 4th House (and positive power at that), many of you will decide to move in the coming months and thus force a change of career. Or many of you will move because of the career change. Students, teachers and people involved in schooling are making long-term changes after June 10th. Students could suddenly shift their area of study, or change schools, or have to deal with a different school administration. 44

ARIES

Communication equipment and cars need check-ups this period – hidden flaws, long buried, could surface for correction. What makes this month more stressful than the past few months is the importance of both the home and the career. You can’t ignore either right now – though you prefer to focus on the home. The eclipses are stirring up the career in a way that can’t be ignored. The best policy is to wait for the dust to settle before making important changes. When the dust settles the next step becomes clear. On the home front, the changes seem fortunate and blessed. The aspects for buying, selling, redecorating, reno­ vating or expanding the home have rarely been better. In general, money comes from property, the family or from opportunities created by family members. Emotional support from the family is strong as well. Professional investors should study property, restaurants, hotels, furniture compa­ nies and any industry that caters to the home. Job-seekers should wait for Mercury to go forward (on the 8th) before committing to any job offer. Job offers need much more scrutiny before then. There is great luck in both love and money early in the month. Sudden financial windfalls or sudden romantic meet­ ings send you into euphoria. Love is very tender. July Best Days Overall: 2nd, 3rd, 11th, 12th, 20th, 21st, 29th, 30th Most Stressful Days Overall: 9th, 10th, 15th, 16th, 22nd, 23rd Best Days for Love: 2nd, 3rd, 13th, 15th, 16th, 22nd, 23rd Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 9th, 10th, 13th, 17th, 18th, 22nd, 23rd, 27th, 28th 45

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

On June 21st there was a shift of power from the Eastern sector of the chart to the Western sector. This shift of power gets even stronger on July 7th as Mercury moves from the East to the West. Now 70 to 80 per cent of the planets are in the Western sector of other people and relationships. This is an important change for you. Independent action, going it alone, having things your way with no one to answer to – always your strong point – is not so workable these days. Now you have to live with the conditions you created in the past six months – be they good or ill. This is a time for adapt­ ing to conditions, for cultivating the grace of other people, and for working by consensus. Other people hold the key to your good these days and you can’t go it alone. A great period for developing your social skills. By now the dust should have settled in your career upheaval. Things look much quieter. The overwhelming majority of the planets are below the Horizon of your chart. Thus you can safely de-emphasize the career and focus on family and emotional issues. Family and domestic affairs are still a great source of happiness and fulfilment. The aspects for buying, selling, expanding or renovating a home are still beautiful. Though this month is less stressful than last, it won’t hurt to rest and relax more until the 23rd. By the 23rd, your vitality returns to its usually exuberant levels. This is very much a party month, Aries – a ‘cosmic holi­ day’. You will feel the party urge from the beginning of the month, but it will intensify after the 23rd. This is a period for enhanced creativity, amusement, pleasure, luck in specu­ lations and athletic excellence. Singles will have many ro-mantic opportunities but they don’t seem serious. Those involved in a current love relationship will have more fun in the relationship. Fertility is strong now (for those of you at childbearing age) and in general there is more (and happy) involvement with children. Early in the month there is a desire for love to be ‘just’ 46

ARIES

fun. When rough spots hit, you want out. But after the 10th you take a more serious attitude. There is a desire to serve and be served – to further the interests of the beloved in a practical way. Love is much easier before the 10th than afterwards. Venus in Virgo is not the best aspect for love. The problem is a tendency to demand perfection, and the criticism that comes when things are less than perfect. Health is fabulous (especially after the 23rd) and there is more concern about financial and social health than about physical health. Finances will be strong this month. Until the 10th, money comes in fun ways – at parties, through entertaining, and perhaps speculations. After the 10th it comes from work. August Best Days Overall: 8th, 16th, 17th, 25th, 26th, 27th Most Stressful Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 12th, 13th, 18th, 19th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 11th, 12th, 13th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 30th, 31st Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 7th, 8th, 11th, 12th, 16th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 25th, 28th, 29th, 30th, 31st Amazingly happy and fortunate aspects most of the month – in almost every department of life. Enjoy, Aries. Benefic Jupiter moves into Leo, your 5th Solar House, on the 1st. He joins a horde of other benefic planets there – magnifying the joy and happiness even further. This is a month for travelling, enhanced creativity, luck in specula­ tions, boundless optimism, good fortune with children, love affairs and the fulfilment of sensual pleasure. This is a month (at least until the 23rd) of enjoying leisure activities. This month you will learn what life was intended to be 47

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

like – a joy. Understanding the joy of life is one of the great­ est gifts we can receive. Until the 20th all cares and worries dissolve, problems will take care of themselves – you are busy experiencing random acts of good fortune. Besides all this power in Leo, there is a Grand Trine in Fire on the 12th–13th and the 25th–26th. This enhances health, happiness and overall well-being. Many of you are involved in health issues this month, but with vitality so good these probably involve preventative health regimes or exercise. When you are happy it is easy to eat right and exercise right. No stress or struggle involved. Things fall into place. Most of the planets are still in the Western (social) sector of your chart. Thus you are in a period where social skills get developed and your good comes through other people. You are living with the conditions you created early in the year, and you seem to have done well. Not a period to force things to happen, but rather to allow them to happen. Basically, try to ‘get out of the way’ of the good that is to come. Don’t try to interfere with it. Finances will be strong this month in spite of a few bumps on the road. Money comes easily and happily – as you pur­ sue leisure activities. You are working, too, but the big payoffs come from leisure, fun-type activities. From August 11th to 14th Venus re-stimulates a Lunar Eclipse point – this could create some brief financial upheaval, or change of strategy. But this will pass quickly. Venus will be in Libra from August 7th onwards, showing that money comes from social connections, partnerships, your spouse or lover. Whom you know is more important right now than how good you are. Love is active and happy this period. Singles have the choice between more serious romances or just fun and games. Both types offer themselves.

48

ARIES

September Best Days Overall: 4th, 5th, 12th, 13th, 22nd, 23rd Most Stressful Days Overall: 2nd, 3rd, 8th, 9th, 14th, 15th, 29th, 30th Best Days for Love: 1st, 8th, 9th, 10th, 19th, 20th, 29th, 30th Best Days for Money: 1st, 4th, 10th, 12th, 19th, 20th, 22nd, 24th, 25th, 29th, 30th The Western (social) sector of your chart gets stronger every day. Your way is probably not the best way this period. Seek consensus in everything. Be aware of how actions impact on other people. Cultivate the good graces of others and your good will come to you easily and effortlessly. The party has cooled down this month, but it is far from over. Work is important and you seem to be working hard. Job-seekers meet with success. Likewise employers. Health is good, but, like last month, you are involved in health and dietary regimens – probably of a preventative sort. (After the 23rd it won’t hurt to rest and relax more either.) This month there is an important shift of planetary power from the lower hemisphere to the upper one. By the 23rd, this shift will be firmly established. Thus, you are starting to become more ambitious again – looking for outer success – thinking about your position in the world and at the job. Now that Jupiter has moved out of your 4th House, you can safely de-emphasize home and family issues and focus on your career. There will be a Grand Trine in Air all month – basically this is harmonious to you. But under these circumstances people often mistake words for deeds. Talking about a thing is seen as practically the same as doing the thing. This could 49

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

chafe you a bit. Speech flows effortlessly from people and there is doubt whether they can back up what they say. Be especially aware of this from the 14th onwards when Mercury is retrograde. This is especially so in the realm of love and finance. This is a strong social month. Romantic opportunities are abundant, singles will hear all kinds of ‘whoppers’ from prospective suitors. The ‘blarney’ will flow in rivers. Discern and discrimi­ nate. Like last month, love seems happy, but good and true communication with the beloved is ultra-important. Until the 8th, love is romantic – flowers, candlelight dinners, exotic and beautiful locations – are all romantic turn-ons. But after the 8th love is more passionate and intense. It’s not so much about romance but about physical and emotional intensity. A love affair outside of marriage gets jolted from the 24th to the 28th. A short-term thing. Rapport with a child could also have a brief upheaval then. Avoid speculations during this period. When Venus moves into Scorpio on the 8th, you prosper as you help others prosper. There is a need to put other peo­ ples’ financial interests ahead of your own. This is a good time to cut expenses and financial waste too. October Best Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 9th, 10th, 19th, 20th, 29th, 30th Most Stressful Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 12th, 13th, 26th, 27th Best Days for Love: 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 16th, 17th, 26th, 27th Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 16th, 17th, 19th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 26th, 27th, 29th, 30th 50

ARIES

The Grand Trine in the Air element will continue all month. An unusual length of time for this aspect. Much of what was written for last month still applies – especially until the 6th. Discern, discriminate, take nothing at face value until you see confirmation. Don’t confuse speech with action or com­ mitment. The Western sector of your chart is still the most powerful one. Social urges are very strong – they get even stronger on the 15th when Mars, the Lord of your Solar Horoscope, moves into Libra, your 7th House. You are still in a strong social period. What’s difficult here (and yet very necessary) is that you must put other people first, see their positions on things, and often forego your personal will. Like last month, your way is probably not the best way. The good news is that you are adapting to this un-Aries like behaviour. You are popular. You go out of your way for other people – friends and the beloved. Your good will come to you by ‘ways ye know not of’. Career issues and the drives for outer success get even stronger after the 15th, as Mars joins 60 to 70 per cent of the planets above the Horizon. Put home and family issues on the back burner for a while and focus on your career. Though health is still good it is not up to its usually high standards. Rest and relax more until the 23rd. This is a month for learning patience both in love and finance. Venus, who is both your Love and Money Planet, makes a rare retrograde in your 8th House (October 10th to the end of the month). This will not stop love or earnings, but will throw complications into the brew. A love affair can seem to be going backwards instead of forwards. Social judgement is not up to its usually high standards. There can be undue caution in love – fear – which can inhibit love from happening. Ongoing relationships need some breathing space and time for re-evaluation. It’s not a good idea to make any drastic love (or financial) decisions from the 10th onwards. 51

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Like last month, prosperity comes as you help others prosper. But Venus’ retrograde from the 10th onwards shows that there could be delays in being paid, or glitches regarding insurance or tax claims and the like. Hang in and try not to make matters worse by getting negative. This is still a good period for making financial plans for the future, for negotiating and researching investments and purchases and for cutting costs and waste. November Best Days Overall: 6th, 7th, 15th, 16th, 25th, 26th Most Stressful Days Overall: 2nd, 3rd, 8th, 9th, 23rd, 24th, 29th, 30th Best Days for Love: 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 13th, 14th, 23rd, 24th, 29th, 30th Best Days for Money: 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 18th, 19th, 23rd, 24th, 25th, 26th Venus is still retrograde until the 21st, so delay important purchases, investments or financial commitments until after then. The Venus retrograde is unusually good for research­ ing investments and purchases and for perfecting financial plans and strategies. It favours activities that are subjective rather than objective. The same is true in love. The current lull in a relationship can be the ‘pause that refreshes’ if you handle it right. Give your spouse, partner or lover space. Review your relation­ ship and see where things can be improved. Perhaps your review shows that the relationship is not worth pursuing. In that case you will know what to do when Venus goes for­ ward on the 21st. Many marriages and love affairs are being tested now. The dark side is being seen. They will either transform and renew themselves on another level or they will end. 52

ARIES

Like last month, prosperity is about helping others pros­ per. Putting another’s financial interests ahead of your own is not an easy thing, but it will work magic in your life. This is also a good time to pay off some debts, cut costs and elimi­ nate financial waste (as it was last month). With much power in the 8th House this month it is also a good period for getting rid of excess possessions, clutter and negative character traits. Bad financial or love habits are also more amenable to correction this period. With Venus in Scorpio in the 8th House, many of you will prosper by seeing value where others see only ‘junk’. Thus a troubled company or a seemingly worthless plot of land or artefact can bring profits to you. There is value there for those who know where to look. Most of the planets are still in the Western (social) sector of the Horoscope. The trends written of in past months are still in effect – don’t try to force things, or have your way. Flow with life. Cultivate the social graces and the favour of other people. Avoid power struggles. Adjust to circum­ stances. This is no time to go it alone. The upper half of the Horoscope continues to be the most powerful. Focus on career and your ambitions in the world. Let home and family issues slide for a while – you won’t be able to ignore them completely, but you can de-emphasize them. Saturn, your Career Planet, is retrograde all month. This won’t block career progress, only throw delays into it. Still, planning career moves or strategies is very useful and pro­ ductive these days. December Best Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 22nd, 23rd, 31st Most Stressful Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 20th, 21st, 27th, 28th 53

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 10th, 11th, 20th, 21st, 27th, 28th, 29th, 30th Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 10th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 15th, 16th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 29th, 30th, 31st Venus is still in Scorpio – but she is forward now. Mars, the Lord of your chart, moves into Scorpio to join her. A very good love signal. Finally there is unity and harmony in love. You and the beloved see eye to eye on things. Both of you are willing to change. For many of you, this indicates a new relationship. For others it shows a ‘renewal’ of the existing one. Libido and hormones are roaring in both you and the beloved. Seldom has love been this passionate. With pas­ sions at such a high intensity there is a danger of jealousy or over-possessiveness. The merest glance at another can ignite sparks. A fleeting thought or fantasy can be construed as infidelity. Happily, the aspects are pretty good and both love and finance should be happy. Mars and Venus in your 8th House still shows this to be a period where you put other people’s financial interests ahead of your own and where you prosper in proportion to how you help others prosper. There is good success here. Like last month, continue to pay off debt (or refinance at better rates), cut waste and costs. Continue to rid yourself of possessions or character traits that weigh you down like excess baggage. A great month for purifying the body, weight-loss programmes and in-depth psychology. Career becomes ever more important as the month pro­ gresses. A positive breakthrough happens after the 26th – but there will probably be a short-term upheaval first. Unresolved issues need to be aired and cleared. Until the 8th there are no planets in the element of Earth. Beware of the tendency to impracticality and to overspend­ ing. Don’t spend anticipated earnings before you get them. Might be a good idea to delay Christmas shopping until after 54

ARIES

the 8th when there is more Earth power – you are less likely to overspend and will probably get more for your money. Speculations are not advisable this period. Health is fabulous all month, but it won’t hurt to rest and relax more after the 22nd. A Lunar Eclipse point gets re­ stimulated on the 24th–25th, so try to accept the reduced schedule then. Your 9th House is very strong until the 22nd. Thus your interests in higher education, religion and metaphysics are activated. Foreign lands beckon as well, and many of you will be travelling. The month as a whole is upbeat and positive, and with 90 per cent of the planets forward after the 4th, progress towards your goals is swift – even breathtaking.

55

Taurus

 THE BULL Birthdays from 21st April to 20th May

Personality Profile TAURUS AT A GLANCE Element – Earth Ruling Planet – Venus Career Planet – Uranus Love Planet – Pluto Money Planet – Mercury Planet of Health and Work – Venus Planet of Home and Family Life – Sun Planet of Spirituality – Mars Planet of Travel, Education, Religion and Philosophy – Saturn Colours – earth tones, green, orange, yellow Colours that promote love, romance and social harmony – red-violet, violet 56

TAURUS

Colours that promote earning power – yellow, yellow-orange Gems – coral, emerald Metal – copper Scents – bitter almond, rose, vanilla, violet Quality – fixed (= stability) Quality most needed for balance – flexibility Strongest virtues – endurance, loyalty, patience, stability, a harmonious disposition Deepest needs – comfort, material ease, wealth Characteristics to avoid – rigidity, stubbornness, tendency to be overly possessive and materialistic Signs of greatest overall compatibility – Virgo, Capricorn Signs of greatest overall incompatibility – Leo, Scorpio, Aquarius Sign most helpful to career – Aquarius Sign most helpful for emotional support – Leo Sign most helpful financially – Gemini Sign best for marriage and/or partnerships – Scorpio Sign most helpful for creative projects – Virgo Best Sign to have fun with – Virgo Signs most helpful in spiritual matters – Aries, Capricorn Best day of the week – Friday 57

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Understanding a Taurus Taurus is the most earthy of all the Earth Signs. If you understand that Earth is more than just a physical element, that it is a psychological attitude as well, you will get a better understanding of the Taurus personality. A Taurus has all the power of action that an Aries has. But Taureans are not satisfied with action for its own sake. Their actions must be productive, practical and wealthproducing. If Taureans cannot see a practical value in an action they will not bother taking it. Taureans’ forte lies in their power to make real their own or other people’s ideas. They are generally not very inventive but they can take another’s invention and perfect it, making it more practical and useful. The same is true for all projects. Taureans are not especially keen on starting new projects, but once they get involved they bring things to completion. A Taurus carries everything through. Their finishers and will go the distance so long as no unavoidable calamity intervenes. Many people find Taureans too stubborn, conservative, fixed and immovable. This is understandable, because Taureans dislike change – in their environment or in their routine. Taureans even dislike changing their minds! On the other hand, this is their virtue. It is not good for a wheel’s axle to waver. The axle must be fixed, stable and unmov­ able. Taureans are the axle of society and the heavens. Without their stability and so-called stubbornness, the wheels of the world (and especially the wheels of com­ merce) would not turn. Taureans love routine. A routine, if it is good, has many virtues. It is a fixed – and, ideally, perfect – way of taking care of things. Mistakes can happen when spontaneity comes into the equation, and mistakes cause discomfort and uneasiness – something almost unacceptable to a Taurus. Meddling with Taureans’ comfort and security is a sure way to irritate and anger them. 58

TAURUS

While an Aries loves speed, a Taurus likes things slow. They are slow thinkers – but do not make the mistake of assuming they lack intelligence. On the contrary, Taureans are very intelligent. It is just that they like to chew on ideas, to deliberate and weigh them up. Only after due deliberation is an idea accepted or a decision taken. Taureans are slow to anger – but once aroused, take care! Finance Taureans are very money-conscious. Wealth is more impor­ tant to them than to many other Signs. Wealth to a Taurus means comfort and security. Wealth means stability. Where some Zodiac Signs feel that they are spiritually rich if they have ideas, talents or skills, Taureans only feel their wealth when they can see and touch it. Taurus’ way of thinking is ‘What good is a talent if it has not been translated into a home, furniture, car and holidays?’ These are all reasons why Taureans excel in estate agency and agricultural industries. Usually a Taurus will end up owning land. They love to feel their connection to the Earth. Material wealth began with agriculture, the tilling of the soil. Owning a piece of land was humanity’s earliest form of wealth: Taureans still feel that primeval connection. It is in the pursuit of wealth that Taureans develop their intellectual and communication abilities. Also, in this pur­ suit Taureans are forced to develop some flexibility. It is in the quest for wealth that they learn the practical value of the intellect and come to admire it. If it were not for the search for wealth and material things, Taureans might not try to reach a higher intellect. Some Taureans are ‘born-lucky’ – the type of people who win any gamble or speculation. This luck is due to other factors in their Horoscope; it is not part of their essential nature. By nature they are not gamblers. They are hard workers and like to earn what they get. Taureans’ innate 59

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

conservatism makes them abhor unnecessary risks in finance and in other areas of their lives. Career and Public Image Being essentially down-to-earth people, simple and uncom­ plicated, Taureans tend to look up to those who are original, unconventional and inventive. Taureans like their bosses to be creative and original – since they themselves are content to perfect their superiors’ brain-waves. They admire people who have a wider social or political consciousness and they feel that someday (when they have all the comfort and secu­ rity they need) they too would like to be involved in these big issues. In business affairs Taureans can be very shrewd – and that makes them valuable to their employers. They are never lazy; they enjoy working and getting good results. Taureans do not like taking unnecessary risks and do well in positions of authority, which makes them good managers and super­ visors. Their managerial skills are reinforced by their natural talents for organization and handling details, their patience and thoroughness. As mentioned, through their connection with the earth, Taureans also do well in farming and agricul­ ture. In general a Taurus will choose money and earning power over public esteem and prestige. A position that pays more – though it has less prestige – is preferred to a position with a lot of prestige but fewer earnings. Many other Signs do not feel this way, but a Taurus does, especially if there is nothing in his or her personal birth chart that modifies this. Taureans will pursue glory and prestige only if it can be shown that these things have a direct and immediate impact on their wallet.

60

TAURUS

Love and Relationships In love, the Taurus-born likes to have and to hold. They are the marrying kind. They like commitment and they like the terms of a relationship to be clearly defined. More impor­ tantly, Taureans like to be faithful to one lover, and they expect that lover to reciprocate this fidelity. When this does not happen their whole world comes crashing down. When they are in love Taureans are loyal, but they are also very possessive. They are capable of great fits of jealousy if they are hurt in love. Taureans are satisfied with the simple things in a relation­ ship. If you are involved romantically with a Taurus there is no need for lavish entertainments and constant courtship. Give them enough love, food and comfortable shelter and they will be quite content to stay home and enjoy your com­ pany. They will be loyal to you for life. Make a Taurus feel comfortable and – above all – secure in the relationship, and you will rarely have a problem. In love, Taureans can sometimes make the mistake of try­ ing to control their partners, which can cause great pain on both sides. The reasoning behind their actions is basically simple: Taureans feel a sense of ownership over their part­ ners and will want to make changes that will increase their own general comfort and security. This attitude is OK when it comes to inanimate, material things – but is dangerous when applied to people. Taureans need to be careful and attentive to this possible trait within themselves. Home and Domestic Life Home and family are vitally important to Taureans. They like children. They also like a comfortable and perhaps glam­ orous home – something they can show off. They tend to buy heavy, ponderous furniture – usually of the best quality. This is because Taureans like a feeling of substance in their 61

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

environment. Their house is not only their home but their place of creativity and entertainment. The Taureans’ home tends to be truly their castle. If they could choose, Taureans would prefer living in the countryside to being city-dwellers. If they cannot do so during their working lives, many Taureans like to holiday in or even retire to the country, away from the city and closer to the land. At home a Taurus is like a country squire – lord (or lady) of the manor. They love to entertain lavishly, to make others feel secure in their home and to encourage others to derive the same sense of satisfaction as they do from it. If you are invited for dinner at the home of a Taurus you can expect the best food and best entertainment. Be prepared for a tour of the house and expect to see your Taurus friend exhibit a lot of pride and satisfaction in his or her possessions. Taureans like children but they are usually strict with them. The reason for this is they tend to treat their children – as they do most things in life – as their possessions. The positive side to this is that their children will be well cared for and well supervised. They will get every material thing they need to grow up properly. On the down side, Taureans can get too repressive with their children. If a child dares to upset the daily routine – which Taureans love to follow – he or she will have a problem with a Taurus parent.

Horoscope for 2002 Major Trends Many of the trends written about last year are still in effect for the year ahead. The need to adapt to change in a fastpaced world is still great. Finances were unusually important 62

TAURUS

last year and they continue to be important this year. Only this year, financial management is important. On July 13th 2001, Jupiter moved into your 3rd House of Communication and Intellectual Interests. This area became important (and happy) then and the trend continues this year until August 1st. On August 1st, Jupiter will move into your 4th House of Home and Family, making this area important. It will now rival the career for a place in your mind and heart – this will be discussed further in a later section. Overall, like last year, this is a money and career year. For a Taurus, this is heaven. Health is vastly improved over previous years, but now the focus will shift to emotional health. Pluto has been in your 8th House for many years now. You are in a period of unparalleled opportunity for ridding yourself of undesirable character traits, mental and emotion­ al habits or other types of addiction. Pluto is in process of transforming your love and social life as well. These are all long-term trends and you will see progress by degrees. Looking at 2002 overall, we find that Earth, your native element, is the weakest in the Horoscope. There will be many periods where there are no (or perhaps only one) planet in Earth. This is uncomfortable for you, as your virtues are not recognized or seem out of style. People around you behave as if they live on another planet, or the stratosphere, or some private mind space. They seem oblivious to practical realities. Yet it is precisely at these times that we need your down-toearth virtues the most. Stick to your guns, hold to your core beliefs. You will be vindicated in the end. The most important areas of life this year are: finance, career, communication, intellectual interests, local travel, depth psychology, transformation, home and family. Your paths of greatest fulfilment will be: communication, local travel, home and domestic issues and finance.

63

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Health As mentioned, health is vastly improved over previous years. The fact that you got through 1999 and 2000 and are now reading this in good health and reasonable sanity is a great victory. Though vitality is not up to its usual standard, this year is nothing compared to 1999 and 2000. Your 6th House is not a House of Power and there is dan­ ger that you might ignore health issues or not give them their proper due. This would be a mistake – especially after August 1st. You need to rest when tired, organize yourself so that you accomplish more with less effort, and focus on priorities. Therapies that enhance overall energy are good for you – massage, reflexology, chiropractic, acupuncture, acupressure, Reiki and the like fall into this category. The throat, neck and kidneys could use extra attention. Keeping these in shape will not only enhance overall health but will be a good preventative. Venus, the Planet of Love and Harmony, is your Health Planet. Strive as much as possible to maintain harmony with family, friends, your spouse and those around you. Chances are that many a health problem has its origin in these areas. If you clear the problem at the root you may not need a health professional, as the problem will tend to fall away on its own. Even if the services of a professional are needed, the healing will proceed better and faster. Wear the colour of your Sign (and the colour of your health ruler, Venus), which is green. When you feel under the weather wear the colour or visualize it around you. Emerald is a healing gem, and copper a healing metal for you, strengthening you in subtle ways. Health stress is also coming from your career and ambi­ tions. Try to pace yourself when you work and work to a rhythm. Try to alternate activities – do some physical work, then switch to mental work, then switch to socializing. This 64

TAURUS

alternation will allow a recharging of each of your centres of activity. As mentioned, physical health is not the only issue this year. Come August 1st you crave emotional and domestic health. And with benefic Jupiter in your 4th House, your chances for success are very good. Since you will be juggling home and career there is a great need to measure your energy. Although life energy is limitless, at any given time our access is finite. Learn your energy limits. Then invest wisely and productively for maxi­ mum return – the way a businessman invests his money. It might surprise you to know that every department of your life, including every organ of your body, is ministered to by mighty spiritual powers. They are ready, willing and able to help you if you call on them. In health issues your guide is the Archangel Hanael. It is well worth any time, energy and effort to become acquainted with him. Home, Domestic and Family Issues Your 4th House of Home and Family becomes powerful after August 1st, when benefic Jupiter moves there. He will be there for at least a year – well into 2003. Jupiter is going to fulfil all your legitimate domestic and family fantasies. He will not fulfil destructive fantasies. Those of you seeking to buy or sell a home will now have a good opportunity and meet with good fortune here. Those of you wishing to expand or renovate the present home, or to acquire a second or third home will have both the wherewithal and opportu­ nity for it. There is going to be wonderful family harmony and support during this period. The family is supportive both financially and emotionally. They also lead you to financial opportunity. It really makes a difference in life when this family support is present. Sometimes when Jupiter is in the 4th House, the good might not come from one’s biological family. For in many 65

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

cases the biological family is too dysfunctional to be an adequate vehicle for Jupiter’s vast largess. In those cases, the good comes from people who are like family to you. They feel as if they are your parent, son, daughter or sibling – and they tend to behave that way. (In truth we can never be cut off from our true family – which is a spiritual thing and ever present.) Jupiter expands and enlarges every thing he touches, thus the family circle will expand – usually through births or mar­ riage. You meet new people who are like family to you. ‘Big-ticket’ items for the home come – Jupiter knows well how to arrange this. By the time Jupiter finishes his transit you will be in new and larger – more comfortable – domestic circumstances. Jupiter in the 4th House often shows inheritance. Now, nobody need die for this to manifest; someone might set up a trust fund for you or the like. Jupiter in the 4th indicates that the happiness and pros­ perity of the family as a whole grows. A parent is likely to move or renovate the home this year. A parent is likely to be living the good life too – travelling to far-off places, going on cruises and the like. Children might not move but could be involved in major renovations and repairs. Perhaps the major impact of this transit is the conflict it sets up between your family life and career. You have to divide your attention between both, never going too far one way or another. Not an easy thing to accomplish. Those of you into psychological therapy will have a suc­ cessful and happy year. There will be many breakthroughs and new understandings. Many of you will be learning how to give and receive emotional support. There is an art to this. Relations with siblings look harmonious and they seem to be prospering overall. Relations with children will vary month to month. 66

TAURUS

Love and Social Life The 7th House of Love and Marriage is not a House of Power this year. Love, romance and social activities are not high on your agenda. Of course you will still have a social life, but other areas of life come first. The good part about this is that you have much freedom in this area. You can shape your social life as you will – the Cosmos does not push you one way or the other. The downside is that there is a lack of interest and enthusiasm. Usually this results in a status quo situation. Marrieds tend to stay married and singles tend to stay single. Even though the 7th House is empty, over the course of the year there will be periods when the short-term planets move through it. Those will be periods of heightened social activity and romantic opportunity. These will be dealt with in the month-by-month forecasts. Pluto, the Planet of Transformation, is your Love Planet. He has been in your 8th House (the House of Transfor­ mation) in the Sign of Sagittarius for many years now. He will be there for years to come. All of this suggests that a complete change is going on – slowly and steadily – an evolution – either in a given relationship or in your love attitudes and social life in general. Marrieds are watching the marriage become something ‘else’ from what it started as. Singles are evolving new and better love attitudes and new and better ideals about marriage. The whole philosophy of love and marriage is changing and evolving. Never underestimate the power of philosophy. It is one of the most powerful forces in the world. It is much more important in your life – and especially your love life – than psychology is. When your philosophy changes your psychol­ ogy will change, and then the physical events of life just follow. Love issues are forcing many of you to learn more about reincarnation and past lives. (The Cosmos is very smart and 67

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

knows how to motivate people.) Many of you are learning that your current relationship (and your past ones) are merely continuations of things that have been going on for thousands, if not millions, of years. Many of your so-called failed relationships were not ‘failures’ in the way you think – only a balancing of past karma. Many of your love fears are coming from traumas of past lives. This area is a fertile field of research for many of you these days. Pluto wants to purify your love life. It wants to eliminate ‘waste’ and effete material. It wants to eliminate friendships that are based on false motives or false beliefs about life and the self. It wants to eliminate the unnecessary so that you can focus on the love or friendships that really matter. This is what is going on these days. Pluto is basically well aspected. But it is in opposition to Saturn all year. In many cases this produces caution in love – even fear. ‘Certainty’ is wanted, and love will be tested. But while a certain caution in love is desirable, let events test love. Remember that romance is a mood – a magic. Nothing is more certain to kill it than fear. Among marrieds this opposition translates into a finan­ cial conflict. Both you and your spouse seem focused on finances. You are into ‘cost savings and cutting expenses’ – and this produces some tension with your beloved. You don’t see eye to eye on finances. Among singles there could be an unwillingness to spend on social issues – going out, etc. This tension will pass after this year. On August 1st, Jupiter moves into Leo, making fabulous aspects to Pluto. This aspect will be in effect for the rest of the year. Further, there will be many Grand Trines in Fire this coming year, all of which impact positively on Pluto. So there will be many romantic opportunities – even marriage opportunities. The question is, will you take them? Venus, your Ruling Planet, and the Planet of Love, will make an unusual three-and-a-half month transit through 68

TAURUS

your 7th House beginning September 8th. She will be there for the rest of the year. This too brings romantic and mar­ riage opportunities. In many cases it indicates a significant relationship. In this period your interest in love is enhanced. But Venus will go retrograde from October 11th to Nov­ ember 21st, and Mars will pass through your 7th House from December 1st until the end of the year. These events will test both the relationship and your interest. Is love strong enough to survive this? A business partnership was probable last year and still very probable this year. Those of you working towards a second marriage will see the status quo maintained. But marriage and romantic opportunities come as you pursue your financial goals. A romance with someone involved with your finances seems likely. Those of you working towards a third marriage need patience this year. The love life of children of marriageable age is status quo. But wedding bells could ring for grandchildren of marriage­ able age. The marriage of a parent is highly unstable these days. Finance and Career As mentioned earlier, both finance and career are probably the most important and interesting areas this year. On the financial front, Saturn is firmly stationed in your Money House all year. Now, for most people – for other Signs – this is a daunting aspect. For Saturn shows you your limits. Saturn works to bring order, structure and a realistic perspective on things. Saturn’s mission is to bring ‘stable and enduring’ wealth – the real thing. Though most people want stable and enduring wealth, they don’t want to do the things – adopt the practices and processes – needed to achieve it. But for you, Taurus, this will be a good transit – pleasant 69

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

even. For this is what you are all about. You will be much richer when the year is out than before. You will be in a financial regimen that is healthy and wealth-producing. So this is a year of financial structuring – re-ordering – gaining strength and stability to weather any kind of condition. Many astrologers associate Saturn with lack and limita­ tion. And though this sometimes happens it is not because Saturn is doing it, it is because we have violated some law or principle. Basically, Saturn wants to bring financial health to you. Financial health, like physical health, is all about ‘right proportion’. When a person is living a ‘proportional life’, financial health is a natural consequence. What is right proportion? It means living within your means. It means making the most of existing resources. It means cutting back on waste and needless expense. It means allocating your wealth and earnings so that all areas of life get fed. A certain percentage of earnings should go into savings and invest­ ment, a certain percentage to charity, a certain percentage towards ‘fun and leisure’ activities, a certain percentage towards living expenses and paying off debts, etc. These are the things you are going to learn and practise this year. When you live proportionately you will find that the uni­ verse has supplied ‘enough’ for every need. Saturn is often associated with pessimism. And, in truth, you need to guard against this. Saturn likes to show you ‘worst-case scenarios’ so that you can plan a way out or conquer the fear or mistake that is behind it. These ‘worst­ case scenario’ situations (they probably won’t happen to you physically, but the fear of them will arise) are the doorways, the short-cuts to affluence. Dealing with them makes you stronger and gives necessary knowledge. It is a ‘seasoning’ process. Most importantly, Saturn is imparting a long-term per­ spective on wealth. He wants you to see the big picture and to make moves now in line with that. 70

TAURUS

Co-operate with what Saturn is trying to teach and you’ll sail through the year with glorious ease. Resist (this is unlikely) and you’ll face one crisis after another. Jupiter will be in the Sign of Cancer until August 1st and then in your 4th House afterwards. Both of these positions suggest money from property, hotels, restaurants and indus­ tries that cater to the home. Investors should study these sectors as there are profit opportunities here. Jupiter in your 3rd House until August 1st suggests that many of you are getting new cars, computers and communi­ cation equipment – good quality items. Sales and marketing activities go well. Money comes from buying and selling – trading. The correct use of the media – advertising and public relations – has a dynamic impact on profits. After August 1st, money comes from family, family con­ nections or from a family business. Family members in general will be more financially supportive (this support could also come from people who are like family to you). Career is still undergoing ferment and change. It is very exciting, but also unstable – and this is the main difficulty for you. You like routine, you like stability, you like to know that you have a certain job or a certain place in your com­ pany. But these days none of these things is assured. This is why it is so important to set up a long-term financial plan and why it is important to co-operate with Saturn. Self-improvement The main area of self-improvement will be in finance, as dis­ cussed. But you can’t (and shouldn’t) spend all your atten­ tion on money matters. With Jupiter in your 3rd House until August 1st, there is great joy in the pursuit of intellectual interests and travel. Take courses and seminars in subjects that interest you. Read more. Brush up on your communica­ tion skills. When Jupiter moves into your 4th House in August you 71

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

will enjoy delving into psychology. History (especially your family history) will also be an interesting study. A creative hobby that involves the home – perhaps a woodworking project, or making handmade furniture and the like – would bring joy and the release of stress. Taureans are noted for their musical ability – especially their singing voices. You might want to start exploring this after August 1st. Jupiter in Leo is a very creative and dra­ matic energy.

Month-by-month Forecasts January Best Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 30th, 31st Most Stressful Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 7th, 8th, 14th, 15th, 28th, 29th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 14th, 15th, 19th, 20th, 24th, 25th, 28th, 29th Best Days for Money: 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 24th, 25th, 26th, 27th A bittersweet month ahead, Taurus. Enjoy the good that comes and give thanks for it. Use adversity to make you stronger and to take you closer to your goals. A skilled sailor moves forward even when the wind is against him. Health is good until the 20th, but afterwards try to rest and relax more. Review what was written in the Horoscope for 2002 section. Now is the time to become as ‘energy efficient’ as possible. 72

TAURUS

This month, 70 to 80 per cent of the planets are above the Horizon. This shows that career and outer interests are a priority. Home, family and emotional issues take a back seat. Career demands are strong now. You are busy. As in pre­ vious years there is much change going on – change and apparent instability. But the changes look pleasant for you and much forward progress will be made. Mercury will go retrograde in your 10th House on the 18th – it’s very impor­ tant that you communicate properly to superiors and those involved in your career. Misunderstandings are more likely to happen, and a little forethought can save lots of time and aggravation later on. After the 20th there will be many plan­ ets in the element of Air – basically a good thing. But people will talk fast and perhaps carelessly – so it’s important that you understand what is being said and that others under­ stand you. After the 20th there are no planets in your native Earth element (except for the Moon – and that for only about five days). People seem impractical and ‘pie in the sky’. Actions are taken and decisions made that shake up your ‘down to earth’ nature. As mentioned, stick to your guns – you will be vindicated later on. Finances are strong until the 18th, but Mercury’s retro­ grade suggests caution afterwards. Research all investments and purchases more carefully than usual. If possible, com­ plete major purchases or investments before the 18th or wait until next month. An important planetary shift happens this month – by the 20th it will be established. The planetary power shifts from the Western sector to your Eastern sector. Thus, day by day you will be in an ever stronger position to create conditions as you like them, to go on your own if necessary, and to enjoy more independence. Others are less in control of your life than usual. (With your virtues out of style these days, this prospect seems more and more attractive.) 73

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Romance is status quo. Friendships seem more important than romance. Nevertheless, romantic opportunities come after the 20th. The 28th and 29th are especially good for romance as a Grand Trine in Fire ignites passions. February Best Days Overall: 8th, 9th, 18th, 19th, 27th, 28th Most Stressful Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 10th, 11th, 12th, 25th, 26th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 22nd, 23rd, 25th, 26th Best Days for Money: 1st, 3rd, 4th, 8th, 9th, 13th, 14th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd Continue to rest and relax more until the 18th. Work smarter, not harder. Continue to cultivate energy efficiency. Vitality improves tremendously after the 18th as the pace in your career slows down somewhat. This is still a very powerful and basically benefic career month. Many of you are reaching the pinnacles here. Pay rises and promotions are likely. You earn high marks with superiors. Favours are granted from on high and there is much socializing with people of prominence and power. Even family members are supportive of career goals. Your success is not just personal but seems to elevate the status of the entire family. The prestige of the family as a whole is raised in other ways too. There is still a dearth of the Earth element this month. People are into talking and theorizing. Ideas are seen as substitutes for tangible things and tangible action. Details of projects are often overlooked and seen as of no consequence. Most Taureans are not comfortable with this. Happily, you 74

TAURUS

are in a position to have things your way and create con­ ditions according to your will. Take advantage of this. If impractical ‘pie in the sky’ is what others are doing, you can do things in a ‘down to earth’ way. You will be vindicated later on. Mercury, your Financial Planet, goes forward on the 8th. Thus, better to make major purchases or investments after then. Mercury’s retrograde is good for researching financial matters, but wait to execute when he goes forward. Money comes from your career. Perhaps it is a pay rise or bonus – perhaps it comes because of the good professional reputation you’ve achieved. Your good name is money in the bank. Elders, parents and bosses are supportive of your finan­ cial goals and provide either tangible support or opportunity. Love is bittersweet these days. Love affairs seem plentiful, but serious romance gets obstructed after the 12th. You and your spouse or beloved are out of synch or not in agree­ ment. Your spouse or partner is into money-making while you want to socialize with friends. But this conflict seems short term and should resolve itself next month. Until the 12th you spruce up your image – making impor­ tant changes – perhaps updating and modernizing yourself. High-tech accessories such as a mobile phone or lap-top computer are coming to you. There is also a lot of short-term travel related to your career around this time. March Best Days Overall: 7th, 8th, 17th, 18th, 26th, 27th Most Stressful Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 9th, 10th, 11th, 24th, 25th, 30th, 31st Best Days for Love: 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 24th, 25th, 30th, 31st Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 19th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 30th, 31st 75

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

With 90 per cent of the planets moving forward and 70 to 80 per cent of them in the Eastern sector, go for the gold now, Taurus. Create your life as you want it to be. Design it to your personal specifications. Go for what you think makes you happy, not what other people think will make you happy. This is a period of independence and personal power. Your way is the best way these days. If others don’t go along – respect their opinions but go your own way. You will see much forward progress towards your goals. Though career is less hectic than in the past few months, it still takes priority over home, family and emotional issues. Continue to push forward here. Mercury, your Money Planet, moves speedily this peri­ od, indicating great financial confidence and achievement. Financial goals are achieved quickly. Financial decisions tend to be sound. Mercury moves through three Signs and Houses of the Horoscope this month. This shows that money and financial opportunity come to you in a number of ways. Until the 11th they come from career, your status, reputa­ tion and the intercession of bosses, parents and elders. After the 11th they come from intuition, dreams and psychic guidance; from friends, organizations and contacts you make through these avenues. After the 29th they again come through dreams, intuition and psychic guidance. A sudden windfall or opportunity comes on the 9th or 10th. Avoid financial conflicts with your spouse or partner on the 22nd– 23rd. Be more charitable after the 29th. Romance is still stormy most of the month. Venus in the Sign of Pisces makes everyone more sensitive in love issues – but especially you. There should be improvement after the 20th. This is one of the more spiritual periods in your year, Taurus. Until the 20th there is a lot of power in the Sign of Pisces – the most spiritual of all the Signs. After the 20th there is great power in your 12th House – the most spiritual of all the Houses. So, this is a month for spiritual growth and 76

TAURUS

understanding. You can expect an increased dream life and to have more than the usual amount of ESP experiences. A good idea to go into seclusion and spend more time reviewing the past year. Look at where you’ve been, where you are and where you want to go. Confess and rectify past mistakes. Vow never to repeat them and move forward with a clean slate. Spring is a great time to launch your new projects. Health is good this month. Mars in your own Sign gives you personal energy and dynamism. You fear nothing. This reinforces what was said earlier about being independent and going off on your own if necessary. Keep the dynamism constructive – use it for body-building, exercise or athletic excellence – avoid temper tantrums like the plague. April Best Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 5th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 22nd, 23rd Most Stressful Days Overall: 6th, 7th, 20th, 21st, 27th, 28th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 20th, 21st, 23rd, 24th, 25th, 27th, 28th, 29th, 30th Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 8th, 9th, 12th, 13th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 19th, 22nd, 23rd, 27th, 28th A happy and successful month ahead, Taurus. Enjoy, you deserve it. Many times things don’t happen in life simply because not enough energy has been applied. It is like boil­ ing water. If water boils at 100 degrees Centigrade and you only heat it to 90 degrees – it might be hot but it won’t boil. Similarly, attaining certain goals requires ‘X’ amount of

77

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

energy. Though you might be a good person, with excellent qualities, the goal is not attained unless this ‘X’ amount is applied. This is why correct alignment with the planetary powers is so important. Though you keep doing things the way you’ve always done them, the planets supply the extra power needed to attain the goal. A lot of extra power is flowing your way, Taurus, and you can achieve any reason­ able goal. And though large goals might take more develop­ ment time, you will see good progress towards them. First off, the lack of the Earth element of the past two months is over (at least temporarily). This month there is an abundance of Earth, all in your own Sign of Taurus. Taurus and its virtues are back in style. You are no longer a ‘voice crying in the wilderness’, alone and isolated. Your points of view are well taken and your virtues admired. Much of what you felt in the past two months is now vindicated. Many of your rejected suggestions are now seen to be right. Health, self-esteem and self-confidence are strong now. And with this comes enhanced earnings and enhanced energy. Seldom have you looked better. The opposite sex takes notice. With 60 to 70 per cent of the planets in the East and with great power in your own Sign, you should push forward boldly towards your goals and create circumstances the way you want them to be. This month you don’t need consensus. Though you shouldn’t ride roughshod over others, you have the independence to go it alone and follow your own path in life. You are the creator and the source of your good right now. With 90 per cent of the planets moving forward, you will see quick and easy progress towards your goals. Your life is moving ahead after months of stagnation. This is a month of sensual pleasure and of pampering yourself. Investments in yourself are the best ones these days. A good period to buy clothing, jewellery or other per­ sonal accessories – many of you won’t buy them, they will come to you. 78

TAURUS

Romantic love is status quo, but there are many romantic opportunities of the non-committed sort. May Best Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 11th, 12th, 20th, 21st, 28th, 29th Most Stressful Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 18th, 19th, 24th, 25th, 31st Best Days for Love: 3rd, 4th, 8th, 9th, 13th, 14th, 18th, 19th, 24th, 25th, 26th, 27th Best Days for Money: 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 25th, 31st Continue to push forward towards your goals. Most of the planets are still in the East and the Sun will be in your own Sign until the 21st. Your way is still the best way. You know what’s right for you and others can either join you or not. The Earth element again gets weak after the 21st and the Air element (speech and communication) becomes unusual­ ly strong. Thus many of the things written of in earlier months are back in effect. Airy, abstract ideas take priority over practical, down-to-earth considerations. But after last month it seems you will handle this better. You have seen that your feelings and intuitions are correct. And though you are not in style, you know that eventual vindication is inevitable. I think it’s a healthy thing to be ‘out of style’ for a time. One learns self-reliance and develops faith in one­ self. The faith you have developed will come in handy this month as a Lunar Eclipse on the 26th shakes up the finan­ cial and domestic situation. The eclipse is basically kind to you and carries nowhere near the power of some previous eclipses you’ve weathered (August 11th, 1999 and February

79

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

5th, 2000, just to name two). Yet it gives you an opportunity to correct financial flaws and change investment strategies, banks or brokers. Since the Lord of your 4th House is also affected there could be temporary domestic shake-ups – long-seething family disputes or resentments come to the surface so you can correct them. Perhaps a long-standing problem in the home – bad wiring or plumbing – reveals itself. Definitely avoid speculations in finance this month, but especially around the period of the eclipse. This is still a month of personal and sensual pleasure – especially until the 21st. Still a good time to get the body in shape and to buy personal accessories. Only do so before the 15th when Mercury goes retrograde. Your financial life is strong and unusually active this month. Your Money House is the strongest in the chart. Try to make important purchases or investments before the 15th. Afterwards you can research things, but don’t set them in motion until next month. The Lunar Eclipse of the 26th affects an already retro­ grade Mercury. Thus, though the eclipse forces you to take financial action and make changes, you are still better off planning these things and taking action next month. Resist the urge to act immediately. Let the dust settle first. Love seems stressful this month. You and your spouse or partner seem ‘separate’ in your own worlds. There is a feel­ ing of ‘lack of synch’ and ‘lack of agreement’. Many a rela­ tionship will get tested these days. The eclipse of the 26th shakes up your partner’s finances too. June Best Days Overall: 7th, 8th, 16th, 17th, 24th, 25th, 26th Most Stressful Days Overall: 14th, 15th, 20th, 21st, 27th, 28th

80

TAURUS

Best Days for Love: 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 9th, 10th, 12th, 13th, 19th, 20th, 21st, 27th, 28th, 29th, 30th With 40 per cent of the planets retrograde until the 8th the pace of change slows down – which is the way you like things. But two eclipses this month ensure that there will be plenty of change – mostly in the world around you. Happily these eclipses are kind to you. Other Signs will feel these much more than you. The planets are still mostly in the East, but this proportion will soon change. Keep creating your life as you want it to be. Very shortly there will be less independence on your part and you will have to adapt to situations more. The last eclipse (May 26th) affected finance; the coming one of June 10th (a Solar Eclipse) also affects it. Since finances are strong I read this as upheavals that come from more than usual wealth – what to do with it? How to appor­ tion it? Who gets what? Things of this nature. True, unex­ pected expenses (with the home) or financial disagreements with family members can arise, but these will serve to show you where your thinking was amiss and what factors you left out in your calculations. When a Solar Eclipse hits the Lord of the 4th House it often signals a move or change of the residence. But a move usually requires power in the 4th House, and this is lacking here. I’m reading this as flaws in the home or in the family relationship which weren’t dealt with last time and are now flaring up again. This Solar Eclipse occurs (happily) with a Mercury going forward (last month Mercury was retrograde). Thus your financial judgement and confidence will be stronger this time and you will make the right moves. After the dust

81

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

settles, finances should be better than ever before. The eclipse is not punishing you, only cleansing and re-ordering you. The Solar Eclipse hitting the Lord of your Solar 4th House (the Sun) coincides with a planetary shift to the lower sector of your Horoscope. The eclipse is like a Cosmic Megaphone announcing ‘start focusing on home, family and domestic issues and build a solid home base’. ‘Get your emotional life in order.’ The love situation is still far from perfect, but you should see improvement after the 14th. Singles have more love opportunities and marrieds more harmony in the marriage. The Lunar Eclipse of June 24th seems to affect students the most. Much of what it is showing are normal and natur­ al things: graduation from secondary school or university (signalling a long-term change in the academic life), changes of areas of study and changes in university plans. July Best Days Overall: 4th, 5th, 6th, 13th, 14th, 22nd, 23rd Most Stressful Days Overall: 11th, 12th, 17th, 18th, 24th, 25th Best Days for Love: 2nd, 3rd, 11th, 12th, 13th, 17th, 18th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 29th, 30th Best Days for Money: 1st, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 17th, 18th, 19th, 27th, 28th, 29th, 30th With your Career Planet (Uranus) now retrograde and with most of the planets below the Horizon of your chart, you might as well shore things up at home – not much happen­ ing careerwise anyway. Many issues there will only be resolved with time. Find your emotional comfort zone and try to function from there as much as possible. 82

TAURUS

There is another important shift happening this month. By July 23rd the planetary power will move into the Western (social) sector of your chart. As time goes on you will find yourself more dependent on the good graces of oth­ ers. Your ability to ‘have things your way’ is diminished and, in truth, your way might not be best now – even for you. This is a time to develop your social skills, to avoid power struggles and seek consensus in all things. Your good comes from others and not so much from your personal efforts. Health is wonderful until the 23rd, but afterwards rest and relax more. A good period to practise the skills of ‘energy efficiency’ – of doing more with less time and energy. Many of you have bought new cars or communication equipment recently – and if not, this period is still good for these things. The Earth element is very weak this month, but especially so until the 10th. Bear in mind previous discussions on this. Whatever the world is doing, you serve best by being true to yourself and true to your nature. Continue to be the level­ headed, practical and organized Taurus that you are. There is great power in your 3rd and 4th Houses this month. Power in the 3rd shows that your interests in com­ munication, intellectual interests, studying, reading, writing and trading are very much enhanced. All of these issues seem happy and successful. Taurean students are doing well. Educational opportunities come and they are happy. Power in the 4th House shows the interest in the home, family, domestic life and emotional situation. This is a great period for renovating, beautifying or otherwise furnishing the home. Investments in the home pay off now. Love is far improved over last month. Your partner, spouse or lover is doing well, has good self-esteem and is in general happier. The only fly in the ointment is Venus’ move into Virgo on the 10th. Your tendency to be too perfectionist can lead to undue criticism (whether aloud or in your 83

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

feelings) and this puts a damper on romance. Perfectionism has its place, but leave some slack for ‘human error’. Singles seem more in the mood for ‘playful romance’ than serious commitments. Pursue wealth goals through marketing, trading and fami­ ly connections. August Best Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 10th, 18th, 19th, 28th, 29th Most Stressful Days Overall: 8th, 14th, 15th, 20th, 21st, 22nd Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 8th, 11th, 12th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 25th, 26th, 30th, 31st Best Days for Money: 3rd, 4th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 16th, 18th, 19th, 25th, 30th, 31st The element of Earth starts to rebound from previous weak­ ness by the 23rd. This is a wonderful health and self-esteem signal. People who have indulged in unrealistic spending or unrealistic projects and forecasts now find that the ‘bill’ comes due. Things you said or felt months ago now come to pass and your viewpoints are vindicated. Though health is improving, it won’t hurt to rest and relax more until the 23rd. Home is important, but don’t overwork there. Give attention to family members, but try to do it in an effective way. Merely wasting time around the house or letting family members ‘drag you to the pits’ for no reason is not the way to handle things. Where constructive actions can be taken in the home – take them.Unconstructive action or discussions merely waste precious energy. Especially avoid needless arguments until the 19th. Attempt communication after the dust has settled.

84

TAURUS

Though over the long haul career prospects are bright, right now things seem on hold. Progress is happening beneath the surface, but nothing much on an overt level. Still we should not despise secret progress. Eventually it manifests. Like last month, the planets are mostly in the Western sector. Cultivate the social graces, seek consensus and avoid power struggles. Charm will get you further than brute force or bullying. This is not a period for ‘making things happen’ but more of ‘allowing’ them to happen. This is still an excellent period for work around the house, renovation or construction projects and redecorating. Also very good for family gatherings, dealing with children and entertaining from home. Many of you are buying (or receiving) new adult or children’s toys for the home. Jupiter’s move into your 4th House shows that many of you will move or have good fortune in the purchase or sale of a home. Your 5th House is powerful this month. This shows a fun period – a ‘cosmic holiday’. This is a month for enjoying life, indulging in sensual pleasures, going out more and for leisure activities. Singles have many romantic opportunities – especially after the 7th. A current relationship seems bittersweet as you want to have fun and your partner wants to focus on finances. Perhaps he or she resents what you are spending on leisure and sees these expenses as unjustified. Finances are strong all month. Shopping goes better from the 6th to the 27th when Mercury is in Virgo. You are sure to be more value-conscious and get better deals then. Money comes from work, but there is also luck in speculations. September Best Days Overall: 6th, 7th, 14th, 15th, 24th, 25th 85

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Most Stressful Days Overall: 4th, 5th, 10th, 11th, 17th, 18th Best Days for Love: 1st, 4th, 5th, 10th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 19th, 20th, 22nd, 23rd, 29th, 30th Best Days for Money: 1st, 4th, 8th, 9th, 12th, 17th, 18th, 22nd, 27th, 28th The planetary power in the West gets stronger every day. Social issues are highlighted. The discomfort of being depen­ dent on others has the positive side-effect of making you more sociable and popular. With the Lord of your chart moving into your 7th House of Social Activities on the 8th, you go out of your way for friends and those you love. You are putting other people ahead of yourself and the results should follow. Your good will come to you through others (not necessarily those you are helping) and in easy and effortless ways. No need to tell you to avoid bullying or power tactics now – you already know it. Home and family issues are still the priority – but not for much longer. A pretty well aspected Jupiter in your 4th House shows happiness and contentment in the home sphere. Family support and relationships are positive. The overall mood is upbeat and optimistic. This is still a favourable time for buying or selling a home or for investing or speculating in property. This is a happy and active social and romantic period. Many planets are in the romantic Sign of Libra now, and the Lord of your chart will be in your 7th House of Love from the 8th onwards. Serious romantic opportunities are coming your way. Current relationships are smoothing out and should be back in order after the 23rd. Venus in Scorpio shows a need for passionate and intense love – it is not so much what the person looks like or what he or she does – but the intensity of feeling and libido that counts. Venus in Scorpio tends to create feelings of possessiveness and 86

TAURUS

jealousy – above the norms. This is something to watch out for. Though your Career Planet is still retrograde there is progress after the 23rd. After the 23rd there will again be many planets in Air Signs. People are overly free with their speech and often say things they can’t deliver on – don’t mistake the word for the thing. Mercury, your Financial Planet, is beautifully aspected this month – except that he goes retrograde on the 14th. His retrograde will not stop your earnings, but could cause delays and perhaps mistakes due to poor judgement. Schedule important purchases and investments before the 14th. (In general this is a better shopping period anyway as there is decent ‘Earth Power’ then as well.) Money comes from work and the career. Social contacts also help your bank balance, but you will still have to earn things. Health is good and this is a great month to begin a health or beauty regime. October Best Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 12th, 13th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 31st Most Stressful Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 7th, 8th, 14th, 15th, 29th, 30th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 16th, 17th, 19th, 20th, 26th, 27th, 29th, 30th Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 9th, 10th, 14th, 15th, 19th, 20th, 24th, 25th, 29th, 30th Many planets in the West, power in your 7th House of Love and Social Activities, and the retrograde of Venus, your Ruling Planet, all point to keeping a low profile, avoiding power struggles and maintaining an attitude of ‘agree with thine adversary quickly’. Though health is good, self-esteem 87

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

and self-confidence are not up to their usual standards – and perhaps this is a good thing. If you were too self-confident you could foul things up by pushing your way. Caution – a wait-and-see attitude – is called for after the 10th. By the 23rd the power in both the upper and lower sec­ tors will be about balanced. This reinforces the tense aspect of Jupiter and Neptune/Uranus. Where in previous months you were able to de-emphasize career in favour of home and family issues, now you have to divide your time between both. Neither area can be de-emphasized. The balance you achieve will be a dynamic one – one day you will lean one way, the next the other. Day-by-day circumstances, the needs of every situation, will dictate your behaviour. Though Venus goes retrograde on the 10th, love should go well. True, your usual self-confidence is not there, but this will make you even more charming to others. The oppo­ site sex is charmed by some vulnerability these days. Go slowly in love. Don’t rush things. Let love unfold as it will. Let circumstances test love without any help from you. Enjoy every romantic opportunity for what it is without pro­ jecting too much into the future or placing expectations on it. Those of you involved in a relationship should give more space to your beloved. Use the retrograde to make improve­ ments – or to plan improvements. Jealousy and possessive­ ness are still to be avoided. Singles find love in the usual places this month – at par­ ties, gatherings, through family connections and weddings. Many of you are attending more weddings these days. Mercury goes forward on the 6th, so execute financial plans after the 6th. Various stalled deals or payments will unfreeze after the 6th. Like last month, money comes from work and from social connections. Your career status and the favour of bosses and elders are also a big factor in earn­ ings. There is more spending on health and health products; professional investors should look into the health sector. 88

TAURUS

Avoid speculations from the 13th to the 15th. A financial setback during this period is only temporary. The pace at work is busy but this seems enjoyable to you. Job-seekers are enjoying good success, but the retrogrades of Mercury and Venus suggest that more study and research are needed. Job offers may not be what they seem. November Best Days Overall: 1st, 8th, 9th, 18th, 19th, 27th, 28th Most Stressful Days Overall: 4th, 5th, 10th, 11th, 25th, 26th Best Days for Love: 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 23rd, 24th, 25th, 26th Best Days for Money: 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 20th, 21st, 25th, 26th Like last month, Venus is retrograde (until the 21st), most of the planets are in the Western sector of your chart and your 7th House of Love, Romance and Social Activities is very powerful. Adapt yourself to existing conditions as best you can; try to get the support of other people before making important moves, and cultivate the social skills. Put other people first now. Good comes through others, and if you don’t rock the boat or incur their displeasure it will come easily and effortlessly. Use Venus’ retrograde to become clearer about your goals and general direction. It is also good for perfecting your body and your current relationships. By the time Venus goes forward, 90 per cent of the planets will also be forward – progress towards your goals will be swift. This month there are no planets in your native element of Earth. (Only the Moon – and that for only seven days out of the month – will be in Earth.) You have had this phenomena, 89

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

on and off, all year. Be stoic, patient and tolerant – but keep your feet on the ground. Don’t argue with others. Make your practical points and then let go. The upper hemisphere of your chart is the most powerful. And, though you long for simple domestic bliss and family values, your career is becoming more important. You won’t be able to ignore family completely, but you can shift some focus towards career matters. A Grand Trine in Air all month is bringing great career happiness and progress. True, you are working hard, but you see the fruits of your work. Not only do you have to balance home and career – but singles also have to balance their love lives and career – this in spite of the fact they pull you in different directions. Rest and relax more until the 22nd. Love is improving. But Venus’ retrograde inhibits your confidence. By the 21st, though, all should be back to nor­ mal and your social life gets into full swing. You are in one of the happiest (and most active) social periods of the year. A family member gets involved in a serious relationship. The family seems to support your social goals and could be play­ ing Cupid. Financial judgement is unusually good these days. You have a penetrating perception into financial esoterica and can instantly sense if a purchase or investment is good or not. Money comes through other people, your social con­ tacts, your spouse or through partners. A sudden expense (seems career related) or setback around the 18th–19th is short term. You have the wherewithal to deal with it. A great overall period for cutting costs and eliminating waste. December Best Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 15th, 16th, 24th, 25th

90

TAURUS

Most Stressful Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 8th, 9th, 22nd, 23rd, 29th, 30th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 10th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 29th, 30th Best Days for Money: 3rd, 4th, 12th, 13th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 19th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 25th, 31st We end the year the way we began. Between 70 and 80 per cent of the planets are above the Horizon. Jupiter goes retrograde in your 4th House on the 4th. You can safely deemphasize home and family issues and focus on your career. Indeed, things are hectic there these days. A change at the top – in the corporate hierarchy – seems imminent. Major power struggles are going on this month. Competitive pres­ sures also increase. New technologies threaten the status quo in your company or business. Try to rest and relax more until the 23rd. Most of the planets are still in the West and your 7th House of Love and Social Activities is still strong. Though you have more confidence these days, try to avoid power struggles as much as possible. Handling life these days is not about ‘right and wrong’ but about the correct use of energy. Since you have enough of a power struggle in your career, you don’t need to add more of it in your social life. Your 8th House is strong until the 22nd. This is a good period to pay off some debt or negotiate better terms for it, cut costs and eliminate financial waste. It is also good for breaking addictions, whether of substances or of character. Love is much improved this period and singles have many good opportunities. Love finds you as you help others pros­ per, get rid of excess possessions and indulge your spiritual and psychological interests. Marrieds are more in harmony with their partners now. Singles also find love through the family and family contacts. 91

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Finances are strong all month. Mercury in Sagittarius tends to be a big and free spender. You might want to delay your Christmas shopping until the 8th when Mercury moves into the conservative and value-conscious Sign of Capricorn. No planets in Earth until the 8th is another negative against shopping – the tendency is to overspend. Money comes as you help others prosper. There is a need to put other people’s financial interests ahead of your own. Money comes from your partner (who is also prospering), from cost cutting and from seeing ‘turnaround’ situations where others don’t – e.g. a troubled company or property that is ready to become profitable, or perhaps just needs a little fix here or there to make it so. Money can also come from debt repayment (people who owe you), royalty pay­ ments, trust funds or insurance settlements. Your 9th House becomes powerful after the 22nd. Foreign lands beckon and many of you will travel. The aspects for travelling look good. Perhaps the family as a whole spends the holidays in some exotic location. Educational opportuni­ ties will come and you should take them. Religious inspira­ tion and knowledge will also come.

92

Gemini

 THE TWINS Birthdays from 21st May to 20th June

Personality Profile GEMINI AT A GLANCE Element – Air Ruling Planet – Mercury Career Planet – Neptune Love Planet – Jupiter Money Planet – Moon Planet of Health and Work – Pluto Planet of Home and Family Life – Mercury Colours – blue, yellow, yellow-orange Colour that promotes love, romance and social harmony – sky blue Colours that promote earning power – grey, silver 93

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002 Gems – agate, aquamarine Metal – quicksilver Scents – lavender, lilac, lily of the valley, storax

Quality – mutable (= flexibility)

Quality most needed for balance – thought that

is deep rather than superficial

Strongest virtues – great communication skills,

quickness and agility of thought, ability to

learn quickly

Deepest need – communication

Characteristics to avoid – gossiping, hurting

others with harsh speech, superficiality,

using words to mislead or misinform Signs of greatest overall compatibility – Libra, Aquarius Signs of greatest overall incompatibility – Virgo,

Sagittarius, Pisces

Sign most helpful to career – Pisces

Sign most helpful for emotional support – Virgo

Sign most helpful financially – Cancer

Sign best for marriage and/or partnerships –

Sagittarius

Sign most helpful for creative projects – Libra

Best Sign to have fun with – Libra

Signs most helpful in spiritual matters – Taurus,

Aquarius Best day of the week – Wednesday 94

GEMINI

Understanding a Gemini Gemini is to society what the nervous system is to the body. It does not introduce any new information but is a vital trans­ mitter of impulses from the senses to the brain and vice versa. The nervous system does not judge or weigh these impulses – it only conveys information. And does so perfectly. This analogy should give you an indication of a Gemini’s role in society. Geminis are the communicators and con­ veyors of information. To Geminis the truth or falsehood of information is irrelevant, they only transmit what they see, hear or read about. Thus they are capable of spreading the most outrageous rumours as well as conveying truth and light. Geminis sometimes tend to be unscrupulous in their communications and can do great good or great evil with their power. This is why the Sign of Gemini is called the Sign of the Twins: Geminis have a dual nature. Their ability to convey a message – to communicate with such ease – makes Geminis ideal teachers, writers and media and marketing people. This is helped by the fact that Mercury, the Ruling Planet of Gemini, also rules these activities. Geminis have the gift of the gab. And what a gift this is! They can make conversation about anything, anywhere, at any time. There is almost nothing that is more fun to Geminis than a good conversation – especially if they can learn something new as well. They love to learn and they love to teach. To deprive a Gemini of conversation, or of books and magazines, is cruel and unusual punishment. Geminis are almost always excellent students and take well to education. Their minds are generally stocked with all kinds of information, trivia, anecdotes, stories, news items, rarities, facts and statistics. Thus they can support any intel­ lectual position that they care to take. They are awesome debaters and, if involved in politics, make good orators. Geminis are so verbally smooth that even if they do not know what they are talking about, they can make you 95

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

think that they do. They will always dazzle you with their brilliance. Finance Geminis tend to be more concerned with the wealth of learning and ideas than with actual material wealth. As mentioned they excel in professions that involve writing, teaching, sales and journalism – and not all of these profes­ sions pay very well. But to sacrifice intellectual needs merely for money is unthinkable to a Gemini. Geminis strive to combine the two. Cancer is on Gemini’s Solar 2nd House (of Money) cusp, which indicates that Geminis can earn extra income (in a harmonious and natural way) from investments in residen­ tial property, restaurants and hotels. Given their verbal skills, Geminis love to bargain and negotiate in any situa­ tion, but especially when it has to do with money. The Moon rules Gemini’s 2nd Solar House. The Moon is not only the fastest-moving planet in the Zodiac but actually moves through every Sign and House every 28 days. No other heavenly body matches the Moon for swiftness or the ability to change quickly. An analysis of the Moon – and lunar phenomena in general – describes Gemini’s financial attitudes very well. Geminis are financially versatile and flexible. They can earn money in many different ways. Their financial attitudes and needs seem to change daily. Their feelings about money change also: sometimes they are very enthusiastic about it, at other times they could not care less. For a Gemini, financial goals and money are often seen only as means of supporting a family; these things have little meaning otherwise. The Moon, as Gemini’s Money Planet, has another impor­ tant message for Gemini financially: in order for Geminis to realize their financial potential they need to develop more of an understanding of the emotional side of life. They need to 96

GEMINI

combine their awesome powers of logic with an understand­ ing of human psychology. Feelings have their own logic; Geminis need to learn this and apply it to financial matters. Career and Public Image Geminis know that they have been given the gift of commu­ nication for a reason, that it is a power that can achieve great good or cause unthinkable distress. They long to put this power at the service of the highest and most transcen­ dental truths. This is their primary goal, to communicate the eternal verities and prove them logically. They look up to people who can transcend the intellect – to poets, artists, musicians and mystics. They may be awed by stories of reli­ gious saints and martyrs. A Gemini’s highest achievement is to teach the truth, whether it is scientific, inspirational or historical. Those who can transcend the intellect are Gemini’s natural superiors – and a Gemini realizes this. The Sign of Pisces is in Gemini’s Solar 10th House of Career. Neptune, the Planet of Spirituality and Altruism, is Gemini’s Career Planet. If Geminis are to realize their high­ est career potential they need to develop their transcen­ dental – their spiritual and altruistic – side. They need to understand the larger cosmic picture, the vast flow of human evolution – where it came from and where it is heading. Only then can a Gemini’s intellectual powers take their true position and he or she can become the ‘messenger of the gods’. Geminis need to cultivate a facility for ‘inspira­ tion’, which is something that does not originate in the intellect but which comes through the intellect. This will further enrich and empower a Gemini’s mind. Love and Relationships Geminis bring their natural garrulousness and brilliance into their love life and social life as well. A good talk or a verbal 97

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

joust is an interesting prelude to romance. Their only prob­ lem in love is that their intellect is too cool and passionless to incite ardour in others. Emotions sometimes disturb them, and their partners tend to complain about this. If you are in love with a Gemini you must understand why this is so. Geminis avoid deep passions because these would inter­ fere with their ability to think and communicate. If they are cool towards you, understand that this is their nature. Nevertheless, Geminis must understand that it is one thing to talk about love and another actually to love – to feel it and radiate it. Talking about love glibly will get them nowhere. They need to feel it and act on it. Love is not of the intellect but of the heart. If you want to know how a Gemini feels about love you should not listen to what he or she says but rather observe what he or she does. Geminis can be quite generous to those they love. Geminis like their partners to be refined, well educated and well travelled. If their partners are more wealthy than they, that is all the better. If you are in love with a Gemini you had better be a good listener as well. The ideal relationship for the Gemini is a relationship of the mind. They enjoy the physical and emotional aspects, of course, but if the intellectual communion is not there they will suffer. Home and Domestic Life At home the Gemini can be uncharacteristically neat and meticulous. They tend to want their children and partner to live up to their idealistic standards. When these standards are not met they moan and criticize. However, Geminis are good family people and like to serve their families in practi­ cal and useful ways. The Gemini home is comfortable and pleasant. They like to invite people over and they make great hosts. Geminis are also good at repairs and improvements around the house – 98

GEMINI

all fuelled by their need to stay active and occupied with something they like to do. Geminis have many hobbies and interests that keep them busy when they are home alone. Geminis understand and get along well with their chil­ dren, mainly because they are very youthful people them­ selves. As great communicators, Geminis know how to explain things to children; in this way they gain their children’s love and respect. Geminis also encourage children to be creative and talkative, just like they are.

Horoscope for 2002 Major Trends Last year was bittersweet. Saturn in your Sign forced you to work harder, accept responsibility and recognize your per­ sonal limitations. Jupiter in your Sign brought you the good life, more money, more recognition and travel opportuni­ ties. Much of this trend is continuing this year. It is still a serious year. It’s as if you are rebuilding your ego and self-concept from scratch. All of the events that hap­ pen are for the purpose of shaping a new and better you – a person with neither a bloated ego nor a diminished one. You will emerge with a healthy ego, based on solid cosmic princi­ ples – an ego that can withstand the stresses and strains of the various contingencies of life. Finances should have been good last year and the trend continues in 2002. This year there are an unusual number of Grand Trine formations in your native element (Air). Some periods these formations will last for a month or more, some periods for only a few days. But this is a wonderful phenomenon for you. These Air Grand Trines support self-esteem, health and 99

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

make your natural virtues of communication more in vogue. Your naturally good mental abilities will be greatly en­ hanced. Writers, teachers and salespeople (and many of you are in these fields) will do especially well. The ideas come and the words flow. There will also be an unusual number of Grand Trine for­ mations in Fire (though not as many as with Air). This too is basically harmonious to you. So, though Saturn is on you and forcing work and discipline, you have a lot of help. You’ll go through this Saturn transit much more easily than most other Signs. Your important areas of interest this year are: the body, the image, ego, self-esteem, finance, communication and intellectual interests, love and social activities, religion, phi­ losophy, higher education, foreign travel and metaphysics. Your paths of greatest fulfilment this year are: the body, image, self-esteem, finance, communication and intellectual interests. Health Two long-term planets are stressing you out, and two longterm planets are helping you. The energies will tend to can­ cel each other out. If health has been good, this tendency should continue. If you have been experiencing health prob­ lems, you are not out of the woods yet. Good health is something you will need to work on this year – in a daily and disciplined way. The problem is that your 6th House of Health is empty and the tendency is to ignore it – or not give it the attention it needs. Both Pluto and Saturn deal with transformation, rebirth and elimination. Pluto is the generic ruler of these things and Saturn is the actual ruler in your Solar Chart (he rules your 8th House). So you are giving birth to the person you want to be. Like last year this is a year for eliminating effete materials from the body – detox regimes are called for and go well. 100

GEMINI

Many of you will be having surgery this year, as both these planets are involved with this. Most of you already realize that this is a serious step and should only be taken as a last resort. Many of you will be having cosmetic surgery as the urge is to revamp and reinvent the image. Many of you will prac­ tise less invasive ways of changing your image – medita­ tion, visualization, prayer and psychic cleansing techniques. Many of you will embark on the long – sometimes hard – road of breaking various types of addiction – to substances, negative emotional or mental habit patterns, character traits. This is a great year for these activities and success is likely. All of this should improve your overall health in the long term. Saturn in your Sign will bring you to a more realistic assessment of yourself. You are neither a worm in the dust nor the emperor of the universe. Whether self-esteem was too high or too low, Saturn is going to adjust it. You will also become acutely aware of your physical limitations in terms of energy. This is a good thing, for you won’t waste this most precious gift on idle or destructive things, but spend it wisely on things that will produce the most good for you. Saturn in your Sign is also good for setting up a daily and disciplined health and exercise regime. You have an urge for it. You are likely to follow through. People with weight problems – whether over- or under­ weight – will make good progress this year. Saturn is working to adjust everything to the correct proportion and balance. Many of you will feel your age this year. Even young peo­ ple will feel a sense of age – they will think like older people or will think more about their old age and how they want to be then. A good year for retirement planning for Geminis of any age. The good thing about Saturn in your Sign is that you take a long-term view of health and your image. Quickie, faddy solutions won’t cut it for you. You want real and lasting 101

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

results. This desire will lead you into the ‘deep waters’ of health and healing. Pluto, your Health Planet, has been in the Sign of Sagittarius and your 7th House for some years now. The Health Planet in the religious and philosophical Sign of Sagittarius shows that there is a need for understanding the philosophical and metaphysical principles behind good health. These principles often contradict what is taught in ‘pop culture’. It shows that you would benefit – respond well – to metaphysical healing techniques such as prayer, meditation, positive affirmations and visualization. Your Health Planet in your 7th House shows that good health to you also means a healthy social and romantic life; that you could be as much concerned with the health of your relationships as you are with your physical health; that health problems tend to have their origins in love or roman­ tic issues and there is a need to clear these things up before true healing can take place. Home, Domestic and Family Issues Your 4th House of Home and Family is not a House of Power this year. You have much freedom, latitude and discretion here. You can shape this area as you will. Many will not take advantage of this because of lack of interest. Other areas of life are taking up attention and energy. In most cases I expect the status quo to prevail. Mercury is both your Ruling Planet and Family Planet. As you already know, Mercury is a fast-moving planet. He will move through all the Signs and Houses of your chart in a given year. He will sometimes be swift, sometimes slow and sometimes retrograde. Thus relations with family members, domestic interests and moods will fluctuate rapidly. These will be reported on in the month-by-month forecasts. Relations with siblings should be happier this year. They are prospering, travelling and more jovial and generous. 102

GEMINI

Relations with neighbours take a turn for the better after August 1st. There are many social and financial opportuni­ ties coming from siblings and neighbours. Overall, relations with parents and children are status quo. Health of parents and children seems good. Relations with grandchildren are unusually good. Venus will move through your 4th House from July 10th to August 7th. This will be an excellent time for entertaining from the home, whether it be family gatherings or parties involving others. It is also a good period for decorating or beautifying the home. Your aesthetic sense is very sharp. Home and domestic issues become more important begin­ ning August 6th, when Mercury moves into your 4th House. The Sun will move here from August 23rd to September 23rd, and Mars from August 19th to October 15th. This too will be a good time for tying up loose domestic ends. Mars’ transit is especially good for making heavy repairs, moving furniture around and renovating. A parent or parental figure will also be making major ren­ ovations this year. A sibling will move into larger and better quarters. A child living a way from home could move back. Love and Social Life Your 7th House of Love and Romance is a House of Power this year – it has been a strong House for many years now and the trend continues. Many of you have married in the past year or so. Many of you are involved in significant relationships that are like mar­ riage. Now the task is to maintain and evolve the relationship. The interesting thing about love is that you and your partner both seem interested in transformation. Both of you are giving birth to the people you want to be, and trying to do so in the context of a relationship. Since transformation is a tricky business, involving many explosions and the expur­ gation of much negative psychic material, the relationship 103

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

can be volatile. But if there is real love, each can be a help to the other as these processes happen – hopefully they won’t happen to both of you at the same time. Since you and your partner are evolving on a personal level, it is only natural that the relationship will also evolve. Over time it will completely transform. What will it become? We can only dimly imagine. Probably more than anything you ever dreamed of. But this evolution has dangers, too. The relationship could explode. You and your partner could change so much as to be different from the people who originally fell in love. If this is the case, then a quiet ending and a new start seem called for. Sometimes one partner is evolving faster than the other and this too puts a stress on the relationship. Singles or uninvolved Geminis have plenty of romantic opportunities this year. This is especially so after August 1st, when your Love Planet (Jupiter) moves into Leo and in fab­ ulous aspect to Pluto (occupying your House of Love). Other good love periods are May 20th to June 14th (Venus transit­ ing your Love Planet) and June 21st to July 23rd, when both the Sun and Mercury transit Jupiter. Singles find love in various places and ways this year. At the doctor’s surgery, the hospital or the workplace; as you pursue your financial goals, perhaps at the bank, broker’s or accountant’s office; in the neighbourhood or with a neighbour. Love and romance will be happier after August 1st than before. Jupiter in Leo creates a fun-loving, honeymoon energy. There is much going out and entertainment. Jupiter in Leo has its downside, too. It could make you feel that a relationship is only about fun, and when the party stops – or there is a lull in the party – you want out. Jupiter in Leo is not very tolerant of the ‘rough spots’ in a relation­ ship. All in all, this is a good social year. Not a perfect one, mind you, but good. 104

GEMINI

Your parents’ marriage is status quo – whether they are single or together. Children of marriageable age are also status quo in their love life. Siblings and grandchildren of marriageable age have great opportunity, only little stability. But there is a significant relationship happening for them. Finance and Career A pretty well-aspected Jupiter in your Money House until August 1st indicates a banner financial year. Earnings and wealth will increase in substantial ways. New and happy financial opportunities come. (Often you don’t see the fruit of these opportunities for a year or two down the road, but they are good.) Assets you own, whether stocks, bonds, antiques or art work, go up in value. You meet new and significant friends who support your financial goals and who can help you attain them. A fortunate business partnership is very like­ ly. Your spouse or partner is supportive and generous with you. Social contacts increase your bank balance. Your friends and connections are like money in the bank. Dame Fortune is with you in your purchases and investments. Saturn in your own Sign shows that many of you are labouring under heavy debt loads. (Saturn in your chart rules debt and taxes.) Increased earnings now will help you pay them off – and you should formulate a plan for doing so. A certain percentage of earnings should go towards debt repayment. Increased earnings means increased taxes (for most people in most countries) – be sure to plan for this by allocating a percentage of your income and setting it aside. The last thing you need is to get into a financial crisis because of back taxes. Saturn in your own Sign has some positive financial gifts as well. It makes you work harder, take a more serious atti­ tude to life and plan better. The combination of hard work and good luck is hard to beat. Professional investors should look at property, hotels, 105

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

restaurants and industries that cater to the home. Glamourtype industries such as perfumes, cosmetics, art and enter­ tainment should also be studied. After August 1st, investors should study telecommunications, media and transport. Geminis are natural traders. They have a knack for seeing short-term trends. But this natural ability can really pay off after August 1st. Besides more money, many of you are getting new cars, communication equipment and computers. Come the sum­ mer many of you will be travelling more, too – and this is happy travel. Those of you who have good ideas should find little trou­ ble in finding financial backers this year. The only problem is that these infusions of outside capital come with many strings attached – many of you will chafe under this. Paths to financial increase (aside from those mentioned) include intuition, oil, natural gas, high-tech industries, water utilities, ships and shipping. Self-improvement The main area of self-improvement this year is in the body and image, as has been discussed. But other psychological issues will also be improved this year. You can co-operate with the process and make it easier. Both Pluto and Saturn rule death and rebirth. So these issues are unusually impor­ tant now. Understanding death, dealing with it, overcoming the fear of it is one of the major life lessons. In some cases Geminis will be dealing with actual death and deepening their understanding that way. But in most cases they will not deal with actual death, only the fear of it. These fears could be re-stimulated in many ways – through dreams or outside world events. Until we understand death we do not understand life. Until we overcome our fear of death we cannot enter into our true heart’s desire – for the fear of death is one of the main obstacles. A spiritual perspective on 106

GEMINI

life will be a great help here. If you are working with a pro­ fessional therapist, he or she can assist you. If you are work­ ing alone, a religious leader (minister, rabbi, etc.) can be of help. Those of you who meditate will get help from within. The Cosmos wants to remove obstacles to your happiness and growth. Sex and sexuality is another area that will be improved this year. To most people this is just another animal func­ tion. To others it is a form of entertainment – a sporting event. But sex on its higher levels is much more than either of these things – it can be used to heal the self and others and to improve the overall vibrations of the world. Those who are ready will be initiated into these things. Finances are going to improve on their own. But it wouldn’t hurt if you brushed up on your understanding of these things. This will help you maximize and preserve your increased earnings.

Month-by-month Forecasts January Best Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 14th, 15th, 24th, 25th Most Stressful Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 9th, 10th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 30th, 31st Best Days for Love: 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 24th, 25th, 26th, 27th Best Days for Money: 3rd, 4th, 7th, 8th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 23rd, 24th, 26th, 27th

107

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Though you can see the heights, smell the upper reaches of the stratosphere, yearn for these places, somehow or other you can’t seem to make it there. The lead weights you feel around yourself are the excess baggage you carry around. Perhaps these are grievances from the past, regrets, secret animosities, guilt and the like. In many cases a basic lack of faith in yourself is at the heart of the matter. Now is the time to rid yourself of the baggage so that you can soar. This is going to happen one way or another, but your co-operation will speed things up. In many cases this journey will take you into the depths of the psychological realms – in other cases into past lives. By the time Saturn is finished with you – by next year – you will not be your typical, flighty, superficial Gemini self – but someone deeper and wiser. You will still have all your Gemini virtues, but your whole character will get deepened. Though many of you are feeling your age, health is basically good. Weight-loss and physical detox regimes go exceptionally well – the 8th House is powerful this month and the Lord of the 8th is right in your Sign. Health im­ proves even further after the 20th. Most of the planets are above the Horizon of your chart (the upper hemisphere), showing that career and outer achievements are important to you now. You can safely deemphasize home and family responsibilities and focus on your career now. Career seems hyperactive, competitive, frenetic. Avoid temper tantrums with the boss. Power struggles within your company intensify this month and you are better off side­ stepping these things. There is going to be great career progress after the 20th. Most of the planets are still in the Western (social) sector of your chart. Mercury, your Ruling Planet, will go retro­ grade on the 18th. Saturn is in your own Sign. Need I say more? Keep a low profile. De-emphasize self-will. Avoid power struggles. Hone your social skills and cultivate the 108

GEMINI

good graces of other people. Mind your business and stick to your own work. Tone down some of your natural curiosity. Adjust as best you can to current conditions. Don’t fight them, but rather see where you can make them more com­ fortable. Your way is probably not the best way right now. It’s a good time, though, to clarify personal goals. Finances are great this year, but this month status quoish. A friend at work or someone involved in your career throws opportunity your way. Love improves after the 20th. February Best Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 10th, 11th, 12th, 20th, 21st Most Stressful Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 7th, 13th, 14th, 27th, 28th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 22nd, 23rd Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 10th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th Saturn in your own Sign is not punishing you, only toughen­ ing you up so that you can handle enduring good. He is forc­ ing you to go against many of your natural tendencies this month (and for the past year). For example, your native el­ ement of Air is very powerful all month – but especially until the 18th. This is a wonderful overall development for you as it enhances your intellect and makes other people more com­ municative. Your normal tendency would be to join in this massive gab fest – perhaps even be a leader of it – but you will restrain yourself. Saturn in your own Sign will make you withhold your speech, make it more practical, more con­ structive, more orderly. When you talk, your homework will have been done and people will listen. Further, Saturn gives 109

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

you a down-to-earth, practical sense, which many people will be lacking this month (almost no planets in Earth). Thus, though you have intellectual vision and can communicate ideas, you also see the practical needs of an idea. You are the ideal communicator this period. (You are beginning to admire your Saturn drill sergeant and his tough ways.) Health is fabulous until the 18th, but you can and should continue your weight-loss and exercise programmes. After the 18th you should rest and relax more. Like last month, most of the planets are still above the Horizon. Your 10th House of Career is even stronger now than it was last month. Thus career is the important priority now. Let go of home and family issues and focus here. Unlike last month, there are benefics moving into your 10th House of Career from the 12th onwards. Thus, some of the frenzy and power struggles have abated. There is more harmony at work – more favour from those in power. If you need a favour from an authority figure – whether it be a par­ ent, boss or the government – wait until after the 12th to ask. You have better odds of success then. Like last month, most of the planets are still in the West, so a low profile is still called for. Pretty soon now – by next month – this balance of power will change. But for now, continue to hone your social skills, adapt to conditions. Improve them where possible, but where not, adapt. You can’t force your good to happen, but you can let it happen as it will, in its own time and way. Mercury, your Ruling Planet, goes forward on the 8th. This will improve self-confidence and self-esteem. Being sociable doesn’t mean that you become a doormat for oth­ ers. Respect yourself, but put other people first. Finances are soaring after the 12th and get stronger every day thereafter. Probably pay rises and promotions are com­ ing. Your partner or spouse is prospering too and seems generous. Assets you own increase in value. Love is bittersweet. 110

GEMINI

March Best Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 9th, 10th, 11th, 19th, 20th, 21st, 28th, 29th Most Stressful Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 12th, 13th, 26th, 27th Best Days for Love: 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 24th, 25th Best Days for Money: 3rd, 4th, 12th, 13th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 25th, 30th, 31st Definitely rest and relax more until the 20th. Health and weight-loss regimes are more difficult to follow, but do your best. Many different areas of life are pulling you in different directions and they could disrupt your health efforts. This month the challenge is balancing love, career and personal desires. Somehow you have to make them pull together and co-operate. One day you will lean one way, the next in another. But you can’t overly focus on any of the areas. Like last month, career and outer ambitions are power­ ful. Your 10th House is even stronger this month than last. Happy and positive things are happening here. Even the family seems ambitious for you and supports your career goals. The status of the family as a whole also increases this month. The New Moon of the 14th is going to clarify any career questions you have by supplying you (as the month progresses) with all the information you need to take the correct decision. By the 11th there is a major shift of planetary power from the West to the East. This is an important turning point. You are growing more independent day by day. Though social graces are always important, you don’t need to operate by

111

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

consensus any more. You can go your own way. No need to adapt to difficult or unpleasant conditions, but rather create new ones that please you. Self-esteem and self-confidence are getting stronger. Finances continue to soar. Many planets in the Sign of Pisces are making fabulous aspects to Jupiter in your Money House. Financial expansion seems to come from your career success – your enhanced status, prestige and good name. Jupiter moves forward on the 2nd as well, showing that financial developments which have been on hold for a while now move forward. Your love life is improving too. Though there is still some tension in an existing relationship, there is more good than bad. Singles will have romantic opportunity – at work, with bosses or superiors, or as they pursue career and financial goals. Family is supportive financially too and there could be money coming from property. Your social life in general improves – especially after the 20th. You are mingling more with friends, making new friends and being more active in organizations. Those of you who are handling responsibility, not shirking the lessons of Saturn, will see your fondest hopes and wishes come true. April Best Days Overall: 6th, 7th, 16th, 17th, 25th Most Stressful Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 8th, 9th, 10th, 22nd, 23rd, 29th, 30th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 8th, 9th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 18th, 19th, 23rd, 24th, 25th, 27th, 28th, 29th, 30th Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 8th, 9th, 11th, 12th, 18th, 19th, 22nd, 27th, 28th

112

GEMINI

Most of the planets are in the East – the sector of self – this month. Dynamic Mars moves into your own Sign on the 13th. Mercury, your Ruler, is moving speedily forward all month and 90 per cent of the planets are now forward. Your own Sign of Gemini is powerful. Health and vitality increase. You can and will have things your way. No longer do you have to ‘settle and compromise’ for things. You have the wherewithal, the independence to create your life as you want it to be. Respect others by all means, but go your own way. Your way is the best way now. You have a lot of power behind you and will see rapid progress in all lawful and legitimate projects. Most of the planets are still above the Horizon (like last month) but this will soon change. In the meantime, con­ tinue to focus on your career and outer ambitions. Career will need more attention this month because things are tricky there. Perhaps new revelations have come to you and your career path doesn’t seem as enticing as it once did. Your spiritual and idealistic urges are much stronger this month and perhaps there are twinges of conscience that interfere with your worldly aims. What about all the hungry people in the world? What about all the suffering going on? What about the environment? Is making a name for myself all there is to life? By all means, spend more time in charita­ ble and volunteer-type activities. Also try to marry your worldly and spiritual urges – not easy, but it can be done. After the 20th it is a good idea to spend more time with yourself and to learn to enjoy your own company. A review of your past year and perhaps even past life is in order, so that you can rid yourself of excess baggage and aim yourself in the right direction. Remember what was said about creat­ ing your life. But before you can create, you have to know what you want to create. There are some financial bumps on the road until the 20th, but these are temporary. The overall trend is towards increased wealth. Perhaps there is a financial disagreement 113

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

with a friend. Perhaps a cherished ‘fondest wish’ puts a big dent into your net worth. Perhaps an organization with­ draws an opportunity. These things will pass and new opportunities will arrive after the 20th. Mars in your own Sign brings dynamic energy and per­ sonal magnetism. You get things done in a hurry. You could be overly aggressive in presenting your point of view, and thus turn off your spouse, partner or lover. Keep your tem­ per. Haste and getting things done quickly are two very dif­ ferent things. Love is bittersweet. May Best Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 13th, 14th, 22nd, 23rd, 31st Most Stressful Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 7th, 20th, 21st, 26th, 27th Best Days for Love: 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 13th,14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 24th, 25th, 26th, 27th Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 5th, 6th, 11th, 12th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 21st, 22nd, 24th, 25th, 30th, 31st An important shift of planetary power occurs on the 21st. The majority of planets are now below the Horizon of your chart. Thus there is less interest in career and outer objec­ tives and a growing interest in the pleasures of the home, hearth and in attaining harmony of feeling. You are enter­ ing a period where ‘feeling right’ is more important than ‘achievement and success’. If you can achieve success while ‘feeling right’, all the better. But the latter comes first. Like last month, your own Sign of Gemini is a congrega­ tion point for many planets. Half of the planets will either be there or pass through there. Most of the planetary power is in the East, and Mars will be in your Sign until the 28th. 114

GEMINI

You can have things your way now. You don’t need to adapt or ‘people-please’. Focus on what you want and go for it. Believe in yourself and in the Higher Power animating you. Keep the power constructive – avoid temper tantrums and useless arguments. Others will conform to you these days. Exercise and health regimes go well this month. You excel athletically. Your personal magnetism and charisma are at all-time highs – and even Mercury’s retrograde on the 15th will do little to diminish them. Seldom have you looked better. All this energy is increasing earnings and earnings opportunities. When you lacked energy, certain options were out of the question – now that energy is plentiful, these options are legitimate again. A great month for getting your body in shape and for buying personal accessories, such as clothing and jewellery. (Best to do these things before the 15th, as Mercury goes retrograde then.) This is a month for personal pleasure and the fulfilment of sensual fantasies. Pamper yourself a little. Though you look good and are attractive, love is bitter­ sweet. This is especially so in an existing relationship. Your new-found confidence and aggressiveness is hard for your partner to handle. Singles have no problem attracting prospects – keeping them could be the problem. A Lunar Eclipse on May 26th adds more complications to the brew, as long-standing issues explode to the surface. Love gets severely tested. Finances continue to be strong all month. A conservative, long-term outlook on earnings and purchases is in order. In spending or investing, don’t stray too far from your ‘comfort zone’. Once you heed these simple rules, you can expect Lady Luck to be with you. A business partnership is likely after the 20th. A creative project brings profits. A child’s sug­ gestion boosts your bank balance.

115

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

June Best Days Overall: 9th, 10th, 18th, 19th, 27th, 28th Most Stressful Days Overall: 2nd, 3rd, 16th, 17th, 22nd, 23rd, 29th, 30th Best Days for Love: 2nd, 3rd, 12th, 13th, 14th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 29th, 30th Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 9th, 10th, 12th, 13th, 19th, 20th, 21st, 29th, 30th A powerful Solar Eclipse in your own Sign is the headline for the coming month. This eclipse (on the 10th) brings changes in personal appearance, your image and cleansings of the body. The new you which you have been working to give birth to can emerge now, as the eclipse shatters obstruc­ tions to it. But there could be many side-effects. Like last month, love will get tested. Cleansings in the body can feel like disease, even though they are not. People are trying to ‘define’ you in a not-so-positive light and you have to re­ define yourself for yourself. Long-term changes will come in your personal goals, desires and aspirations. Happily, Mercury goes forward on the 8th and there are many plan­ ets in your own Sign. You have the power to emerge from the rubble and create something new and better. With so many planets in the Eastern sector and so much power in your own Sign, you will now have ample opportu­ nity to create new and better conditions for yourself – this is the blessing of the eclipse. If you’ve been ‘settling, compro­ mising, adjusting’ to unpleasant conditions, the eclipse will blow them away and force you to create. You will get your Kingdom of Heaven whether you like it or not. Take a reduced schedule during this Solar Eclipse – a few days before and a day or two afterwards. This Solar Eclipse forces deep psychological issues into the 116

GEMINI

foreground – death, the fear of death, the fear of bankruptcy and debt, etc. The fact is that finances are good, but these fears have been holding you back. Now is the time to con­ front and clear them. With Neptune, your Career Planet, retrograde and most of the planets below the Horizon of your chart, focus on the attainment of emotional harmony and shoring up your home base. Family issues will start going forward on the 8th when Mercury moves forward. You are in one of the best financial periods of your year, this in spite of the hoopla and tumult going on. Money comes through communication, sales and marketing; through partnership activities and social connections, and through friends. Your fondest financial hopes and wishes are coming to pass. The finances of your partner seem more rocky as a Lunar Eclipse of the 24th shakes things up. But when the dust settles, his or her finances will be better than before. The temporary turbulence in your spouse’s finances opens the way for you to pick up the slack. The Lunar Eclipse of the 24th seems benign to you. Libido and sexual attitudes change over the long term. Your finances are affected, but with the kind of financial aspects you have this must be read in a good way – financial disrup­ tion comes as a result of overwhelming good (which can be just as difficult to handle as bad). July Best Days Overall: 7th, 8th, 15th, 16th, 24th, 25th Most Stressful Days Overall: 1st, 13th, 14th, 20th, 21st, 27th, 28th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 9th, 10th, 13th, 17th, 18th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 27th, 28th

117

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Best Days for Money: 1st, 9th, 10th, 17th, 18th, 19th, 27th, 28th, 29th Most of the planets are still in the East and most of them are still below the Horizon of your chart. Many of the trends written of last month are still in effect. Continue to work to create conditions as you like them with a minimum of com­ promise. Others will adapt to you, and if they don’t you can go it alone. Neptune, your Career Planet, is still retrograde and comes under some stressful aspects after the 18th. Continue to focus on the home, family and your emotional harmony and tranquillity. A good psychological foundation now will improve your career prospects in future. Venus moves into your 4th House on the 10th, making this an excellent period for redecorating or beautifying the home. Parties and entertainments from home also go well. Efforts to patch up family rifts (if there are any) go better these days. Saturn still in your Sign, and most of the short-term plan­ ets leaving your Sign, leaves your self-esteem and con­ fidence at neutral. The adrenalin surges of the past two months are over, but you are more secure in yourself. The ego is neither overly inflated nor deflated. Two Grand Trines in Fire and one in Air are wonderful health signals. Health regimes and exercise programmes go well. Vitality is still good. Finances are still amazingly good. Money comes from communication – your forte – and your access to good infor­ mation. Money also comes from trading, retailing, sales and marketing. Jupiter is still in your Money House, adding value to assets you own. He is getting ready to leave your Money House next month, signalling that he has done his job and that your finances are where you want them to be. If you have financial doubts or questions, the New Moon of the 10th is going to bring you all the information you need. Your next step or steps will be clearly revealed. 118

GEMINI

Love is active and much improved over last month. Tensions still exist in a current relationship but they are much reduced. The dust from last month’s eclipse is prob­ ably settled by now. A big change in both your love life and love attitudes is coming soon – all for the better. A business partnership could still happen this month. Be careful of speculation from the 10th to the 17th. A child’s problem is short term and will straighten out after the 17th. Singles still find love as they pursue their financial goals or with people involved in their financial lives. This is soon to change. Communication, learning, the pursuit of intellectual interests are always important to you, but this month even more so. What can make a Gemini happier than a powerful 3rd House? You are in your glory. There is much short-term domestic travel, many phone calls, much letter-writing and reading. August Best Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 12th, 13th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 30th, 31st Most Stressful Days Overall: 10th, 16th, 17th, 23rd, 24th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 7th, 8th, 11th, 12th, 16th, 17th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 25th, 30th, 31st Best Days for Money: 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 16th, 17th, 25th, 28th, 29th This month a shift of power is in process. The planetary power is shifting from the East (the sector of the self) to the West (the sector of other people). The transition won’t be really complete until the 29th. In the meantime you are in a ‘cusp’ situation – neither here nor there. You can’t be too aggressive or self-willed, yet you can’t be too compromising 119

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

either. Your way could be best at times, others’ way could be best at other times. You are neither dependent nor indepen­ dent. It is good that this shift happens as a process and not abruptly, all at once – this gives you time to shift gears. All year you have had to balance personal desires with the desires of your spouse or lover – but now the need for balance is even greater. Jupiter’s move into Leo is another major development this month. Jupiter is your Love Planet, and his shift into the happy-go-lucky Sign of Leo bodes well for love. Love is much happier, more playful and more honeymoonish. Up until now love and relationships served practical ends. Now it is just the opposite. You couldn’t care less how much your lover has or how much he or she can help you financially. What’s important is whether he or she can entertain you. Jupiter moves from your Money House into the 3rd House of Communication and Intellectual Interests. Thus, good communication and the sharing of ideas becomes very important. You are as apt to fall in love with someone’s mind, or thought processes, as with their body. Jupiter makes beautiful aspects to Pluto in your 7th House – another positive love signal. Also a good health signal. Much good news on the health front is coming your way. The health of your partner, spouse or lover is improving too. Singles find love in the neighbourhood, with neighbours, at school, lectures, the post office, library or at meetings. In other words, love finds you as you pursue your intellectual interests – in your case, pursuing what you love. The main challenge to love, and all this fun, is your career. You can’t go overboard because of your career goals and responsibilities. Finances are less important now. Many of you have achieved your financial goals and are more or less content. But money and all kinds of other good fortune comes from communication and the pursuit of intellectual interests. Many of you will earn sudden windfalls from trading or 120

GEMINI

from the sale of some asset you own. Many of you are spending more on communication equipment, on-line ser­ vices, magazines and phone equipment. A new car is coming too. Home and family life become very important this month. An excellent period for furnishing, decoration, renovating or repairing the home. Be patient with family members, even when tempers get volatile – as they are likely to. Health regimes are more difficult to follow these days – family responsibilities interfere. Rest and relax more from the 23rd onwards. September Best Days Overall: 1st, 8th, 9th, 17th, 18th, 27th, 28th Most Stressful Days Overall: 6th, 7th, 12th, 13th, 19th, 20th Best Days for Love: 1st, 4th, 10th, 12th, 13th, 19th, 20th, 22nd, 29th, 30th Best Days for Money: 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 6th, 7th, 12th, 14th, 15th, 22nd, 27th, 28th, 29th, 30th Continue to rest and relax more this month, as a T-square in the Mutable Signs stresses you out. The stress comes from trying to balance the conflicting demands of family, friend­ ships, love and personal desires. When the aspects are good these areas should reinforce and support each other, but when the aspects are stressful they conflict. Order and har­ mony are not natural but must be created. Your health regimes are still important, but more difficult to pursue. Do your best. You can scale down your exercise quotas and demand less from yourself if you like. Health and vitality will improve after the 23rd, but the above mentioned T-square will be in effect all month. 121

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

The planetary power is now firmly established in your Western sector. Thus, tone down self-will and start putting other people first. Develop the social skills. Seek consensus in all that you do. If a situation is uncomfortable, do what you can to change it; if you can’t change it, adapt. Adaptability, flexibility, social grace and the avoidance of power struggles will bring your good to you. This is a period where you ‘road test’ the conditions you’ve personally created in the past few months. If you created well, you won’t need much adapting. If you made mistakes, you are feeling the karma now as there is not much you can do to change things. Most of the planets are still below the Horizon of the chart and your 4th House of Home and Family is still power­ ful all month. You can safely de-emphasize the career and focus on family issues. With both the Sun and Mars in your 4th House (the Sun until the 23rd, Mars all month), this is still a great period for doing heavy repairs or construction in the home. A great period for installing high-tech devices or for upgrading the existing technology. If you pace yourself well, the month ahead looks happy. A party month. Even the retrograde of Mercury (on the 14th) cannot dim your pleasure. There is romance, parties, an increase in leisure activities, enhanced creativity and luck in speculations. There will be a Grand Trine in Air (your native element) all month. This is a positive health signal and modifies some of the stress of the T-square. Avoid the tendency to talk too much or think too much – you need your energy for other things. Being a Gemini and with all this power in Air, you are going to be in a ‘great gab party’ – nothing will stop that – but you can be more moderate in these things. Finances are less important and seem status quo. Career, though de-emphasized, makes good progress after the 23rd. Your car or communication equipment could do with a check-up from the 24th to the 28th. 122

GEMINI

October Best Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 14th, 15th, 24th, 25th Most Stressful Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 9th, 10th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 31st Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 16th, 17th, 19th, 20th, 26th, 27th, 29th, 30th Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 5th, 6th, 9th, 10th, 14th, 15th, 19th, 20th, 26th, 27th, 29th, 30th Things are getting easier day by day. The stresses of the previous month are dissipating. On the 6th, Mercury, your Ruling Planet, starts moving forward, increasing confidence and self-esteem. On the 11th Mercury moves into Libra, a more harmonious aspect, and enhances romantic urges. On the 15th Mars moves from a stressful aspect to you to a harmonious one. In so doing, the T-square written of last month is gone. This is very much a party month, and with Saturn placing burdens on you for two years now, you deserve a party. Like much of last month, there are love affairs, parties, enhanced creativity, the fulfilment of sensual fantasies and an abun­ dance of leisure activities. Though you become more serious and work-orientated after the 23rd, the party atmosphere continues. Like last month there is a Grand Trine in your native Air element all month. The same cautions written of last month still apply. Use your enhanced communication ability for positive and constructive purposes. Get those mailings and marketing projects out after the 6th. Study, write, learn. Avoid negative or useless chitter-chatter. Health aspects are much improved, but rest and relax more (where possible) until the 15th. Until the 15th you are still juggling love, personal desires and family responsibilities. 123

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Tempers could be volatile at home – try not to make things worse. Like last month, most of the planets are below the Horizon and your 4th House is still strong. Thus you can safely de-emphasize the career and focus on home and fami­ ly issues. This is still a very good period (until the 15th) for construction projects at home, repairs and major renova­ tions. The interesting thing about career now is that as you pursue your ‘emotional comfort zone’, your career prospers of itself. Feelings of joy, happiness and playfulness boost your career now. You are an easier person to be around. Many of you will further your career through more enter­ taining and leisure activities – perhaps you are entertaining clients or business associates. Perhaps the boss entertains you. Like last month, continue to adapt as best you can to existing situations and avoid the gratuitous alienation of other people. Hone your social skills (they are unusually strong now anyway) and seek consensus in your actions. Put other people first and your good will come to you easily, effortlessly and in its own way. Love aspects are simply fabulous this month. Those in an existing relationship will take it to new heights and enjoy each other more. The tensions of past months are a forgot­ ten memory. Singles are in a romantic mood and easily attract opportunities. Love finds you as you pursue leisure activities. Finances are not that important now and seem status quo. The New Moon of the 6th brings profitable ideas and luck in speculations. I’d say wealth increases simply because you have more energy. November Best Days Overall: 2nd, 3rd, 10th, 11th, 20th, 21st, 29th, 30th 124

GEMINI Most Stressful Days Overall: 1st, 6th, 7th, 13th, 14th, 27th, 28th Best Days for Love: 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 23rd, 24th, 25th, 26th Best Days for Money: 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 23rd, 24th, 25th, 26th OK, you’ve had your holiday. Extending the party now would cut into your job and work responsibilities. Health and work are the dominant themes this month. Like last month, the planetary power is overwhelmingly in the West. Remember what was written last month, as the trend continues. This is not a period for making new condi­ tions, but for adjusting to the conditions already created. This month the planets are shifting from the lower hemi­ sphere to the upper hemisphere of your chart. This happens as a process and not all at once. A ‘cusp’ situation. When the shift is complete, by next year, career and outer ambitions will again become intense. In the meantime, try to balance between urges for emotional harmony and your outer ambi­ tions; between home and family responsibilities and your career. Career is bittersweet this month. You’re working hard and the boss seems hard to please. The jobs you need to do seem to take you further away from your life’s work and goals. Perhaps you are given some assignment that is not in line with your inner career goal. Stick to it, though: your career is still on track and all difficulties are temporary. Health is good and seems important this month. Health and exercise regimes go well – and could be so interesting as to distract you from your career focus. Detox and weightloss regimes go particularly well. There will be a Grand Trine in your native element of Air all month – remember our dis­ cussion of previous months. Many planets in Scorpio make 125

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

this an excellent month for in-depth psychology and the cleansing of addictions and negative character traits. Rest and relax more after the 22nd. Love is active and important this month. There are stresses until the 22nd, which come from your devotion to work. Perhaps your lover or spouse feels slighted. Balancing love and work is difficult. The Sun’s move into your House of Love (on the 22nd) and Venus moving forward on the 21st brings improvement. By the 22nd singles will have many love opportunities, and marrieds will be more romantic in their existing relationships. Parties and social gatherings increase. You are popular, as you go out of your way to please friends and the beloved. Geminis are devoted lovers these days. Finance is status quo. A Lunar Eclipse on the 28th is kind to you. It mostly affects your spiritual life. Those on the spiritual path will either change teachers or meditation regimes – a crisis lead­ ing to new growth. Those of you involved in charitable giv­ ing, philanthropy, etc. will make changes there. December Best Days Overall: 8th, 9th, 17th, 18th, 19th, 27th, 28th Most Stressful Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 10th, 11th, 24th, 25th, 31st Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 9th, 10th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 29th, 30th, 31st Best Days for Money: 3rd, 4th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 31st The Western hemisphere of your chart is still the most domi­ nant one. The trends of the past few months are still in effect. By now you’re getting the hang of things. Other 126

GEMINI

people come first and consensus, not self-will, is the name of the game. Good will come through others if you don’t obstruct things with power struggles or excess self-will. The planets haven’t yet completed their transition from the lower hemisphere to the upper one – they are still about equally balanced between the two. Like last month, you need to balance home and family with career; urges for emotional harmony with urges for outer achievement. Your focus on health regimes pays off now. They offset temporary stresses by the short-term planets. Continue with detox, weight-loss and in-depth psychology programmes. It won’t hurt to rest and relax more until the 22nd either. Love and romance are active and important, but more complicated these days. The 4th is a significant day. On the 4th, two major events take place: there is a powerful Solar Eclipse in your House of Love, and Jupiter, your Love Planet, starts to retrograde. An existing relationship gets severely tested. It starts going backwards instead of forwards – perhaps this is caused by the dirty linen forced up by the eclipse, or by your beloved’s sudden change of heart – either scenario is possible. True love will weather any storm. But before rash decisions are made, one way or another, allow time (lots of time) for the dust to settle. What’s difficult here is that two conflicting urges are at work. The eclipse wants to push you into a decision, but Jupiter’s retrograde counsels against it. Even friendships will get tested now. For singles, the eclipse could signal a change of status – not straightaway, but over time. Many singles will be dis­ satisfied with their single status and make moves to marry. It won’t hurt to have your car and computer equipment checked out either. As mentioned, rest and relaxation were important until the 22nd. It is doubly important during the eclipse period – a few days before and a day or two after. Do what needs to be done and re-schedule elective activities. Definitely avoid 127

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

long journeys, surgery (electives) or stressful types of exer­ cise and sport. The Solar Eclipse brings new and desirable changes in your image, self-concept and the way you present yourself. Cleansings of the body should not be confused with disease. Finances are status quo, but since there are no planets in the Earth element (practicality) until the 8th, Christmas shopping and major expenditures are best delayed until then. The pace at work is hectic. New technology makes you more productive, but also busier. Wasn’t technology sup­ posed to liberate people?

128

Cancer

 TH E C R A B Birthdays from 21st June to 20th July

Personality Profile CANCER AT A GLANCE Element – Water Ruling Planet – Moon Career Planet – Mars Love Planet – Saturn Money Planet – Sun Planet of Fun and Games – Pluto Planet of Good Fortune – Neptune Planet of Health and Work – Jupiter Planet of Home and Family Life – Venus Planet of Spirituality – Mercury Colours – blue, puce, silver Colours that promote love, romance and social harmony – black, indigo 129

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002 Colours that promote earning power – gold, orange Gems – moonstone, pearl Metal – silver Scents – jasmine, sandalwood Quality – cardinal (= activity) Quality most needed for balance – mood control Strongest virtues – emotional sensitivity, tenacity, the urge to nurture Deepest need – a harmonious home and family life Characteristics to avoid – over-sensitivity, negative moods Signs of greatest overall compatibility – Scorpio,

Pisces

Signs of greatest overall incompatibility – Aries,

Libra, Capricorn

Sign most helpful to career – Aries

Sign most helpful for emotional support – Libra

Sign most helpful financially – Leo

Sign best for marriage and/or partnerships –

Capricorn

Sign most helpful for creative projects – Scorpio

Best Sign to have fun with – Scorpio

Signs most helpful in spiritual matters – Gemini,

Pisces

Best day of the week – Monday

130

CANCER

Understanding a Cancer In the Sign of Cancer the heavens are developing the feeling side of things. This is what a true Cancerian is all about – feelings. Where Aries will tend to err on the side of action, Taurus on the side of inaction and Gemini on the side of thought, Cancer will tend to err on the side of feeling. Cancerians tend to mistrust logic. Perhaps rightfully so. For them it is not enough for an argument or a project to be logical – it must feel right as well. If it does not feel right a Cancerian will reject it or chafe against it. The phrase ‘follow your heart’ could have been coined by a Cancerian, because it describes exactly the Cancerian attitude to life. The power to feel is a more direct – more immediate – method of knowing than thinking is. Thinking is indirect. Thinking about a thing never touches the thing itself. Feeling is a faculty that touches directly the thing or issue in question. We actually experience it. Emotional feeling is almost like another sense which humans possess – a psychic sense. Since the realities that we come in contact with dur­ ing our lifetime are often painful and even destructive, it is not surprising that the Cancerian chooses to erect barriers – a shell – to protect his or her vulnerable, sensitive nature. To a Cancerian this is only common sense. If Cancerians are in the presence of people they do not know, or find themselves in a hostile environment, up goes the shell and they feel protected. Other people often comp­ lain about this, but one must question these other people’s motives. Why does this shell disturb them? Is it perhaps because they would like to sting, and feel frustrated that they cannot? If your intentions are honourable and you are patient, have no fear. The shell will open up and you will be accepted as part of the Cancerian’s circle of family and friends. Thought-processes are generally analytic and dissociating. In order to think clearly we must make distinctions, compari­ sons and the like. But feeling is unifying and integrative. 131

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

To think clearly about something you have to distance yourself from it. To feel something you must get close to it. Once a Cancerian has accepted you as a friend he or she will hang on. You have to be really bad to lose the friendship of a Cancerian. If you are related to Cancerians they will never let you go no matter what you do. They will always try to maintain some kind of connection even in the most extreme circumstances. Finance The Cancer-born has a deep sense of what other people feel about things and why they feel as they do. This faculty is a great asset in the workplace and in the business world. Of course it is also indispensable in raising a family and building a home, but it also has its uses in business. Cancerians often attain great wealth in a family type of business. Even if the business is not a family operation, they will treat it as one. If the Cancerian works for somebody else, then the boss is the parental figure and the co-workers are brothers and sisters. If a Cancerian is the boss, then all the workers are his or her children. Cancerians like the feeling of being providers for others. They enjoy knowing that others derive their sustenance because of what they do. It is another form of nurturing. With Leo on their Solar 2nd House (of Money) cusp, Cancerians are often lucky speculators, especially with resi­ dential property or hotels and restaurants. Resort hotels and nightclubs are also profitable for the Cancerian. Waterside properties allure them. Though they are basically conven­ tional people, they sometimes like to earn their livelihood in glamorous ways. The Sun, Cancer’s Money Planet, represents an important financial message: in financial matters Cancerians need to be less moody, more stable and fixed. They cannot allow their moods – which are here today and gone tomorrow – to get 132

CANCER

in the way of their business lives. They need to develop their self-esteem and feelings of self-worth if they are to realize their greatest financial potential. Career and Public Image Aries rules the 10th Solar House (of Career) cusp of Cancer, which indicates that Cancerians long to start their own busi­ ness, to be more active publicly and politically and to be more independent. Family responsibilities and a fear of hurt­ ing other people’s feelings – or getting hurt themselves – often inhibit them from attaining these goals. However, this is what they want and long to do. Cancerians like their bosses and leaders to act freely and to be a bit self-willed. They can deal with that in a superior. Cancerians expect their leaders to be fierce on their behalf. When the Cancerian is in the position of boss or superior he or she behaves very much like a ‘warlord’. Of course the wars they wage are not egocentric but in defence of those under their care. If they lack some of this fighting instinct – independence and pioneering spirit – Cancerians will have extreme difficulty in attaining their highest career goals. They will be hampered in their attempts to lead others. Since they are so parental, Cancerians like to work with children and make great educators and teachers. Love and Relationships Like Taurus, Cancer likes committed relationships. Cancerians function best when the relationship is clearly defined and everyone knows his or her role. When they marry it is usually for life. They are extremely loyal to their beloved. But there is a deep little secret that most Cancerians will never admit to: commitment or partnership is really a chore and a duty to them. They enter into it because they know of no other way to create the family that they desire. 133

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Union is just a way – a means to an end – rather than an end in itself. The family is the ultimate end for them. If you are in love with a Cancerian you must tread lightly on his or her feelings. It will take you a good deal of time to realize how deep and sensitive Cancerians can be. The small­ est negativity upsets them. Your tone of voice, your irrita­ tion, a look in your eye or an expression on your face can cause great distress for the Cancerian. Your slightest gesture is registered by them and reacted to. This can be hard to get used to, but stick by your love – Cancerians make great part­ ners once you learn how to deal with them. Your Cancerian lover will react not so much to what you say but to the way you are actually feeling at the moment. Home and Domestic Life This is where Cancerians really excel. The home environ­ ment and the family are their personal works of art. They strive to make things of beauty that will outlast them. Very often they succeed. Cancerians feel very close to their family, their relatives and especially their mothers. These bonds last throughout their lives and mature as they grow older. They are very fond of those members of their family who become success­ ful, and they are also quite attached to family heirlooms and mementos. Cancerians also love children and like to provide them with all the things they need and want. With their nurturing, feeling nature, Cancerians make very good par­ ents – especially the Cancerian woman, who is the mother par excellence of the Zodiac. As a parent the Cancerian’s attitude is ‘my children right or wrong.’ Unconditional devotion is the order of the day. No matter what a family member does, the Cancerian will eventually forgive him or her, because ‘you are, after all, family’. The preservation of the institution – the tradition – of the family is one of the Cancerian’s main reasons for 134

CANCER

living. They have many lessons to teach others about this. Being so family-orientated, the Cancerian’s home is always clean, orderly and comfortable. They like old-fashioned fur­ nishings but they also like to have all the modern comforts. Cancerians love to have family and friends over, to organize parties and to entertain at home – they make great hosts.

Horoscope for 2002 Major Trends As 2001 drew to a close you were in an important period of good fortune, personal growth, prestige and success. This trend continues in 2002. The heights – financial, personal and professional – are beckoning you. Though most of the long-term planets are not helping you per se, at least they are not stressing you. They basically leave you alone. Thus there is little resistance to your goals, dreams and projects. It’s up to you this year. Jupiter will provide the boost, but you’ve got to do the rest. Last year was a spiritual year in that many of you began to explore this dimension more seriously and scientifically. This trend continues in 2002. Most important to take the sci­ entific (but not sceptical) approach here. Spiritual phenom­ ena need not be proven to others, but you must prove them for yourself. When we look at the year overall we find that Fire and Air are the strongest elements in 2002. Water and Earth are the weakest. The lack of the Water element (your native el­ ement) should not be a problem for you until August. Jupiter in your own Sign provides all the Water energy you need. But after August there will be many periods where there are no planets (or perhaps only one) in your native 135

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

element. Thus you should be prepared for much insensitivity and unawareness of feeling among others. It’s not malicious, just the astrological weather. Don’t take these things to heart, don’t brood about them, don’t waste time and energy on them – just be aware. Jupiter will move into your Money House on August 1st, signalling increased earnings and a downpouring of wealth. Earnings are good before this too, but they soar after August 1st. More on this later. Like last year, this is very much a year of the ‘good life’ – good food, good wine, travel, nice clothing and the fulfil­ ment of sensual fantasies. Your most important areas of life this year are: the body, image, self-esteem and appearance, finance, debt and the repayment of debt, taxes, sex, the deeper things of life such as reincarnation and transformation, health and work. Your paths of greatest fulfilment this year are: spiritual­ ity, the body, image, self-esteem and physical appearance, finance. Health With all the long-term planets in benign or neutral aspect to you, health and vitality should be good in the coming year. And yet I see health as an important issue to you now. Your 6th House of Health is a House of Power, and the Lord of your 6th House (your Health Planet) is right on your Solar Ascendant – occupying one of the most powerful angles in your chart. In many cases this is showing an interest in health regimes and programmes. In other cases it indicates a taking of preventative steps. In still other cases it reveals an interest in family health – especially the health of children. Jupiter in your 1st Solar House and in your own Sign shows that good health to you means more than just physi­ cal wellness – it means looking good, being physically and 136

CANCER

athletically fit. (The Lord of the 5th House of Sport in your House of Health reinforces this.) This explains all. You are not satisfied with merely good health. You want to look good and excel athletically – hence your preoccupation here. Pluto in the House of Health often indicates surgery. Since your health is good and there’s a focus on image, I presume this would be cosmetic surgery. Not all of you will have this, but many of you will be thinking about it, plan­ ning it, entertaining the idea. Pluto (the planet ruling elimination) in your House of Health shows that you benefit from regimes which eliminate toxins and effete materials from the body. The way to enhance health now is not from adding things to the body, but from removing and eliminating that which shouldn’t be there. Colonics and herbal detox methods all seem good. This was so in past years, and will be so for some years in the future. Usually when Jupiter moves over someone’s Sun or Ascendant it shows the good life and the indulgence in sensual pleasure. Of itself this is a wonderful thing, but overindulgence could bring health problems. Enjoy but don’t overdo – there will be a price tag later on. Saturn mov­ ing into your Sign next year will insist on it – and at that time you may have to go to the other extreme of dieting and taking on a Spartan lifestyle. Your Health Planet in the Sign of Cancer, which rules moods, emotions and feelings, shows that emotional health is just as important to you as physical health; that emotional states play an unusual role in your health. Positive states reflect in the body instantly, but so do negative ones. The impact of emotions on health is true for everyone to some degree, but for you it is most dramatic – especially until August 1st. Happily, Jupiter loves the Sign of Cancer (his place of exaltation) and emotional states will tend to be good. (The cultivation of emotional equilibrium won’t hurt, though.) 137

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

On August 1st, your Health Planet moves into Leo, your 2nd Solar House. This shows a link between finance and health. In many cases it indicates that you will spend more on health products and gadgets. In other cases, the field of health will be a source of profit – e.g. health professionals earn more money, others might get a job at a doctor’s sur­ gery or hospital, others might profit from investments in the health field. In many cases financial attachment or con­ cerns directly impact on health. When finances are good, health is good; when finances suffer – even the normal fluc­ tuations of the financial life – health could suffer. There is a tendency to be as much concerned with financial health as with physical health. Though this direct link between health and finances is an error (these are two separate issues and one shouldn’t affect the other), the good news is that finances will tend to be good – thus the message for your health is a positive one. Until August 1st, pay extra attention to the stomach and breasts. (Correct diet is also a factor.) After August 1st, pay extra attention to the heart. This can be done through foot or hand reflexology, kinesiology, acupuncture or acupres­ sure, massage or Reiki. There is nothing wrong with these organs, but making them stronger will be a health-enhancer. Home, Domestic and Family Issues Home and family concerns are always important to you, Cancer. But this year, with your 4th House not being a House of Power, it is a little less so. I read the empty 4th House as a positive for you. It shows great freedom and latitude here. You can have your way in this department with little obstruction (or impetus) from the Cosmos. You can shape this area to your will. Many of you will be building the conditions for domestic bliss. Venus will move through your 4th House from August 7th to September 8th. This will be an excellent time to have 138

CANCER

family gatherings or parties in the home. It is also excellent for redecorating, beautifying or buying art objects for the home. Your aesthetic sense will be good and there will be a greater feeling of domestic harmony. Mercury will be retrograde in your 4th House from September 14th to October 5th. Since domestic interests will be stronger during this period (the Sun will be there from September 23rd to October 23rd), it is important that you take extra care about how you communicate with family members, and when making important purchases for the home. Buying and selling a home during this period is not advisable (negotiating these things is OK, though). With family members be sure to say what you mean and mean what you say. Don’t take things for granted. A little care can save hours and days of unnecessary emotional upheavals. Mars will be in your 4th House from October 15th to December 1st. If you have important construction or renova­ tion projects for the home, this is a good time to schedule them. Mars is a fiery and impulsive energy which often leads to temper tantrums and anger. So work to keep tempers cool. Take a few deep breaths when annoyed, and advise family members to do the same. (Many of you will be entertaining parents or in-laws, and this could also ignite tempers.) Venus, your Family Planet, spends an unusual amount of time in the Sign of Scorpio, your 5th House – from September 8th until the end of the year. This could indicate a new child or the adoption of a child. (Perhaps someone else’s child comes to stay.) More likely it shows new enter­ tainment or amusement equipment in the home – video games, pinball machines, toys, etc. The urge is to make the home more enjoyable – more like a playground than a home. All these projects seem happy and successful – though there are bumps on the way. A parent or parental figure could move or renovate the home this year – probably after June 24th. Children not liv­ ing with you could make many moves – these seem related 139

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

to career. If they are at university there are many changes of accommodation and flatmates. Health of the parents and children seems status quo. Love and Social Life Your 7th House of Love is not a House of Power this year, Cancer, so you have a lot of freedom here. You can shape things as you will. Nevertheless I expect the status quo to prevail. Singles will remain single and marrieds will remain married. A Lunar Eclipse in your House of Love on June 24th can shake things up temporarily, but I don’t think enough to destroy a relationship. For marrieds this is a year for taking the marriage further into spiritual realms. For centring it around spiritual themes. Your spouse or lover seems very focused here and he or she will experience much growth and progress. In many cases the karmic aspects of the relationship are being revealed. Some of the dark sides of it will be seen to have their ori­ gin in past lives. In most cases this understanding should enhance the marriage. There is also a concern about the health of your spouse these days – but Saturn (the planet which rules your spouse) has more good aspects than bad. Health should be good, and current health problems should turn around. For singles too there’s a lot spiritual ferment in the field of love. Singles are much more idealistic about love (like last year). They search for the ‘absolutely perfect’ love – in many cases unrealistically so. Perfect love is a wonderful ideal, but there must be some allowances for human limitation. Those who don’t realize this are going to suffer some grievous dis­ appointments. Only a Divine Power can love Divinely – perfectly and without limitation. Humans can never do this. So the search for this perfect love among humans can never be fulfilled. Yet if perfect love is sought after through the spirit, it is very achievable. For the Spirit will supply every 140

CANCER

love need – whether it be for companionship, Eros, or even solitude. This is what single Cancerians should be doing now. Leave the nightclubs and discos alone and seek a real­ ization of the Perfect Love that is always available. Let go of the idolatry of love objects and seek the invisible power that loves. When a realization of this is achieved, love will appear without muss, fuss or stress. How you achieve this realization depends on your indi­ vidual circumstances. Some will achieve it at the mosque, synagogue, temple, church or ashram. Some will achieve it in the solitude of their own home or with a teacher. Some will achieve it at a prayer circle or meditation group. The how doesn’t matter – the end result does. Singles will find this year good for formulating and refin­ ing their ideal of love. Like last year, it is healthy to review old relationships and look for patterns, mistakes and suc­ cesses. If you are holding angers, regrets or guilt, you are still not ready for something new. If you are in mourning, your time for love is not yet. Whatever you did in the past, no matter how many love mistakes you made, there is a power that loves you and sees you as worthy of love. Let go of the past, confess and correct your mistakes, and make ready for the new. On a more mundane level, singles will find love at their place of worship, at meditation or spiritual seminars and retreats. Astrologers, psychics and gurus play an important role in love these days – and many of you will unconsciously attract this type as a lover. Singles will also find love at char­ ities or charitable functions or as they pursue voluntary efforts for charities or good causes. Rather than go to the pub, you’re better off volunteering your services for some­ thing that is important for the world. This year (again like last year), spiritual compatibility is most important. This is true for both marrieds and singles. It will outweigh even sexual energy right now. A good spir­ itual compatibility will eventually harmonize all the other 141

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

areas, while it’s very difficult to harmonize a spiritual incompatibility. Though marriage is unlikely this year, many are setting the stage for marriage in the future. The groundwork is being laid now. Venus will spend an unusual amount of time in your 5th House of Love Affairs – from September 8th to the end of the year. Thus love affairs are more likely during this period. The only problem is that Venus will go retrograde during this time and Mars will also move through your 5th House. The love affair will get severely tested. There will be many ups and downs. The love life of parents, siblings, children and grandchil­ dren maintains the status quo. Children of marriageable age have more love opportunities after September 8th, but the road is rocky. Married children will have a brief crisis in the marriage around November 20th – true love will weath­ er the storm. Finance and Career As mentioned, this is a beautiful financial year. The year starts off with Jupiter moving through your own Sign. In general this is a sign of wealth – of the good life. Even if you don’t have big earnings, you will live on a scale of someone who does. The Cosmos will arrange all kinds of things – travel, fancy restaurants, nice and expensive cloth­ ing, jewellery and the like. These things could come as gifts or as prizes (by winning contests and the like). Jupiter in your own Sign brings more than just money. It brings opti­ mism and joy. It expands your horizons and your opinion of yourself. Cancerians who have self-esteem problems will watch them dissolve into nothingness this year. Dame Fortune guides you in all your ways, and any good thing can happen at any time. If it’s too good to be true – it probably is true. 142

CANCER

Many of you will receive promotions and increased recog­ nition at work. Students will receive honours. Those of you who are university-bound will hear good news on that front. The fact that luck is with you doesn’t mean that you just stop your personal efforts and wait for the pot of gold to drop on you. On the contrary, continue pursuing your goals and working towards them. Luck will merely enhance your efforts. As the months progress it will slowly dawn on many of you that you are worthy of more money, more good, more happiness. As this realization unfolds, the opportunities for these will come to you. On August 1st the focus shifts from merely personal pleas­ ure and the good life to actual earnings. Assets you own will increase in value. Even a financial setback initially will lead to wealth later on. Financial opportunities will come – either through work or through business opportunities. Professional investors will be inspired in their investments. Jupiter, as mentioned, is also your Health Planet. On a financial level this translates to job offers in the health field, or inspired investments there. Whatever your business, a client in the health field will come and bring profits to you. Jupiter is your Work Planet too. Thus conditions at the workplace are much happier. A dream job is offered to you. An employee inspired by the angels comes up with a prof­ itable idea or technique. Employees in general are support­ ing your financial goals. Most importantly, financial horizons are expanded. Goals that seemed like impossibilities a few short months ago now seem attainable. When the horizons are expanded new ideas can penetrate. Be on the alert for wealth ideas this period. Many of you will travel more for business. Others will find financial opportunities in foreign countries or with for­ eigners. Your market is now the globe. Up to now the psychological and material effects of Jupiter’s transit have been discussed. But the most important effect is 143

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

the one that may pass you by if you’re not alert: the spiritual effect. Jupiter is a planet of Higher Knowledge and Reve­ lation. Wherever he moves in your Horoscope he brings both the knowledge of a principle and a ‘how to’ application. Many important and subtle wealth principles are revealed during this period. If you grasp these principles, wealth will always be available to you, regardless of where Jupiter is in the heavens. This is his true gift. Self-improvement Your body, image and self-esteem are going to improve on their own this year. As mentioned, your challenge will be to avoid over-indulgence. Finances will also improve this year – almost on their own. But (like last year) your spiritual life will require work and discipline. Those not yet on the spir­ itual path will find it and undertake a spiritual or meditative discipline. Those already on it will take a more scientific and rational approach to these things. The 12th House can be a maze and a jungle for the uninitiated. (Perhaps this is as it should be.) There are all kinds of people channelling all kinds of information from spiritual sources, much of it con­ tradictory. Cancerians in particular will be struck by this in the coming year. The only way to get at the truth is to discover it yourself from within. Once this is done you have a searchlight and compass in the jungle. It is wonderful that spiritual guides, gurus, channels, psychics and astrologers exist – they are there for a reason. But ultimately you must discover inner reality for yourself – in the old-fashioned way. So setting up a definite time for meditation and spiritual practice should be made part of your lifestyle. You don’t need a lot of time, but you should be regular and persistent. Saturn in the 12th House shows a need to deal with deepseated soul blockages and fears. Generally these are from past lives. As long as these blockages are not impairing your 144

CANCER

health or normal functioning, you need not get into past life regression. If they are impairing your health, then past life regression is called for. But regular periods of meditation and contemplation will do much to dissolve these things. Intuitions and dreams should be observed, recorded and eventually verified. Don’t act on them without verification.

Month-by-month Forecasts January Best Days Overall: 7th, 8th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 26th, 27th Most Stressful Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 19th, 20th Best Days for Love: 5th, 6th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 24th, 25th Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 7th, 8th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 23rd, 24th, 26th, 27th, 28th, 29th The planets are mostly in the West, and your 7th House of Love and Romance is strong this month. This is a period for adapting and adjusting to conditions and situations. Flexibility brings success where brute force fails. ‘Not by might and not by power, but by my spirit’ is success achieved. You can’t force good to happen, but you can get out of the way and ‘let it’ happen. This is a time for co-operating with others and for putting other people first. Your way is probably not the best way these days. Most of the planets are above the Horizon of your chart, showing a strong career emphasis. There’s no way that a Cancerian will ever ignore the family or home, but there 145

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

will be a change of proportion – more emphasis will be placed on career issues now. Mars, your Career Planet, will cross the Midheaven of your chart on the 18th, and will occupy your House of Career until the end of the month. Career is demanding but successful. Competitors to your position abound, but you defend your position skilfully. Health is good this year, but rest and relax more until the 20th. New diets and health regimes need more study. This is a good time to research these things. After the 18th there are almost no planets in your native Water element (one, sometimes two planets). Keep in mind what was written in the Horoscope for 2002 section. People seem insensitive, focused on the mind and mental values as opposed to emotional values. People have trouble communi­ cating what they feel. There is a tendency (not so much for you, but for people around you) to repress feeling. But this can only go on for so long. When the feelings get expressed they are disproportional to the event that triggers them. You need to understand these things. Deal with insensitivity as you would with bad weather – take it in your stride. Lack of water also shows that sensitivity is out of style these days. Your virtues are not as appreciated as usual. But stick to your guns, you will be vindicated in the end. After the 20th there is great power in your 8th House, which makes this an excellent month to pay off debt, help others prosper, get rid of financial waste and excess posses­ sions and pursue weight-loss and physical detox regimes. Your partner prospers and is generous with you. You prosper in proportion to how you help others prosper – i.e. partners, shareholders, etc. Love is happy and expansive this month. New friends come into the picture. A dissolving relationship will dissolve gracefully and harmoniously. Existing relationships are more passionate. Schedule important mailings and mass communications before the 18th when Mercury goes retrograde. 146

CANCER

February Best Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 13th, 14th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th Most Stressful Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 8th, 9th, 15th, 16th, 17th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 8th, 9th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 10th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 22nd, 23rd, 25th, 26th The dearth of the Water element (feeling) continues until the 18th. Refer to what was said in January. The element of Earth (practicality) is also very weak after the 14th. Air (communication) is the dominant element these days. People think that talking ‘about’ feelings is the same thing as really feeling something. Talking about empathy and compassion is mistaken for the genuine item. Speech and ideas are considered ‘actions’. Thus you need confirmation of what’s being said these days – especially until the 8th, after which Mercury starts to go forward. Water power normalizes after the 18th and people can over-react – they can be hyper-sensitive these days. They go from one extreme to the other. Your virtues are more respected now, and many of the things you said (and the proposals you made) last month are vindicated. Like last month, most of the planets are above the Horizon, and Mars is still in your House of Career. Career is hectic, taking much time, and you should (and can) deemphasize home and family issues now. Jupiter, your Health Planet, is still retrograde. The trends of last month are still in effect. Health is good though. Your power to heal others is also stronger these days. You respond well to metaphysical therapies. After the 18th you are in one of the happiest and luckiest 147

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

periods of your year. Both the Sun and Venus in Pisces makes fabulous aspects to Jupiter in your Sign. This is a month for travel (and travel opportunities will come), for education and for expanding your personal horizons. It is also a month for sensual pleasure. Honours and awards are likely. Added wealth should come as well – though there could be delayed reactions here. Most of the planets are still in the West and thus there is still a need to cultivate the good graces of others and to sharpen your social skills. Try to flow with life, offering as little resistance as possible to the flow of events. Watch how easily your good comes to you after the 18th. Love, as mentioned in the Horoscope for 2002 section, is spiritual and idealistic. Singles find love at charity and reli­ gious events. Psycho-spiritual events – or seminars teaching this – are also likely meeting grounds. An existing relation­ ship will start moving forwards on the 8th. Finances are not that important to you, yet in spite of this earnings increase – especially after the 18th. After the 18th you are in one of your strongest financial periods of the year. March Best Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 12th, 13th, 22nd, 23rd, 30th, 31st Most Stressful Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 7th, 8th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 28th, 29th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 11th, 14th, 15th, 19th, 20th, 21st, 24th, 25th, 28th, 29th Best Days for Money: 3rd, 4th, 12th, 13th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 25th, 30th, 31st An unusually happy and prosperous month, Cancer. Enjoy. 148

CANCER

You have many things going for you now. Health and vitality are strong. Personal magnetism and personal appear­ ance are super. Self-esteem and self-confidence are good. You are up and optimistic. You see new possibilities in life. Happy educational and travel opportunities come and you live life on a grander scale than usual. Like last month, this a period for enjoying life, for per­ sonal pleasure and pampering. Money will come easily and effortlessly from far-away places or foreigners, academics or academic institutions and, perhaps, through luck in specula­ tions. A successful conclusion of a legal issue is also likely – and if it is not yet completely resolved, you will see positive progress towards resolution. Like last month, the key to success is in ‘not forcing’ events. The good is already on its way to you; your job is to show up for it and not put up blockages. With most of the planets above the Horizon and with your 10th House powerful after the 20th, this is also a period of career advancement and success. Pay rises, promotions, honours are all likely. The planets moving through your House of Career this month are all ‘benefics’ – bringers of good. Thus you enjoy the favour of elders, bosses, parents or parental figures. Career advancement should be handled with few power struggles – but through diplomacy, tact and social grace. The planets are making a shift this month from the Western sector (where they’ve been since the beginning of the year) to the East. You’re in a ‘cusp’ situation these days, with neither the East nor the West being overly powerful. But the era of lack of independence is ending shortly. The need to compromise over every little thing is also ending. By the end of the month you will find yourself more in control of your destiny. An existing love relationship gets tested this month. Finances, emotional sensitivities and perhaps philosophical differences get aired and are issues to be dealt with. But 149

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

these things should get resolved – in a positive way – by the 20th. The Grand Trine in Air brings romantic opportunities to singles on the 1st, 2nd, 28th and 29th. Only keep in mind that speech and verbal commitments should not be mistaken for action. People in general are overly loose with their speech. Bosses, elders, parents and parental figures are socially supportive or otherwise provide romantic opportunities. April Best Days Overall: 8th, 9th, 10th, 18th, 19th, 27th, 28th Most Stressful Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 5th, 11th, 12th, 25th Best Days for Love: 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 23rd, 24th, 25th Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 8th, 9th, 11th, 12th, 18th, 19th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 27th, 28th Like last month, your 10th House of Career is still strong. Most of the planets are still above the Horizon of your chart. Your career and outer ambitions are your main focus. Family issues can be safely downplayed for a while. The New Moon of the 12th also occurs in your 10th House – this helps your career by clarifying puzzling areas, bringing new infor­ mation that you need to know and shining a light on your next steps. The planets are now firmly established in the Eastern sec­ tor of your chart. Day by day your independence and confi­ dence increase. Day by day your ability to have things your way and on your terms gets stronger. Day by day the need to settle and compromise wanes. Be clear on what you want and start building it. You should see quick progress in all 150

CANCER

reasonable goals, as 90 per cent of the planets are forward this month. Larger goals will need more development time – sometimes years – but even in those you will see progress. Though there is much power in Air this month – often as much as 60 per cent of the planets – the element of Earth is also strong. So though people are enamoured of ideas and logic, there is still some practical sense. When Earth is strong it is good for shopping and investing, as there is a sense of value and you will either get good deals or avoid overspend­ ing. This is especially so for you after the 20th, when your Money Planet (the Sun) moves into Taurus. Finances will be strong all month, but especially after the 20th. Until the 20th (like last month) money comes from your career, from pay rises or promotions or your good name. Elders, bosses and people in power are supportive of your financial goals. Those of you in your own business could land a lucrative government contract, or a contract with a prestigious corporation. Some might find jobs in these areas. A parent can decide to be generous. After the 20th, money comes from friends (and their connections), from the correct use of technology and from organizations (you may or may not be a member). Love becomes exciting after the 13th. The conjunction of your Career Planet (Mars) and your Love Planet (Saturn) towards the end of the month indicates a romantic opportu­ nity with someone of high position and status. It also indi­ cates socializing with the elite. Some of you might have opportunities for office affairs and the like. Existing relation­ ships become more passionate. Weak relationships get test­ ed. Venus moving into Gemini (and within range of your Love Planet) on the 25th is another positive love signal. Enjoy.

151

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

May Best Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 7th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 24th, 25th Most Stressful Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 8th, 9th, 22nd, 23rd, 28th, 29th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 13th, 14th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 28th, 29th, 31st Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 5th, 6th, 11th, 12th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 19th, 21st, 22nd, 24th, 25th, 30th, 31st This will probably be a tumultuous month for the world, but Dame Fortune is with you and you seem only minimally effected. Until the 15th, 90 per cent of the planets are forward; Air is the strongest element with 50 to 70 per cent of the plan­ etary power, while Earth is the weakest with almost no planets in this element after the 21st. Pluto and Saturn – both planets that are involved in your love life are highly activated; there is a Lunar Eclipse on the 26th. The Lunar Eclipse is basically benign to you. It occurs in your 6th House of Health and Work, signalling job changes or changes in the conditions of the workplace. With the kind of financial aspects you have these days you should jump for joy when these upheavals come, as they are liberating you into something bigger and better. You are like the child who has outgrown his clothing. He sees ill-fitting clothing and mourns – but the truth is very different. Mum and Dad will come along, see and understand the true nature of the situa­ tion, and get him new clothing. Many of you have outgrown your present job and the ‘ill-fitness’ of it is starting to show. Those of you who employ others will also feel this way and make needed changes in the workforce, or otherwise re­ arrange working conditions. 152

CANCER

With your health aspects good these days, I’m reading the eclipse in your House of Health as a long-term change in attitude and perhaps in your health regime. Some of you will change doctors or health plans. Though this eclipse is benign to you, it won’t hurt to take a reduced schedule during this period. Other people are usu­ ally not up to par and you don’t want to be affected by their problems. Your spouse and children should definitely take a reduced schedule. Keep children close to home. Most of the planets are in the East, and your own Sign of Cancer grows stronger day by day. Continue to build your life as you desire it to be. Don’t bother adapting to existing conditions but create new and better ones. Your way is best now. The world will adapt to you. Love is tumultuous. The Lunar Eclipse is going to test an existing relationship. Hormones are racing. Singles will understand what ‘addictive love’ means. Sudden love oppor­ tunities come out of nowhere. You go from glory to glory in your financial life. And the best is yet to come. Personal generosity increases after the 21st – but you can well afford to give. With no planets in Earth (except for the Moon – and that only occasionally) after the 21st, strive to be balanced in your philanthropy. June Best Days Overall: 2nd, 3rd, 12th, 13th, 20th, 21st, 29th, 30th Most Stressful Days Overall: 4th, 5th, 6th, 18th, 19th, 24th, 25th, 26th Best Days for Love: 2nd, 3rd, 9th, 10th, 13th, 14th, 18th, 19th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 25th, 26th, 27th, 28th Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 9th, 10th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 19th, 20th, 21st, 29th, 30th 153

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Two eclipses this month guarantee excitement and change – both for the world and yourself. With the kind of aspects you have, welcome the change, as it is good. Remember that good things can be just as disruptive to the status quo as bad things. The eclipses are going to shatter the obstructions to your growth and good. That is their job. When an old building gets demolished, it is a good thing. On the other hand, you don’t want to get too close to it while it’s happening – could be dangerous. Thus, take a reduced schedule, especially dur­ ing the Lunar Eclipse of the 24th. Both of the eclipses are going to test love and existing relationships. Could be you have outgrown an existing rela­ tionship and are held there only by habit and convenience. Such a relationship is going down the tubes. The Cosmos has decreed that only the best relationship will do for you. Relationships that are still good and basically healthy will weather the storm and probably get stronger because of it. Love affairs will get tested as well – and many will fall by the wayside. Singles could well decide that they are fed up with their single status and start taking action to change things. Negative vibrations are inevitable in such a situation, but you have a choice between maximizing the negativity or minimizing it – choose the latter course. The Solar Eclipse happens on the 10th June in your 12th House. Besides the love impact it also brings spir­ itual changes. New knowledge or revelation comes which changes your spiritual practice or leads to a change of teach­ ers or ministers. Those who are not on a spiritual path could embark on one now. There will be opportunities. The dream life these days (a week before the eclipse and for a day or two afterwards) should be taken with many grains of salt. Much of it is psychic debris stirred up by the eclipse. Keep children close to home as much as possible and try to have them avoid needlessly risky or stressful activities. The Solar Eclipse of the 10th (since it affects your finan­ cial planet) brings long-term financial change. A sudden 154

CANCER

expense or upheaval or shake-up in finances leads to even greater good. Perhaps there is an unexpected windfall that disrupts your financial plans and strategies – makes them moot and unnecessary. As the dust settles, continue to build your Kingdom of Heaven on Earth. There’s a lot of power behind you now. July Best Days Overall: 1st, 9th, 10th, 17th, 18th, 27th, 28th Most Stressful Days Overall: 2nd, 3rd, 15th, 16th, 22nd, 23rd, 29th, 30th Best Days for Love: 2nd, 3rd, 7th, 8th, 13th, 15th, 16th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 25th Best Days for Money: 1st, 9th, 10th, 11th, 12th, 17th, 18th, 19th, 27th, 28th, 29th The eclipses of last month notwithstanding, you are in one of the best periods of your year. Most planets are still in the East, and your own Sign of Cancer is the most prominent in the Zodiac during this period. You have energy, drive, enthusiasm, confidence, personal magnetism and charisma. You have plenty of energy to achieve any reasonable and legitimate short-term goal. There will also be plenty of progress made in long-term goals. This is a month where you get your way. You have life on your own terms. Others are forced to adapt to you. Though love could be stressful because of the fallout from last month’s eclipses, your personal magnetism and attrac­ tiveness have never been better. You look great and others take notice. This is a month of personal pleasure and sensual delight. New clothing and personal accessories will come and they will be good – will suit you and delight you. A period to pamper yourself. 155

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Those of you involved in athletic or strenuous exercise programmes do exceptionally well until the 13th. Health is excellent all month. By the 7th the planets make a major shift from the upper half (career) of your Horoscope to the lower half (your favourite one). Thus you will be able to focus on your great love – the home, the family, day-to-day domestic life, childrearing and the like. Recapture your emotional comfort zone, which may have been lost in the past six months, and function from there. What good is success if you can’t ‘feel right’ when you have it? Your Money House is getting more powerful every day. There is plenty of financial activity going on. Earnings are strong and will get stronger. Mars moves into this House on the 13th, providing energy, courage and dynamism. It gives you the ability to ‘make wealth’ happen. It helps you over­ come financial fears. On the 23rd, the Sun, your Financial Planet, moves into his own House. Another positive finan­ cial signal. Again there is a sense of personal control over money and earnings. It’s as if you were in charge of your financial destiny and could make of it what you would. Both the Sun and Mars in the Money House often leads to excess speculation. But a little ‘risk taking’ these days is warranted. Even with all this financial good happening, the best is yet to come. Jupiter is getting ready to move into your Money House next month. Let the dust from last month’s eclipses settle down be­ fore making any important love decisions. You have more options than you believe. Recognizing them will help you. August Best Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 14th, 15th, 23rd, 24th Most Stressful Days Overall: 12th, 13th, 18th, 19th, 25th, 26th, 27th 156

CANCER

Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 4th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 18th, 19th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 30th, 31st Best Days for Money: 7th, 8th, 16th, 17th, 25th, 28th, 29th Jupiter’s move into Leo on the 1st is an important transit for you, Cancer. First off, he only passes through your Money House once in every 11 to 12 years. You are in a rare and important financial cycle. A very positive one at that. Further, Jupiter is joining a congregation of other planets in your Money House as well. If earnings were strong last month, they are even stronger now. Important and longterm financial opportunities are coming your way – these can have many scenarios, such as an important job offer or a lucrative business opportunity and the like. Jupiter is the Lord of your 6th Solar House, so job offers are very likely now. Opportunities to make money in the health field are coming as well – perhaps as a health practitioner or as investor in a health company, or you may pick up an impor­ tant client who is in the health field. Jupiter brings financial luck, but as the Lord of the 6th House he also brings work – money comes through work, but the work is lucrative. Finance is an important House of Power now, so this is a good time to plan financial strategy, create a wealth and investment plan, and deal with accounting and financial management issues. Like last month, the planets are mostly in the East, so you are still in a period of independence where you create the good that comes to you. You can and do make it happen. Continue to ‘take the bull by the horns’ – take the initiative in your life. Like last month, the planets are mostly below the Horizon, so you can still afford to focus on your great love – home, family and the attainment of emotional harmony. Venus (your Family Planet) moves into your 4th House on 157

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

the 7th. A great period for family gatherings and entertain­ ing from home. A great period to foster family harmony and effect reconciliations where necessary. Also good for beauti­ fying and redecorating the home. Career and outer objectives in the world can be safely deemphasized. Finance – bottom-line issues – are much more important than social or professional status these days. Success is measured in monetary terms and in how well you can provide for the family. Though career is de-emphasized you can further it, where possible, through good communi­ cation and marketing. Love is bittersweet. Financial and emotional issues need to be worked out in a current relationship. Your focus on finance could also turn off your beloved, who feels slighted by this. Nevertheless, a Grand Trine in Air most of the month is bringing opportunity and easing the stress. Singles have wonderful opportunities after the 7th. Perhaps an old flame, or a family introduction, comes into the picture. September Best Days Overall: 2nd, 3rd, 10th, 11th, 19th, 20th, 29th, 30th Most Stressful Days Overall: 8th, 9th, 14th, 15th, 22nd, 23rd Best Days for Love: 1st, 9th, 10th, 14th, 15th, 18th, 19th, 20th, 28th, 29th, 30th Best Days for Money: 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 12th, 14th, 15th, 22nd, 27th, 28th Once again there is very little power in your native Water element this month. Until the 7th there are NO planets in Water (except for the Moon on the 2nd and 3rd), and even afterwards the Water element never gets more than 20 per 158

CANCER

cent of the planetary power. It’s up to you to supply the empathy, sensitivity and compassion that seem so sadly lacking in the world right now. When people are repressing feeling they are like walking time-bombs. They will eventu­ ally explode, only you don’t know when. Tread delicately through the mine field and don’t be down on yourself if you accidentally set one off. But there are other happy compensations this month. Like last month, most of the planets are below the Horizon. This month your 4th House is even stronger than it was in August. You are involved in the areas you love, and this brings happiness. Your virtues may be out of style in the world at large, but your family appreciates you. The simple pleasures of home and hearth, of nurturing and being nur­ tured, never go out of style for you. This is still a good period (until the 8th) to beautify and redecorate the home and for family gatherings and parties. Mercury will go retrograde in your 4th House on the 14th, so be ultra-careful about how you communicate with family members. A few precautions now can save many a blow-up later on. Be sure you say what you mean and that others understand what you mean. Be sure to ask for confirmation where their messages are unclear. This month you are in another one of those ‘cusp situa­ tions’ where the planetary power is making a shift – this time from the East to the West. The shift will be complete by the 23rd. This inaugurates a period of less self-will and more social grace. Seeing and understanding other people’s posi­ tions and perspectives becomes ever more important. Your freedom to act lessens as compared with recent months, but your social grace and popularity will increase. Until the 23rd, enjoy being on the cusp. Sometimes you will be inde­ pendent and able to have your way, and other times you will be more dependent and be forced to adapt to situations. Life is about being able to do both when the situation calls for it. 159

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Finances are still fabulous. A short-term upheaval (prob­ ably caused by a family or home expense) will not dampen wealth long term. This is part of why you’re earning all this extra money. The Cosmos recognizes your needs before you do. You will be spending more on the home this month (but try to do this before the 14th, when Mercury goes retro­ grade) but also earning more from home. Perhaps opportu­ nities come for using a home office or working from home. Perhaps a family member comes up with a financial oppor­ tunity. Love is again bittersweet. The Grand Trine in Air all month brings romantic opportunity but there are power struggles in an existing relationship that erupt at odd times. Singles have ample ‘love affair’ opportunities after the 8th – but these are not serious things. Rest and relax more after the 23rd. October Best Days Overall: 7th, 8th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 26th, 27th Most Stressful Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 12th, 13th, 19th, 20th Best Days for Love: 6th, 7th, 8th, 12th, 13th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 25th, 26th, 27th Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 5th, 6th, 9th, 10th, 14th, 15th, 19th, 20th, 26th, 27th, 29th, 30th The weakness in the element of Water written of last month eases up on the 23rd and you will feel more comfortable then. In the meantime keep practising your virtues of sensi­ tivity, empathy and compassion. The world needs you now more than ever. Like last month, the planets are mostly below the Horizon. This month, though, your 4th House of Home and 160

CANCER

Family is even stronger. Even your bosses at work are sup­ porting your family goals and interests. Mars will move into your 4th House on the 15th. This favours heavy construc­ tion and renovation (if your home needs it). It shows that a parent or elder is coming to stay or overly involved in domestic issues – more than usual. Tempers are short this month, but do your best to ‘minimize’ these things. Don’t feed a tantrum by getting into a tantrum yourself. Rise above it and let the energy discharge. If you don’t feed the negative energy it will eventually blow over. Like last month there are many financial and career opportunities either from home or through the intercession of family members. But there’s no question that, in general, career takes a back seat to the home and emotional issues. Ambitions are not very interesting. You just want to do enough to take care of your family and domestic needs. (This will change next year, but right now this is how you feel.) Some of you are looking to make a status symbol out of your home – there is good progress this month. Healthwise things look good. Continue to rest and relax more until the 23rd. Afterwards, vitality improves even further. Finances are unusually good until the 23rd, but after­ wards you have to work harder for earnings than you are used to. After the 23rd there is an urge to speculate – this should curbed. A current relationship becomes more stable after the 15th. A month-long Grand Trine in Air is helping romance and bringing opportunities. Though a marriage shouldn’t be scheduled now – both Venus and your Love Planet (Saturn) are retrograde – you can enjoy a romance for what it is. The retrograde of these planets won’t stop romance (there are still many opportunities for love affairs) but introduce some caution into it. Perhaps there is a lack of confidence in your own social judgement, a tendency to overly test love, to doubt love or the other’s intentions. This is a good period for 161

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

re-evaluating a current relationship or, for singles, to re­ evaluate love attitudes and desires. There’s an old song called ‘You Can’t Hurry Love’ – this is certainly the case these days. November Best Days Overall: 4th, 5th, 13th, 14th, 23rd, 24th Most Stressful Days Overall: 2nd, 3rd, 8th, 9th, 15th, 16th, 29th, 30th Best Days for Love: 3rd, 4th, 5th, 8th, 9th, 11th, 13th, 14th, 21st, 23rd, 24th Best Days for Money: 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 25th, 26th Many planets in your 5th House might complicate finances (but only temporarily), but you don’t seem to mind. The joy of life is more important than money these days, and this joy carries you. True, you might be overspending on leisure time activities and toys (adult and children’s), but isn’t that what money is for? This is a month for personal pleasure, entertainment and enhanced creativity. True, you may not know where you are going in a given relationship, but you and your spouse or lover can still have some fun while you’re figuring things out. Enjoy the party now, for come the 22nd it’s back to work. Like last month the planets are still below the Horizon. Continue to focus on the home, family and the enjoyment of same. Mars is still in your 4th House all month and it is still a good time for heavy construction or renovations if you need these things. Might be better, though, to schedule them after the 21st when Venus goes forward again. Children and children’s issues go well this month. You get on with them better than usual – perhaps because you feel like a child yourself and can relate to them on their level. 162

CANCER

Those of you in the creative or performing arts will have a banner month. This month there is an abundance of the Water element. If anything, people are hypersensitive and easily hurt – what a turnaround! Many of the things you’ve been counselling and urging all these months are now coming to pass. You are back in style. Like last month most of the planets are in the Western, social sector of your chart. Continue to put other people first, cultivate their graces and seek consensus in all that you do. Good comes from others and their good graces. The Cosmos uses all kinds of instruments to bring good to you – sometimes you are the instrument and sometimes other people are. You are in a period where other people are. Avoid power struggles and self-will as much as possible. Charm will win the day where brute force fails. Strong tendencies to speculate before the 22nd should be resisted. After the 22nd is a much better time for these things than before. Wealth can be enhanced through cre­ ativity and creative projects. Professional investors should study toys and the gaming industry – especially troubled companies in these industries. Finances improve consider­ ably after the 22nd. Job-seekers have great success then too. Love is clarifying after the 21st when Venus goes forward. It is still not perfectly clear, but clearer than before. Funand-games types of relationships and opportunities are abundant. Serious love needs time. December Best Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 10th, 11th, 20th, 21st, 29th, 30th Most Stressful Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 27th, 28th

163

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 5th, 6th, 9th, 10th, 11th, 18th, 19th, 20th, 21st, 28th, 29th, 30th Best Days for Money: 3rd, 4th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 31st Planets entering the upper hemisphere of your chart are shifting the balance of power between the upper and lower halves of the Horoscope. By the 22nd neither hemisphere will be dominant – the planets will be equally dispersed between them. Career and outer ambitions are becoming more important, but not enough to displace your focus on the home. You will be scrambling to handle both. Like last month, the planets are still mostly in the West. Like last month, continue to cultivate the social skills, reduce self-will and seek consensus. Right now you are liv­ ing with the conditions you yourself created months back. If you created well you have little discomfort. If there were mistakes made or miscalculations, there is some discomfort but little you can do to change it. You just have to adapt. This is called karma. Karma doesn’t punish, it only gives us the results of our actions – good, bad or indifferent. Though leisure activities are still important, work and work issues are taking centre-stage. Your focus on work pays off financially, too. Speculations are more favourable than last month, but work is where the bulk of the earnings comes from. After the 22nd earnings come from your part­ ner or partnership activities. Social connections (and your recent need to cater to others) pay off in a financial way. You are still spending (perhaps too much) on leisure activi­ ties, but your overall wealth is unaffected. Health is good and health regimes are going well. Those of you who have had health problems this past year should hear good news on that front. Nevertheless, rest and relax more after the 22nd.

164

CANCER

A Solar Eclipse (on the 4th) in your 6th House is benign to you but brings job changes or changes in working condi­ tions. Those who have been unemployed could find them­ selves ‘suddenly’ at work; those at existing jobs could opt for new ones – either with the same or another company. Longterm changes in your health regime are coming too. Issues not resolved by the last Lunar Eclipse in May are getting resolved now. Love is improving and there are new romantic opportuni­ ties – especially after the 22nd – but an existing romance still needs clearer direction. Only time will resolve this.

165

Leo

 THE LION Birthdays from 21st July to 21st August

Personality Profile LEO AT A GLANCE Element – Fire Ruling Planet – Sun Career Planet – Venus Love Planet – Uranus Money Planet – Mercury Planet of Health and Work – Saturn Planet of Home and Family Life – Pluto Colours – gold, orange, red Colours that promote love, romance and social harmony – black, indigo, ultramarine blue Colours that promote earning power – yellow, yellow-orange 166

LEO

Gems – amber, chrysolite, yellow diamond Metal – gold Scents – bergamot, frankincense, musk, neroli Quality – fixed (= stability) Quality most needed for balance – humility Strongest virtues – leadership ability, self-esteem and confidence, generosity, creativity, love of joy Deepest needs – fun, elation, the need to shine Characteristics to avoid – arrogance, vanity, bossiness Signs of greatest overall compatibility – Aries, Sagittarius

Signs of greatest overall incompatibility – Taurus,

Scorpio, Aquarius

Sign most helpful to career – Taurus Sign most helpful for emotional support – Scorpio Sign most helpful financially – Virgo Sign best for marriage and/or partnerships – Aquarius Sign most helpful for creative projects – Sagittarius Best Sign to have fun with – Sagittarius Signs most helpful in spiritual matters – Aries, Cancer Best day of the week – Sunday 167

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Understanding a Leo When you think of Leo, think of royalty – then you’ll get the idea of what the Leo character is all about and why Leos are the way they are. It is true that, for various reasons, some Leo-born do not always express this quality – but even if not they should like to do so. A monarch rules not by example (as does Aries) nor by consensus (as do Capricorn and Aquarius) but by personal will. Will is law. Personal taste becomes the style that is imi­ tated by all subjects. A monarch is somehow larger than life. This is how a Leo desires to be. When you dispute the personal will of a Leo it is serious business. He or she takes it as a personal affront, an insult. Leos will let you know that their will carries authority and that to disobey is demeaning and disrespectful. A Leo is king (or queen) of his or her personal domain. Subordinates, friends and family are the loyal and trusted subjects. Leos rule with benevolent grace and in the best interests of others. They have a powerful presence; indeed, they are powerful people. They seem to attract attention in any social gathering. They stand out because they are stars in their domain. Leos feel that, like the Sun, they are made to shine and rule. Leos feel that they were born to special privilege and royal prerogatives – and most of them attain this status, at least to some degree. The Sun is the Ruler of this Sign, and when you think of sunshine it is very difficult to feel unhealthy or depressed. Somehow the light of the Sun is the very antithesis of illness and apathy. Leos love life. They also love to have fun; they love drama, music, the theatre and amusements of all sorts. These are the things that give joy to life. If – even in their best interests – you try to deprive Leos of their pleasures, good food, drink and entertainment, you run the serious risk of depriving them of the will to live. To them life without joy is no life at all. 168

LEO

Leos epitomize humanity’s will to power. But power in and of itself – regardless of what some people say – is neither good nor evil. Only when power is abused does it become evil. Without power even good things cannot come to pass. Leos realize this and are uniquely qualified to wield power. Of all the Signs, they do it most naturally. Capricorn, the other power Sign of the Zodiac, is a better manager and administrator than Leo – much better. But Leo outshines Capricorn in personal grace and presence. Leo loves power, where Capricorn assumes power out of a sense of duty. Finance Leos are great leaders but not necessarily good managers. They are better at handling the overall picture than the nitty-gritty details of business. If they have good managers working for them they can become exceptional executives. They have vision and a lot of creativity. Leos love wealth for the pleasures it can bring. They love an opulent lifestyle, pomp and glamour. Even when they are not wealthy they live as if they are. This is why many fall into debt, from which it is sometimes difficult to emerge. Leos, like Pisceans, are generous to a fault. Very often they want to acquire wealth solely so that they can help others economically. Wealth to Leo buys services and mana­ gerial ability. It creates jobs for others and improves the gen­ eral well-being of those around them. Therefore – to a Leo – wealth is good. Wealth is to be enjoyed to the fullest. Money is not to be left to gather dust in a mouldy bank vault but to be enjoyed, spread around, used. So Leos can be quite reck­ less in their spending. With the Sign of Virgo on Leo’s 2nd House (of Money) cusp, Leo needs to develop some of Virgo’s traits of analysis, discrimination and purity when it comes to money matters. They must learn to be more careful with the details of finance (or to hire people to do this for them). They have to 169

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

be more cost-conscious in their spending habits. Generally, they need to manage their money better. Leos tend to chafe under financial constraints, yet these constraints can help Leos to reach their highest financial potential. Leos like it when their friends and family know that they can depend on them for financial support. They do not mind – even enjoy – lending money, but they are careful that they are not taken advantage of. From their ‘regal throne’ Leos like to bestow gifts upon their family and friends and then enjoy the good feelings these gifts bring to everybody. Leos love financial speculations and – when the celestial influ­ ences are right – are often lucky. Career and Public Image Leos like to be perceived as wealthy, for in today’s world wealth often equals power. When they attain wealth they love having a large house with lots of land and animals. At their jobs Leos excel in positions of authority and power. They are good at making decisions – on a grand level – but they prefer to leave the details to others. Leos are well respected by their colleagues and subordinates, mainly because they have a knack for understanding and relating to those around them. Leos usually strive for the top positions even if they have to start at the bottom and work hard to get there. As might be expected of such a charismatic Sign, Leos are always trying to improve their work situation. They do so in order to have a better chance of advancing to the top. On the other hand, Leos do not like to be bossed around or told what to do. Perhaps this is why they aspire so for the top – where they can be the decision-makers and need not take orders from others. Leos never doubt their success and focus all their atten­ tion and efforts on achieving it. Another great Leo character­ istic is that – just like good monarchs – they do not attempt to abuse the power or success they achieve. If they do so this 170

LEO

is not wilful or intentional. Usually they like to share their wealth and try to make everyone around them join in their success. Leos are – and like to be perceived as – hard-working, well-established individuals. It is definitely true that they are capable of hard work and often manage great things. But do not forget that, deep down inside, Leos really are fun-lovers. Love and Relationships Generally, Leos are not the marrying kind. To them relation­ ships are good while they are pleasurable. When the rela­ tionship ceases to be pleasurable a true Leo will want out. They always want to have the freedom to leave. That is why Leos excel at love affairs rather than commitment. Once married, however, Leo is faithful – even if some Leos have a tendency to marry more than once in their lifetime. If you are in love with a Leo, just show him or her a good time. Travel, go to casinos and clubs, the theatre and discos. Wine and dine your Leo love – it is expensive but worth it and you will have fun. Leos generally have an active love life and are demonstra­ tive in their affections. They love to be with other optimistic and fun-loving types like themselves, but wind up settling with someone more serious, intellectual and unconvention­ al. The partner of a Leo tends to be more political and social­ ly conscious than he or she is, and more libertarian. When you marry a Leo, mastering the freedom-loving tendencies of your partner will definitely become a life-long challenge – and be careful that Leo does not master you. Aquarius sits on Leo’s 7th House (of Love) cusp. Thus if Leos want to realize their highest love and social potential they need to develop a more egalitarian, Aquarian perspec­ tive on others. This is not easy for Leo, for ‘the king’ finds his equals only among other ‘kings’. But perhaps this is the solution to Leo’s social challenge – to be ‘a king among 171

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

kings’. It is all right to be royal, but recognize the nobility in others. Home and Domestic Life Although Leos are great entertainers and love having people over, sometimes this is all show. Only very few close friends will get to see the real side of a Leo’s day-to-day life. To a Leo the home is a place of comfort, recreation and transfor­ mation; a secret, private retreat – a castle. Leos like to spend money, show off a bit, entertain and have fun. They enjoy the latest furnishings, clothes and gadgets – all things fit for kings. Leos are fiercely loyal to their family and of course expect the same from them. They love their children almost to a fault; they have to be careful not to spoil them too much. They also must try to avoid attempting to make individual family members over in their own image. Leos should keep in mind that others also have the need to be their own peo­ ple. That is why Leos have to be extra careful about being over-bossy or over-domineering in the home.

Horoscope for 2002 Major Trends The reasons for all the trials, travails and tests of the past few years will become very apparent in 2002, Leo. No, the Cosmos was not singling you out for punishment. You were not on some Cosmic hit list. It was more like a lump of iron being tempered in the fire. Out of the fire you emerge as something new, ready to take a new and better place in the world. You have paid your dues and some much deserved 172

LEO

happiness and success awaits you. Be patient until August. Prepare the groundwork. Review your life, the ups and the downs, confess and correct errors, and prepare for the new. This is a very spiritual year – especially until August. But this is not some long-faced, martyrdom type of spirituality, but one of inner joy and success. New inner fields are open­ ing up to you. New faculties and powers are discovered. The riches of the great within are yours for the taking. Many people will not understand the smile on your face and the radiance that emanates from you. And why do you walk down the street humming a tune? Did you win the lottery? Fall in love? Inherit millions? Better to shrug your shoulders and not answer, they will never understand. You have no need to justify yourself, nor should you. This is just the natural state of the truly spiritual person. This is a year for finding rapture in a rainbow, a cloud for­ mation or the gesture of a bird. Joy and happiness are all around you – they always were, only you didn’t realize it. But happiness and success will not be confined to the abstract realms. Come August they will be translated into tangible and physical expression. All the things that people associate with success are on their way – money, travel, career success, lucky breaks, a high and carefree lifestyle. Though Uranus and Neptune are still stressing you out – and your love life might not be as stable as you would like – Saturn and Pluto are kind to you. The harmony and the challenge are balanced out. Your areas of greatest interest this year are: Children, amusement and creativity, love and social activities, friend­ ships, group activities and organizations, spirituality, the body, image and sensual pleasure (after August 1st). Your paths of greatest fulfilment are: Friendships, group activities, organizations (but there’s hard work involved here), spirituality, the body, image, physical appearance and sensual delights. 173

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Health Though vitality is still not up to its full potential, health is vastly improved over previous years. It will get even better come August. Those of you who have had health problems should be hearing good news about these things in the year ahead. Your 6th House of Health is not a House of Power. Thus, there is little focus on this area and little need for it. ‘If it ain’t broke, don’t fix it.’ Saturn is your Health Planet, and he is basically receiving great aspects all year. Another positive health signal. Saturn rules the spine, skeleton, knees and teeth. So these parts of the body need special attention for the maintenance of optimal health. Nothing wrong with them per se, but if health problems were to occur, they would probably start there. These body parts can be strengthened through regular visits to a chiropractor or osteopath, through foot or hand reflexology, kinesiology, massage, acupressure and acupunc­ ture. Athletes or those involved in strenuous exercise should give plenty of support to their knees (and ankles too). Saturn, your Health Planet, rules your health from the Sign of Gemini this year. Thus the arms, shoulders and ner­ vous system should be strengthened as well. Saturn in Gemini suggests that thought and speech play an unusual role in health this year. It suggests a need for less idle thought and speech. We are not only talking about neg­ ative thoughts or negative speech – these should be avoided like the plague – but even idle, useless thoughts and speech should be avoided. These faculties are great powers and should be turned off when not in constructive and conscious use. Many people don’t get the healing they should get merely because they waste their energies on idle thought and speech. Many athletes don’t perform to their optimum because of this too. Energy, like money, should be invested for maximum return. 174

LEO

The Health Planet in the Sign of Gemini also suggests that positive thoughts and speech will have an unusual positive impact on health. Say nice things about your body. Think nice thoughts about it. Always praise it. Watch how it responds to you. Saturn is opposed by Pluto all year. This shows many things. Moods and emotions (Pluto rules your 4th House) have an unusual impact on health. This is so for everyone to some degree, but here it is dramatic. A merry heart is good medicine this year. This aspect also shows a concern with the health of family members, and that your feelings of health could be linked to their health. Perhaps you em­ pathize too much with a family member who is not well. Though this empathy is understandable, you can’t let your­ self also get ill. Then there are two ill people to deal with instead of just one. Your feelings of health and joy will do more to help them than a misguided sympathy. Let them catch your health rather than you catching their problem. Home, Domestic and Family Issues Relations with family members are bittersweet this year, but more sweet than bitter. The good is stronger than the chal­ lenge. Pluto, your Family Planet, is in the happy and optimistic Sign of Sagittarius. It is in one of the happiest houses of the horoscope – the 5th House. Pluto is also mostly well aspected. All of this points to a happy domestic situation. But Saturn’s opposition all year shows there’s some ‘fly in the ointment’ – all is not well in paradise. Is it a health prob­ lem? Perhaps. Are family members upset about your work or working conditions? Are you spending too much time at work? Are they upset about some of the friends you have, or their behaviours? About some organization you’re involved with? Maybe. It could be all of the above or none of them, as there are many possible scenarios when this aspect manifests. 175

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

In spite of all this, I expect the status quo to prevail in the home. The 4th House is not a House of Power. Moves and changes of residence could happen, but aren’t likely. When Jupiter moves into your own Sign in August there could be an expansion or remodelling of your room or office. Any room which you consider most personal, where you spend most of your time, is the likely candidate. Relations with a parent will improve after August 1st. The parent has a happy move or fortunate property transaction. Relations with siblings are status quo. Relations with chil­ dren are bittersweet. Two eclipses in your House of Children shake up the status quo – underlying, long-brewing issues are forced to the surface so you can deal with them. Some of the changes brought up by these eclipses are perfectly natur­ al and normal – a child graduates, goes off to university or gets married. This changes the relationship with him or her. Good things are often just as disruptive as bad. Pluto, as your 4th House ruler, suggests that you create space by eliminating waste and useless furniture or posses­ sions, rather than adding new wings or buying a new home. Those of you wishing to buy or sell a home should see better results after August 1st. November 22nd to December 22nd is a particularly good month within that period. Those of you redecorating or re-furnishing will have better results from March 8th to April 1st and from June 14th to July 10th. Those of you involved in major renovations or repair will fare better from January 18th to March 1st and from July 13th to August 19th. Love and Social Life Your love life has been unstable for many years, and this trend is continuing. However, it is less unstable than it has been in the past. Everything is a matter of degree. Love can come quickly, suddenly and out of the blue – and leave just as quickly. Affections are volatile and can 176

LEO

change at the drop of a hat. Your love life is a giant soap opera and neither you nor your friends know what’s going to happen in the next episode. The problems in love are not coming from your lack of appeal or personal magnetism. This is abundant this year. Rather, it is coming from a sense of experimentation, a sub­ conscious desire for freedom, not wanting to be tied down or committed. There is a desire for constant change, a tendency to be bored with the same thing all the time. The tendency is to meet lovers who also feel that way. And so the fun begins. Married Leos are having a volatile time. I’m sure there have been many divorces among our Leo brothers and sis­ ters in the past few years, and there will be many more. Those interested in preserving their relationships should work to create change and excitement within their relation­ ships. Travel more, do different things – the weirder the bet­ ter. Experiment (in constructive ways) sexually. Be a friend as well as a lover to your spouse. This year (and for the past few years) it has been much easier to be a single Leo than a married one. Singles will find love in the usual places: parties, places of entertainment, on line, through the introduction of friends. Seminars and group events are also likely meeting grounds. Astrology and astrologers play a big role in your love life. Many of you will either consult with an astrologer about this or be involved romantically with someone knowledgeable on the subject. As in past years, you are fascinated by unique people. They have to be super-intelligent, good conversationalists, and stand apart from the herd. High-tech orientated people are also alluring. Jupiter moving into your Sign in August is a great person­ al transit for you. But it might not be that great for love. Sometimes good and happy transits shake up a delicate equi­ librium in a relationship and the partner doesn’t like it. It’s 177

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

as if the ‘balance of power’ shifts. They can’t put their finger on what bothers them – it’s a non-verbal vibration – but they subtly resent it. It’s the change of the status quo they resent. Sometimes the good transit will deliberately uproot a relationship, as the good it wants to bring is being blocked by it. But true love will weather any storm. Singles have especially great love opportunities from January 19th to February 18th. Mercury retrograde in your House of Love during this period suggests great caution in how you communicate with your lover. Miscommunications are more likely this period and can add even more volatility to an already volatile love life. Those of you working towards a second marriage (either in a second marriage or looking for a second marriage) have a status quo year. Those of you who are in a third marriage are experiencing some crises – the marriage is being tested. Those of you looking to marry for the third time meet with opportunity, but should be patient and let love unfold as it will – rushing into a third marriage would be a mistake. Those working towards a fourth marriage seem successful after August. There is much opportunity this year. Finance and Career Though your Money House is not a House of Power this year, this should be a banner financial year. Even if earnings are not as high as you would like, you will live on the scale of someone with a much higher income. Your quality of life will increase. The Cosmos will arrange things so that the trappings of the good life will make their way to you. Career is not especially important and yet you will advance and get pay rises and promotions. A curious para­ dox. This is a year where you see the power of Grace. Hard work and providing the right service to employers and cus­ tomers is important. But advancement and your financial supply come through Grace. 178

LEO

You can play a part in the flow of Grace this year. As mentioned earlier, your inner life is very strong until August. A review of your past financial life and career is strongly advised. Mull over what you’ve done, where you have come from and where you want to go. Review your successes and failures. What could have been done to improve things? What mistakes were made? How would you handle things now in your present state? Confess the mis­ takes, correct them and vow never to repeat them. Then you will be in a good position to handle the new good that is about to come your way. Jupiter in your 12th House until August shows great gen­ erosity, charitable giving and philanthropy. This is a healthy practice so long as you do it systematically and proportion­ ately. As you give, so do you receive. Giving when you feel most broke will shatter ‘poverty complexes’ in the mind. Give with a pure heart and without expectation of return. By this we mean return from the ‘receiver’ of the gift. You can and should expect returns from the Cosmos. Leo is one of the most generous Signs of the Zodiac. But too often people give ‘out of ego’, to make a grand gesture or to exalt themselves. This year, giving in secret, with the left hand not knowing what the right is doing, will produce the greatest benefit. Many Leos are involved in the arts and entertainment fields. These can expect a really great year. Not only are they more creative and inspired, but their work is well received and produces handsome profits. Artists, actors, musicians – performers – will gain added recognition as well. Many will win prizes and awards. Leos are natural speculators. This is a good year for this, especially after August. In these matters, never indulge automatically but let intuition guide you. Mercury is your Financial Planet. Steady readers know that Mercury is a fast-moving planet. In any given year he will move through all the Signs and Houses of your 179

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Horoscope. Thus earnings can and do come in a variety of ways and through various means. These short-term trends will be dealt with in the month-by-month forecasts. The retrograde of Mercury – three times a year – has a special impact on finance. Most of you tend to be ‘impulse buyers’ and, when your intuition is on and your judgement good, your buys tend to be good. But when Mercury is retrograde these tendencies should be curbed. Do more research, more homework – avoid the purchase (especially if it is a big-ticket item) until Mercury goes forward. Mercury will be retrograde from January 18th to February 8th, from May 15th to June 8th, and from September 14th to October 5th. When Jupiter moves into your Sign in August, money can come in all kinds of ways – through pay rises and promotions, speculations, creative projects, because of your appearance and physical demeanour. Even if you are not a professional artist, enhanced creativity will add to your bank balance. Jupiter in Leo shows that your natural star quality is greatly enhanced. Your light shines and your glory fills the universe. You make a positive impact on people and this helps your bank balance. Many earnings opportunities will come just from that. Because you are more, you earn more. Job security seems good both last year and this year. But a Solar Eclipse on June 10th could severely test this. A job change will come, but it could be within your present company. Job-seekers should take a disciplined, calculated ap­ proach. Write your CV, pound the pavements of the brick and mortar world or cyber space and seek out leads. Hard work pays off eventually. Leos who employ others don’t seem to be hiring this year. In fact, a pruning of the workforce seems in order. This could come around the Solar Eclipse of June 10th. Jupiter in Leo shows big spending and big earnings. Strive to keep things in proportion. It also shows a boundless 180

LEO

optimism. And though this is basically good and a major ingredient for success, if overdone it can produce mistakes due to bad or unrealistic judgement. Have your head in the sky by all means, but keep both feet on the ground. Never lose sight of existing conditions and circumstances. Self-improvement Much of what was seen last year still applies now. Very few are as independent, proud and royal as you. Very few have your sense of self-esteem, self-worth and star quality. Yet, in a group or team or organization, these qualities are not so prized. Team work involves some self-effacement. The indi­ vidual must subordinate him- or herself to the good of the group or team. This is a particularly hard thing for a Leo. You can’t help being a star, trying to control and lead. This could cause friction in a group or organization you belong to and you need to be aware of this. This year (like last year) the Cosmos is arranging situa­ tions where you can perfect this part of yourself. The best way to handle these situations is not to deny your own star quality, but to recognize it in others in the group. You are a star and so are they. This practice will eliminate most friction (some friction can’t be avoided) and elevate the level and performance of the whole group. Another area of self-improvement will be in the area of friendships in general. You are learning that real friend­ ship is not a free ride. There are duties and responsibilities involved and you can’t just bow out when things get tough. Friendships will be tested severely now. The good part is that the false and weak ones will dissolve and only the true ones remain. The best way to ensure that you have real and true friends is to be one yourself. This is a great art and your lesson for the coming year.

181

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Month-by-month Forecasts January Best Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 9th, 10th, 19th, 20th, 28th, 29th Most Stressful Days Overall: 7th, 8th, 14th, 15th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd Best Days for Love: 5th, 6th, 14th, 15th, 24th, 25th Best Days for Money: 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 24th, 25th, 26th, 27th, 30th, 31st Most of the planets are in the Western sector this month, Leo. Included here is the Sun, your Ruling Planet. Not only are the planets moving westward, but they’re in their maxi­ mum Western position. The message is clear – your typical Leo attitudes won’t cut it now. Self-will, forcing situations are not the way to your good now. You’ve got to be unLeo this month – cultivating the social graces, seeking con­ sensus in all things and taking a low profile. Even a king or queen has to adapt sometimes. If you manage this you will not only have a successful month but much social popularity as well. This month there is shift of planetary power from below the Horizon of your chart to above the Horizon. By the 20th this shift will be accomplished. In past months you’ve been focusing on home, family and emotional issues and now you will start to focus on your career. Outer ambitions are calling to you. Love, health and work are the dominating interests this month. Health and work dominate until the 20th. After that, love and romance become important. Job-seekers meet with success now – though more research is needed and there could be a few false starts. The pace at work seems slower and conditions seem pleasant. 182

LEO

Money comes from work until the 3rd, after that it comes from social contacts and partners. Health regimes are important and you seem disciplined about them. Keep your spine in good order. Many planets in Air and a Grand Trine in your native Fire element on the 28th and 29th are positive health signals. Still it won’t hurt to rest and relax more after the 20th. Love seems happy, exciting and successful. The Grand Trine in Air on the 5th and 6th brings special joy, and the movement of many planets into your 7th House is also help­ ing. You seem socially aggressive these days. You are on the prowl. Those of you in existing relationships are bending over backwards to please your partner. Singles have a wide variety of love choices – neighbours, friends, financial and scientific types. The problem with love, as it is with so many other areas, is that with so much power in the Air element speech flows freely – whether it be sincere or not. If it is in the mind it is on the tongue. Not wise to take verbal profes­ sions of love or verbal commitments too seriously. This is especially so from the 18th onwards when Mercury goes retrograde in your House of Love. Mercury’s retrograde suggests caution in how you communicate to a loved one or romantic partner. Be clear, mean what you say and say what you mean. A little caution in the beginning can save many blow-ups later on. Mercury’s retrograde is also an important financial signal. Try to wrap up important purchases and investments before the 18th – this especially applies to computers or high-tech equipment. After the 18th you’re better off researching pur­ chases or investments rather than making them. February Best Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 7th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 25th, 26th 183

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Most Stressful Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 10th, 11th, 12th, 18th, 19th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 10th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 19th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd Best Days for Money: 1st, 3rd, 4th, 8th, 9th, 13th, 14th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 27th, 28th Most of the planets are still in the West and your 7th House of Social Activities is still very powerful. Like last month, take a low profile and cultivate the social graces. Put other people first and eschew self-will or power struggles. Much good will come through the good graces of others but you can’t force it. Let it happen as it will. Most of the planets are now above the Horizon and career is becoming ever more important. Until the 12th, career suc­ cess, like financial success, comes from social contacts and networking. Whom you know and how well you are lik ed play a huge role this period. Only remember that this kind of politicking will only open doors for you – ultimately it is your performance that will count. When your Career Planet moves into Pisces on the 12th, it will be your focus and intensity that count. Try not to spread yourself too thin careerwise. Take one project or one goal and focus on that for the rest of the month. Too many projects, too many ambi­ tions, just disperse the energy. You can safely de-emphasize home, family and emotional issues during this period. When you do the right thing, you will feel right. When you are suc­ cessful, home issues will straighten themselves out. There is a lot of Air power this period (like last month) and Mercury will be retrograde until the 8th. Keep in mind last month’s discussion and take verbal professions of love or financial commitments with many grains of salt. Wait for confirmation. After the 14th there are no planets in the Earth element (except for the Moon – and that only occasionally). You are 184

LEO

a free and impulsive spender even when there is a lot of Earth, now you can get out of control. Watch yourself. Take five deep breaths when you are out shopping. Like last month, earnings come through social connec­ tions and contacts. Whom you know plays a huge role in earnings. Earnings come from your partner, partnership activities, joint ventures and the like. Professional investors should look at the high-tech sector. Love is happy and exciting, like last month. A sudden romantic meeting occurs around the 13th. The New Moon of the 12th is also going to clarify all social conundrums. As the month progresses, new information will come that will make your next steps clear. After the 18th, focus on debt repayment, depth psycho­ logy, helping other people prosper, and ridding yourself of excess physical, mental and emotional baggage. A great period for detoxing on all levels. Rest and relax more until the 18th. March Best Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 24th, 25th Most Stressful Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 9th, 10th, 11th, 17th, 18th, 30th, 31st Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 9th, 10th, 11th, 14th, 15th, 19th, 20th, 21st, 24th, 25th Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 22nd, 23rd, 26th, 27th, 30th, 31st A happy and successful month ahead, Leo. Enjoy. Health is improving day by day. Two fortunate Grand Trines in Air (one on the 1st and 2nd, the other on the 28th and 29th) involve Saturn, your Health Planet. Health regimes and diets go well. Personal health problems either 185

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

disappear or ease up. Your ability to heal others is consider­ ably stronger. Health and vitality improve even further after the 20th. The planets are still mostly in the West, so this is still a month for ‘letting go’ and letting the currents of life take you to your goals and bring your good to you. Continue to cultivate your social skills and put other people first. You can’t really make good happen, but you can allow it to happen. Career is becoming more important day by day. There are now 80 to 90 per cent of the planets in the upper half of your chart. Mars will be in your House of Career all month, and next month the 10th House will become even more powerful. Get those career goals off the ground now – March 20th–28th is a great period to initiate important career projects. With so much planetary power behind you, even modest efforts bring disproportionately positive results. Mars in your 10th House shows that you are working hard and fending off competitors. Many of you will have educa­ tional opportunities that could further your career and it seems a good idea to take advantage of them. There is more travelling related to the career. Job-seekers should meet with great success this month – but most especially after the 20th. Likewise, there is success for those who are hiring others. This month, 90 to 100 per cent of the planets will be mov­ ing forward. When Spring hits there will be a lot of power in the Fire element – thus progress in the world and in your life will be swift. Your 8th House (like last month) is powerful until the 20th. Thus this period is good for paying off debt, helping others prosper, cutting costs, personal transformation pro­ jects, weight-loss and detox programmes. Also good for pen­ etrating into the deeper things of life. Psychic and intuitive abilities are strong. This period will also be a fun period, as Jupiter receives beautiful aspects. A dream or intuitive 186

LEO

hunch brings creative ideas and luck in speculations (don’t bet with more than you can afford to lose – it could be that the Cosmos has other ways of enriching you). Finances are unusually good this period – especially after the 2nd. Mercury is forward and moving swiftly. Your finan­ cial confidence and judgement are sound. Decisions tend to be good. Financial intuition is unusually strong. Love is mostly status quo – though two Grand Trines in Air (mentioned above) bring sudden opportunity. April Best Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 11th, 12th, 20th, 21st, 29th, 30th Most Stressful Days Overall: 6th, 7th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 27th, 28th Best Days for Love: 3rd, 4th, 5th, 7th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 23rd, 24th, 25th, 26th Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 8th, 9th, 12th, 13th, 18th, 19th, 22nd, 23rd, 27th, 28th This month, 90 per cent of the planets are forward and your 10th House of Career is one of the strongest Houses in the chart. Like last month, 80 to 90 per cent of the planets are above the Horizon. Let home and family issues slide for a while – give them minimum attention – and focus on your career. Rapid career progress is likely. Short-term career goals are likely to be achieved. Long-term goals will come nearer to fruition. Things at home seem happy – especially until the 13th. The retrograde of your Home and Family Planet all month shows that many issues there are unclear and that only time will resolve them. This month the planetary power makes an important changeover from the Western sector (where it has been 187

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

since the beginning of the year) to the Eastern sector. This doesn’t happen all at once, but the transition should be com­ plete by the 20th. Day by day your dependence on others lessens. Day by day your freedom of action increases and you are more able to change conditions or completely re-create them. Whatever social lessons that needed to be learned in the past three months have been learned and now you’re on to building the Kingdom of your Heart’s Desire. Happily there is more than usual Earth power this month. This is a rarity in 2002. Mercury (your Financial Planet) will be in the Earth Sign of Taurus from the 13th onwards. This is a good time to do whatever shopping you need. Also good for making long-range investments. Your practical sense will be stronger and you will get more for your money. You’re also less likely to overspend. Finances are strong all month. Until the 13th earnings come from foreign lands, foreigners or academia or religious institutions. The financial horizons expand. Many ‘how to’s’ about money are being revealed to you. Professional investors should look at banking, travel companies, longdistance phone companies, steel and athletic equipment until the 13th. Afterwards look at property, agriculture, copper and sugar. After the 13th money comes from the career – perhaps a pay rise or a promotion, perhaps from a successful sale or career achievement. Elders, bosses, parents and even the gov­ ernment are favourably disposed to your financial goals – they grant their favours. Speculations go better after the 20th. Health is good, but rest and relax more after the 20th. Mars’ move near your Health Planet after the 13th shows more sport and vigorous exercise. This is good, but don’t over do it. Love is more stressful this period as your focus is more on career than on love. Much of this will resolve in the coming months, and a good relationship will weather this.

188

LEO

May Best Days Overall: 8th, 9th, 18th, 19th, 26th, 27th Most Stressful Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 11th, 12th, 24th, 25th, 31st Best Days for Love: 3rd, 4th, 13th, 14th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 31st Best Days for Money: 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 25th, 31st Love is improving day by day and, by the 21st, conflicts in an existing relationship should be resolved (at least tem­ porarily). In spite of the fact that most planets are now in the East, your social life is strong and harmonious. Doing what you love, having things your way, doesn’t hurt your social life now. People admire you all the more. Most of the planets are above the Horizon, and Pluto, your Home Planet, is still retrograde. Career still takes prece­ dence over home and family issues. This month, though, the road is not so smooth, and family members could feel mif­ fed by your neglect. They didn’t mind so much when you neglected them because of career demands, but now that you’re neglecting them because of social matters – you are off gallivanting at parties, seminars, meetings, organizations – the fur is ready to fly. Though friendship is important right now, don’t let family think that friends are more important than they are. Mercury, your Financial Planet, goes retrograde on the 15th. On the 21st, the element of Earth (practicality) gets very weak – almost no planets there. Thus you have a dou­ ble signal to research all purchases and investments more thoroughly after the 15th – but especially after the 21st. The element of Air is very strong this month. Mercury is retrograde. People will speak glibly and perhaps rashly. They 189

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

will say things they don’t mean, or say things without any concept of what is needed to back up their words. Be wary of financial or other verbal commitments. Make sure you get confirmation. Be careful of how you communicate to friends and to family after the 15th. Miscommunication with them is more likely. Take more time to be sure that they’ve heard your true message and that you’ve heard what they have said. Take nothing for granted. A little forethought at the begin­ ning will save lots of time and energy later on. Use the retrograde of your financial planet to develop financial patience and to perfect your plans, products and projects. Mercury’s retrograde is wonderful for internal, sub­ jective issues that involve money. Continue to rest and relax more until the 21st. Health and exercise regimes still go well. Team sports or group exercise seem most alluring. As mentioned, friendship is important this month – per­ haps just as important as romance. But the two are intercon­ nected and one could lead to the other very easily. Singles find romantic opportunities at organizations, on line, at semi­ nars and through or with friends. June Best Days Overall: 4th, 5th, 6th, 14th, 15th, 22nd, 23rd Most Stressful Days Overall: 7th, 8th, 20th, 21st, 27th, 28th Best Days for Love: 2nd, 3rd, 10th, 11th, 13th, 14th, 18th, 19th, 22nd, 23rd, 27th, 28th Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 9th, 10th, 12th, 13th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 19th, 20th, 21st, 27th, 28th, 29th, 30th

190

LEO

Day by day your personal power, charisma and magnetism increase. Your ability to have things your way – to have life on your terms – increases as the planets are moving ever closer to their maximum Eastern positions. But an increase in retrograde activity (as much as 40 per cent from the 2nd to the 8th) and two eclipses (on the 10th and 26th) are coun­ selling caution and a wait-and-see attitude. Many planets in your 12th House of Spirituality (as much as 30 to 40 per cent) also suggests a period of planning and re-evaluation. The conditions that confront you and which you are thinking of changing are about to be changed on their own, thus current thinking and plans might not match actual needs or events. The Solar Eclipse of the 10th is the most powerful one on you; be sure to take a reduced schedule a few days before and a day or two after. Though this eclipse is a picnic compared to some of the eclipses you faced in 1998, 1999 and 2000 – it is still strong. Every Solar Eclipse affects your Ruling Planet, the Sun – and every one of them is important in your life. These eclipses bring opportunities to re-define your personality, to make necessary changes in your image and personal appear­ ance and to clean and purify the body. This one is no excep­ tion. But this one occurs near Saturn, your Health and Work Planet. Thus, the eclipse is announcing job and health changes. Employers could have shake-ups in their staff. An upheaval at work brings a new job opportunity to you. Your health regime changes. Many of you change doctors or health plans. Toxins in the body come up for cleansing. This Solar Eclipse happens to occur in the 12th House of Spirituality. Those of you on a spiritual path are changing gurus or meditative practices. Dreams and ESP experiences during the eclipse period should not be taken too seriously as there is much psychic debris being stirred up. Since this eclipse affects Pluto (your Home Planet) many of you could move, or renovate the house. Hidden flaws in the home surface so you can repair them. Sudden expenses in the 191

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

home will not affect wealth long term. Long-simmering issues with family members come up as well. There could be greater-than-usual emotional volatility. (The Lunar Eclipse of the 26th is also affecting the home and family – so this is an issue to watch for.) Be calm while the volatility happens. It is like a storm at sea. Seek shelter and ride it out. Let the waves calm down and the sky clear before jumping into action. The Lunar Eclipse brings pregnancy and perhaps child­ birth for many – those of childbearing age. In many cases it brings long-term change in a creative project or in overall creativity. Relations with children change for the long term – perhaps in ways that are very natural and normal – nevertheless the change is disruptive. Love opportunities are there, but the retrograde of your Love Planet indicates that love needs time and patience to develop. You have seldom looked better and are very attrac­ tive; the problem is more with your partner or lover. July Best Days Overall: 2nd, 3rd, 11th, 12th, 20th, 21st, 29th, 30th Most Stressful Days Overall: 4th, 5th, 6th, 17th, 18th, 24th, 25th Best Days for Love: 2nd, 3rd, 8th, 13th, 15th, 16th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 25th Best Days for Money: 1st, 9th, 10th, 13th, 14th, 17th, 18th, 27th, 28th, 29th, 30th A highly important and spiritual month, Leo. I can almost hear the gears shifting in your life as I study the chart. In the silence, unobtrusively, the Cosmos is rearranging the sets, actors and scenery for the next act of your life. This 192

LEO

month, but especially until the 23rd, is like the interval in a play. Outwardly nothing is happening, but behind the scenes there is a flurry of activity. You are entering a new period in life – a period of great happiness and success. You’re being prepared. A little seclusion, withdrawal from the world and worldly affairs is in order. Those of you who can afford a spiritual retreat should do so. Those who can’t should spend more time in introspection. Review your life, but especially the past year. Look at the ups and downs. Note the progress or lack of progress that has been made. Where would you like to go from here? What would make you truly happy? Confess and correct past mistakes, congratulate yourself on lessons learned, and start your new cycle (which begins on your birthday) with a clean slate. With so many planets in the East, and Jupiter getting ready to enter your own Sign, you are powerful and ener­ gized. Mars’ move into Leo on the 13th is adding even more dynamism to the mix. Lack of power is not the problem now – too much power is. You have to set your course correctly so that this dynamism takes you where you want to go with­ out mishap. Once clear on your goals, proceed boldly to execute them. Short-range goals are easily achieved. You’ll need more patience with long-range goals, but you’ll still see progress by month’s end. The planetary power is getting ready to shift to the lower hemisphere of your chart – career is becoming less impor­ tant – personal fulfilment and emotional harmony are be­ coming ever more important. You will feel this more next month. Right now you are still very ambitious and home and family issues are taking a back seat. Your Career House is now empty and Venus, your Career Planet, moves into your Money House on the 10th. Thus status and prestige are less important; success is measured in monetary terms. 193

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Health is unusually good and exercise and sport regimes go well. Athletes achieve personal bests these days. Love is still complicated as Uranus is still retrograde. And since neither you nor your partner seems in a mood to com­ promise, there seems distance and coolness between you. Singles have no problem attracting the attentions of others. There are ever more ‘love affair’ opportunities on the hori­ zon. It is committed love that is problematic. August Best Days Overall: 8th, 16th, 17th, 25th, 26th, 27th Most Stressful Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 14th, 15th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 28th, 29th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 4th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 30th, 31st Best Days for Money: 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 16th, 18th, 19th, 25th, 30th, 31st The new cycle of happiness, success and good fortune is now in full swing. Those of you born early in the Sign – July 23rd to July 30th – will feel it first. Those of you born later in the Sign will start feeling it in the coming months. Jupiter, who is both the Planet of Wealth and Abundance generically and Lord of your 5th House of Fun, Creativity and Love Affairs, is depositing his gifts on you. And he likes to do things in a big way – especially when he is in Leo. Jupiter is joining many other planets already in your Sign and the happiness you feel is almost manic. The sky is the limit. Any good thing can happen. Self-esteem and selfconfidence soar. Creativity is boundless. Wealth and finan­ cial opportunity increase. Life is the way you want it – a giant playground filled with toys. You have every reason to feel joyful and optimistic. 194

LEO

Manic behaviour should be avoided, however, as it tends to lead to mental mistakes. The emotions over-ride the mind, mistakes are made through over-enthusiasm, which then leads to the consequences of mistakes – pain and depression. Try to keep your feet on the ground through all of this. Boldly create your Nirvana on earth now. Go for the gold. This is a month of sensual and personal pleasure. Pamper yourself. You look great and feel great and are having life on your own terms. Always creative, this period you are much more so. The ideas that come through are both beautiful and profitable. This is also a month for travel and leisure activities. Enjoy. With the planets now mostly below the Horizon there is a yearning for emotional harmony and fulfilment. You will start giving these issues more weight. What good is career success if you can’t feel right about yourself and are emo­ tionally off-balance? The simple pleasures of home and hearth look more alluring every day. Money is coming to you in great abundance and from many directions. There is luck in speculations. Creative pro­ jects bring both happiness and earnings. Assets you own are worth more. Increased self-esteem and greater energy bring opportunities that were once not feasible. You are earning more and also spending more. Happily, with many planets in Virgo after the 23rd you will be able to be rational about spending. Watch the overspending before the 23rd. Opportunities for love affairs are plentiful, but committed love is still complicated – like last month. Love needs time and space to develop as it should. September Best Days Overall: 4th, 5th, 12th, 13th, 22nd, 23rd Most Stressful Days Overall: 10th, 11th, 17th, 18th, 24th, 25th 195

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Best Days for Love: 1st, 9th, 10th, 17th, 18th, 19th, 20th, 28th, 29th, 30th Best Days for Money: 1st, 4th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 12th, 17th, 18th, 22nd, 27th, 28th Another basically happy month in a happy period. Many of the trends written of last month are still in effect. Most of the planets are still below the Horizon and most of them are still in the East. Self-fulfilment, independence and emotional harmony are the areas to be cultivated this month. The forward motion of 70 to 80 per cent of the planets assures rapid progress towards your goals. Finances are a bit more difficult this period than last month. Earnings come, but more work and effort are need­ ed. Family disputes can arise over money, free-spending ways and controversial financial decisions. Perhaps your strong (and rightful) focus on finance makes friends and family feel they are second fiddle. Mercury, your Financial Planet, goes retrograde on the 14th. With a Grand Trine in Air (communication) all month, previous warnings bear repeating. Verbal commitments and glib verbal statements are not to be taken too seriously – especially after the 14th. Seek confirmation. Major purchases and investments are better off done before the 14th. After the 14th you can plan financial strategy or research purchases and investments. Be patient with financial delays or projects. Use the delays to perfect your product, service or plan. Both the Sun and Mars in your Money House indicate a speculative bent. Leo is speculative without any planetary help – just by being a Leo. So, there is a need to calculate risks better and hedge your bets. Don’t gamble or invest more than you can afford to lose, and always follow intuitive guidance. Finance is important this month, but allow time for your health and exercise regimes. Health is good all month, but you want to keep it that way. 196

LEO

Your 3rd House of Communication and Intellectual Interests becomes very, very powerful after the 23rd. When you combine this with the power in the Air element – 50 to 60 per cent of the planets are there – you are right in the midst of a mammoth gab-fest. Phone bills are likely to soar. Students do well in school; salespeople, teachers and writers also have a banner month. Your intellect is finely tuned. Learning goes well. There is more local, domestic-type travel this period. Venus, the Planet of Love and Beauty, moves into your 4th House on the 8th. A great period for beautifying and redecorating the home. Family gatherings and entertain­ ing from home should also go well. Good communication (which you should have these days) is definitely improving the family relationship. Love is happier after the 23rd, but it’s still not advisable to rush or push things. Love affairs of the uncommitted kind are still plentiful. October Best Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 9th, 10th, 19th, 20th, 29th, 30th Most Stressful Days Overall: 7th, 8th, 14th, 15th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd Best Days for Love: 6th, 7th, 8th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 25th, 26th, 27th Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 9th, 10th, 14th, 15th, 19th, 20th, 24th, 25th, 29th, 30th, 31st Though you look great and have great personal appeal, love gets even more complicated after the 10th. Both of your Love Planets – Venus (the generic Ruler of Love) and Uranus (your actual Love Planet) are retrograde at the same time. 197

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Your social confidence is not what it should be and impor­ tant love decisions are better off delayed. Enjoy what you have now for what it is and don’t try to project into the future. The retrograde of these Love Planets doesn’t mean that you won’t have a social life – you will – only that glitches arise. Irksome events. You plan a date and the car runs out of petrol and you miss it, or your lover is called away on an emergency. When social confidence is lacking the tendency is to be fearful or overly cautious in love – and this puts a further damper on a delicate situation. Don’t feel that you have been singled out – with Venus retrograde many, many people are feeling the same way. Try to avoid needless travel, especially from the 15th to the 22nd. Necessary travel must be undertaken, but elective trips are better avoided or minimized during this period. Like last month, the bulk of planetary power is below the Horizon. Your 4th House is even stronger than last month. Find your emotional comfort zone and stay there as much as possible. From this zone you can pursue other activities – and be successful. Venus’ retrograde shows that career issues are in abeyance – things are developing behind the scenes – and you can safely de-emphasize them. If you’re redecorat­ ing or buying furniture for the home, best to wait until next month when Venus (and Mercury) will be moving forward. Right now you can research these things. Venus is also your Communication Planet – her retrograde in your 4th House indicates a need to be more careful in communicating with family members. Miscommunication is the main cause of emotional blow-ups. Relations with children are more deli­ cate than they’ve been over the past few months. The planets start shifting to the Western sector this month, but the full transition will take another month or so. The planetary power is about equally balanced between East and West. The era of complete self-will is about over. You are entering a period where you can enjoy the conditions you have created. If you’ve created well, things will be 198

LEO

enjoyable and you will have no need to change anything. If there were mistakes and miscalculations, you will need to adapt more. In the meantime there will be times when you can take independent action and times when you will be more dependent on others. Health is good, but rest and relax more after the 23rd. November Best Days Overall: 6th, 7th, 15th, 16th, 25th, 26th Most Stressful Days Overall: 4th, 5th, 10th, 11th, 18th, 19th Best Days for Love: 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 10th, 11th, 13th, 14th, 21st, 23rd, 24th Best Days for Money: 1st, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 25th, 26th, 27th, 28th With most of the planets below the Horizon and your 4th House of Home and Family the most powerful in the Horoscope (until the 22nd), the need to establish a stable and happy home life, strengthen family relationships, create a zone of emotional harmony and set up the psychological basis for future career growth are indicated. Since you have been de-emphasizing career matters of late, a Lunar Eclipse on the 20th is indicating some career change. I read this is a positive. If your career has not come from a space of emo­ tional harmony and tranquillity, it will change to one that is closer to your ideal. Job changes could happen within your company or with another one. Some of you might even take a totally new career path – perhaps working from home or in a family-type business. Those of you born late in the Sign of Leo – August 13th to 23rd – will feel this eclipse the strongest. You later Leos should take a reduced schedule a few days before and a few days after the 20th. 199

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

This Lunar Eclipse is showing changes in your philan­ thropic and charitable attitudes. Perhaps there is an upheaval in a spiritual or charitable organization you’re involved with and your relationship with it changes. Perhaps you change meditation techniques or gurus. Health is more stressful this period, so be sure to rest and relax more until the 22nd. Vitality, joy and good fortune return with a vengeance after the 22nd, which is one of the happiest periods of your year. There is a repetition of August – and the focus will be on personal pleasure, leisure activities, love affairs and creativity. A very happy and profitable period – but let’s get through the rough spots until the 22nd. Both Love Planets are still retrograde until the 4th. But things are getting easier in love day by day. Your Love Planet (Uranus) will go forward on the 4th. Venus will go forward on the 21st. A current relationship starts moving forward again. Social confidence returns. After the 22nd the Sun starts to make happy aspects to your Love Planet – and there is more harmony and unity with the beloved. Singles have an abundance of romantic opportunities. Love affairs, as over the past few months, are plentiful – but after the 22nd there is opportunity for more serious love. A month-long Grand Trine in Air is also bringing happiness and opportu­ nity in love. Wealth soars after the 19th. Mind your spending, though, as there are no planets (except for the Moon, occasionally) in Earth Signs this month. You’ll need the extra cash as you’re spending more on the home and the family. December Best Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 22nd, 23rd, 31st Most Stressful Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 8th, 9th, 15th,

16th, 29th, 30th

200

LEO

Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 8th, 9th, 10th, 11th, 20th, 21st, 29th, 30th Best Days for Money: 3rd, 4th, 12th, 13th, 15th, 16th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 25th, 31st This month there’s an interesting chart pattern called ‘a bucket’. Jupiter and Saturn are the handles, while the rest of the planets form the bucket itself. This makes Jupiter and Saturn more prominent than usual and meriting more attention. Through creativity, fun and joy (Jupiter, the Lord of your 5th Solar House) and work (Saturn, the Lord of your 6th Solar House) you will lift up the rest of your chart (life). This is another happy month in a happy year. A big party and much entertainment. The punch doesn’t stop flowing (and then only slightly) until the 22nd. Like the end of last month it is a period of personal and sensual pleasure, leisure activities and love affairs. With almost no planets in Earth Signs until the 8th there are few ‘down-to-earth’, practical concerns that could stop the party. Normally high spirits are even higher. Always a ‘showman’, this month you are more so. The life and soul. Even a Solar Eclipse on the 4th can’t dampen your high spirits – this eclipse is basically benign, though you will rede­ fine your personality and change your image. Some of you might move or make important changes in the home. But the end result is fortunate. Most of your planets are in the Western, social sector, which shows that you are adapting to situations rather than creating them. But the conditions of life are good and you seem well content. Planets in the West are certainly not hurting finances, which again are soaring. The money this month is happy money. Christmas booty seems unusually large (as compared to past years). Money comes as you pur­ sue leisure activities, create, give joy to others or speculate. 201

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Most of the planets are still below the Horizon, and Mars and Venus are in your 4th House. Home, family and emo­ tional issues take priority over your career. Children, espe­ cially, are important this month. Mars and Venus in your 4th (both moving forward) make it an excellent period for redecorating, beautifying or doing heavy construction in the home. The eclipse of the 4th reinforces this – and could pre­ cipitate it. Love is getting better every day – this time you, not your partner, are the unserious, playful one. Singles have options – opportunities for both ‘fun-and-games’ affairs or more serious love. Health is good all month.

202

Virgo

 THE VIRGIN Birthdays from 22nd August to 22nd September

Personality Profile VIRGO AT A GLANCE Element – Earth Ruling Planet – Mercury Career Planet – Mercury Love Planet – Neptune Money Planet – Venus Planet of Home and Family Life – Jupiter Planet of Health and Work – Uranus Planet of Pleasure – Saturn Planet of Sexuality – Mars Colours – earth tones, ochre, orange, yellow Colour that promotes love, romance and social harmony – aqua blue 203

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002 Colour that promotes earning power – jade green Gems – agate, hyacinth Metal – quicksilver Scents – lavender, lilac, lily of the valley, storax

Quality – mutable (= flexibility)

Quality most needed for balance – a broader

perspective

Strongest virtues – mental agility, analytical

skills, ability to pay attention to detail,

healing powers

Deepest needs – to be useful and productive

Characteristic to avoid – destructive criticism

Signs of greatest overall compatibility – Taurus,

Capricorn

Signs of greatest overall incompatibility – Gemini, Sagittarius, Pisces Sign most helpful to career – Gemini Sign most helpful for emotional support – Sagittarius Sign most helpful financially – Libra Sign best for marriage and/or partnerships – Pisces Sign most helpful for creative projects – Capricorn Best Sign to have fun with – Capricorn Signs most helpful in spiritual matters – Taurus, Leo Best day of the week – Wednesday 204

VIRGO

Understanding a Virgo The virgin is a particularly fitting symbol for those born under the Sign of Virgo. If you meditate on the image of the virgin you will get a good understanding of the essence of the Virgo type. The virgin is, of course, a symbol of purity and innocence – not naïve, but pure. A virginal object has not been touched. A virgin field is land that is true to itself, the way it has always been. The same is true of virgin forest: it is pristine, unaltered. Apply the idea of purity to the thought processes, emo­ tional life, physical body, and activities and projects of the everyday world, and you can see how Virgos approach life. Virgos desire the pure expression of the ideal in their mind, body and affairs. If they find impurities they will attempt to clear them away. Impurities are the beginning of disorder, unhappiness and uneasiness. The job of the Virgo is to eject all impurities and keep only that which the body and mind can use and assimi­ late. The secrets of good health are here revealed: 90 per cent of the art of staying well is maintaining a pure mind, a pure body and pure emotions. When you introduce more impuri­ ties than your mind and body can deal with, you will have what is known as ‘dis-ease’. It is no wonder that Virgos make great doctors, nurses, healers and dietitians. They have an innate understanding of good health and they realize that good health is more than just physical. In all aspects of life, if you want a project to be successful it must be kept as pure as possible. It must be protected against the adverse elements that will try to undermine it. This is the secret behind Virgo’s awesome technical proficiency. One could talk about Virgo’s analytical powers – which are formidable. One could talk about their perfectionism and their almost superhuman attention to detail. But this would be to miss the point. All of these virtues are manifestations 205

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

of a Virgo’s desire for purity and perfection – a world with­ out Virgos would have ruined itself long ago. A vice is nothing more than a virtue turned inside out, misapplied or used in the wrong context. Virgos’ apparent vices come from their inherent virtue. Their analytical pow­ ers, which should be used for healing, helping or perfecting a project in the world, sometimes get misapplied and turned against people. Their critical faculties, which should be used constructively to perfect a strategy or proposal, can some­ times be used destructively to harm or wound. Their urge to perfection can turn into worry and lack of confidence; their natural humility can become self-denial and self-abasement. When Virgos turn negative they are apt to turn their devas­ tating criticism on themselves, sowing the seeds of selfdestruction. Finance Virgos have all the attitudes that create wealth. They are hard-working, industrious, efficient, organized, thrifty, pro­ ductive and eager to serve. A developed Virgo is every employer’s dream. But until Virgos master some of the social graces of Libra they will not even come close to fulfilling their financial potential. Purity and perfectionism, if not handled correctly or gracefully, can be very trying to others. Friction in human relationships can be devastating not only to your pet projects but – indirectly – to your wallet as well. Virgos are quite interested in their financial security. Being hard-working, they know the true value of money. They do not like to take risks with their money, preferring to save for their retirement or for a rainy day. Virgos usually make prudent, calculated investments that involve a mini­ mum of risk. These investments and savings usually work out well, helping Virgos to achieve the financial security they seek. The rich or even not-so-rich Virgo also likes to help his or her friends in need. 206

VIRGO

Career and Public Image Virgos reach their full potential when they can communicate their knowledge in such a way that others can understand it. In order to get their ideas across better, Virgos need to de­ velop greater verbal skills and fewer judgemental ways of expressing themselves. Virgos look up to teachers and com­ municators; they like their bosses to be good communica­ tors. Virgos will probably not respect a superior who is not their intellectual equal – no matter how much money or power that superior has. Virgos themselves like to be per­ ceived by others as being educated and intellectual. The natural humility of Virgos often inhibits them from fulfilling their great ambitions, from acquiring name and fame. Virgos should indulge in a little more self-promotion if they are going to reach their career goals. They need to push themselves with the same ardour that they would use to fos­ ter others. At work Virgos like to stay active. They are willing to learn any type of job as long as it serves their ultimate goal of finan­ cial security. Virgos may change occupations several times during their professional lives, until they find the one they really enjoy. Virgos work well with other people, are not afraid to work hard and always fulfil their responsibilities. Love and Relationships If you are an analyst or a critic you must, out of necessity, narrow your scope. You have to focus on a part and not the whole; this can create a temporary narrow-mindedness. Virgos do not like this kind of person. They like their part­ ners to be broad-minded, with depth and vision. Virgos seek to get this broad-minded quality from their partners, since they sometimes lack it themselves. Virgos are perfectionists in love just as they are in other areas of life. They need partners who are tolerant, open-minded 207

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

and easy-going. If you are in love with a Virgo do not waste time on impractical romantic gestures. Do practical and useful things for him or her – this is what will be appreciated and what will be done for you. Virgos express their love through pragmatic and useful ges­ tures, so do not be put off because your Virgo partner does not say ‘I love you’ day-in and day-out. Virgos are not that type. If they love you, they will demonstrate it in practical ways. They will always be there for you; they will show an interest in your health and finances; they will fix your sink or repair your video recorder. Virgos deem these actions to be superior to sending flowers, chocolates or St Valentine’s cards. In love affairs Virgos are not particularly passionate or spontaneous. If you are in love with a Virgo, do not take this personally. It does not mean that you are not alluring enough or that your Virgo partner does not love or like you. It is just the way Virgos are. What they lack in passion they make up for in dedication and loyalty. Home and Domestic Life It goes without saying that the home of a Virgo will be spot­ less, sanitized and orderly. Everything will be in its proper place – and don’t you dare move anything about! For Virgos to find domestic bliss they need to ease up a bit in the home, to allow their partner and kids more freedom and to be more generous and open-minded. Family members are not to be analysed under a microscope, they are individuals with their own virtues to express. With these small difficulties resolved, Virgos like to stay in and entertain at home. They make good hosts and they like to keep their friends and families happy and entertained at family and social gatherings. Virgos love children, but they are strict with them – at times – since they want to make sure their children are brought up with the correct sense of family and values. 208

VIRGO

Horoscope for 2002 Major Trends The past year has been challenging, Virgo, and the trend continues this year. The Cosmos is not punishing you, only toughening you up, forging a more perfect instrument for its expression. Transcendent love (greater than you can imag­ ine) is at the root of all this. Last year was a work and career year, and the same is true in 2002. Though you are not inclined to have fun, you should create a space for it – for leisure activities and creativ­ ity. All work and no play can dull the mind. Many of you are striving to blend fun with the career – to make your work fun. A great goal to strive for, and you should see some success in this. When we look at the year as a whole, we find that your native element – the element of Earth – is the weakest in the Horoscope. There will be many periods where there are no planets (or only one) in this element. Thus (as with Taurus and Capricorn) ‘practical, down-to-earth’ virtues are not in vogue. You might feel unappreciated or under-appreciated. The dreamers, theorists and idea people capture all the glory while the practical, down-to-earth people are ‘sniffed at’. Hold the line and be true to yourself. These are the times when you are most needed. Without your virtues these abstract ideas and dreams will never be born on earth – it takes the genius of Earth to give them substance, reality and tangibility. It is precisely because people are all ‘up in the air’ and impractical that they need some anchoring force. You are it. The time for recognition will come. In the meantime, serve in silence. Your social life is more about friendship than romance this year. More on this later. Spirituality grows after August 1st, as Jupiter moves into your 12th House. You can expect great inner progress then, 209

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

and an initiation (or opportunity for it) into the ‘exalted life’. Your most important areas of life in the coming year are: Home and family, career and the balancing of family and career, health and work, friendships, group activities and organizations, and spirituality (after August 1st). Your paths of greatest fulfilment are: career, friendships, group activities and organizations, spirituality. Health Health is always important to you, Virgo. Even if your 6th House were empty, this would be true. But this year it is the strongest House in the Horoscope. Health becomes superimportant. The number one priority in your life. This is as it should be. Many Virgos are in the health professions – this, too, is as it should be. Those of you who are, will have an unusually busy year. With two long-term planets stressing you out, health and vitality are not up to their usual standards. Thus, the focus on health is understandable. The fact that you do focus on this – that you do make it a priority – is in itself a positive health signal. Things would be much worse if you just ignored it. Virgos are great analysts in any field – but especially in health. This has some very positive effects, as once the cause of a problem is known, the right medicine can be applied. But this year, too much analysis might be a hindrance. Much of what you feel, the ache here or there, the twinge, the various feelings in your body are not coming from some specific cause, but are merely side-effects of lowered vitality. When energy is low there is greater susceptibility to oppor­ tunistic invaders. Innate vulnerabilities which wouldn’t nor­ mally manifest start acting up. The ability to resist disease is lowered. And it is fruitless to search for causes for every little 210

VIRGO

symptom when the real cause is lack of energy – the primal disease. From an astrological perspective it seems wiser to build up the energy of the entire body rather than treat individ­ ual symptoms. If we strengthen the whole, the parts get strengthened naturally. Also much time and energy are wasted tracking down the causes of symptoms when this same time and energy could be applied to the solution – maximizing life-force and energy. Energy is like the petrol in your car. When it runs out you must stop and refuel. No use trying to run the car, as you can make things even worse – you could get stuck far from home in some desolate place. So, rest and relax more. Listen to your body. When you rest and sleep, learn to do so efficiently – in a completely relaxed way. Focus on the priorities in your life and let lesser things go. You can’t do everything, be everywhere and please everybody. Choose what’s important and focus on that. You have plenty of energy for what you need to do, but not enough for side issues. Work more efficiently and with less expenditure of ener­ gy. Organize your day and workload better. Sometimes the mere shifting of different projects saves time and energy. Watch for tension in the body when you work – especially in the neck and shoulders. When you notice these tensions, try to consciously relax them. Visualize them relaxed, or massage the back of your neck for a few moments. Talk less and listen more. Think less and be aware more. Give your hands and fingers regular massage treatments. This can be done anywhere and it is unobtrusive. This sends energy to the whole body. Massage the scalp regularly. (This too sends energy to the whole body.) Avoid arguments, conflict and power struggles. Avoid being judgemental or condemnatory. The body is a miraculous organism that can heal itself of anything. Many healings which should occur, don’t, because the energy is not there. The energy has been sapped 211

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

by frivolities – being judgemental, condemnation, idle thoughts, idle gossip, mismanagement of time and negative emotional states. When these energy leaks get ‘plugged’, watch how your vitality and sense of well-being soar. What’s just been outlined are the basics of 21st-century medicine. Uranus is your Health Ruler and he is strongly positioned and well aspected – another positive health signal. Your ankles (like last year) need to be given more support – espe­ cially for those of you who indulge in vigorous exercise or sport. Regular ankle massage would also be beneficial. Neptune (which rules the feet) is in your House of Health for years to come. Foot massage, foot baths and the like will also yield beneficial results. Experimenting in health matters is probably a pleasurable thing for you, Virgo, and you’ll have ample opportunity for this in the coming years. You seem open to new and unorthodox systems and techniques. As long as you do your homework, they seem beneficial. Home, Domestic and Family Issues The 4th House of Home and Family is a House of Power this year – and has been for many years now. Jupiter in the Sign of Cancer is fostering this interest. Home, family life and domestic interests are basically happy but are being complicated by your career focus. Like so many others you are working hard to juggle both. You can’t ignore either but must give each its proper due. This means, at times, disappointing the boss and at other times disap­ pointing a loved one. Very difficult to please everyone all the time. You’re in one of those situations where you’re damned if you do and damned if you don’t. The solution is to do what seems fair in your mind and let the chips fall where they may. In many cases you will have to choose between the lesser of two evils. But this is all part of your Cosmic training. 212

VIRGO

Jupiter is your Home and Family Planet. In the Sign of Cancer he is in his exaltation – his highest and most power­ ful expression. Thus, in spite of everything there is good family support. You give and receive emotional support – and in a powerful way. In spite of your career focus you are striving mightily (and more or less succeeding) at being a good parent or family member. Much psychological insight is gained this year. You meet friends who are like family to you, and your family circle is likely to expand through births and marriage. Pluto in the 4th House and Jupiter in your 11th House show some ‘emotional separation’ from the family. I’m read­ ing this as a good thing. It means you are striving for a looser, more rational approach with them than in the past. Gut emotional reactions are not the best way to handle family issues this year. You need some distance, some space, some clear thinking. You are trying to cultivate an atmosphere of ‘friendship’ in the family – a sense of teamwork – instead of the normal gut-level connection. You want to eliminate the sense of ‘bondage’ to them and replace it with friendship, co-operation, freedom and teamwork. As mentioned in past years, Pluto in your 4th House is indicating long-term transformation of the family pattern and relationships. This has been going on for some years now and will continue for many years to come. In some cases there have been deaths in the family which have changed the pattern. In other cases there has been physical separation. In still other cases there have been shifts in the family dynamics – shifts in the balance of power – which have changed your relationships there. Family attitudes are changing. Pluto is working to improve the family unit, but first much dross and rubbish have to go. These long-term trends will be triggered into action by two eclipses in your 4th House. One occurs on May 6th (a Lunar Eclipse) and the other (a Solar Eclipse) occurs on December 4th. 213

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Like last year, depth psychology is an important interest. Pluto in the 4th House will push out the negative destructive emotional impulses while Jupiter in Cancer will bring in the positive and exalted ones. Much psychological progress was made last year, and even more will be made this year. On a mundane level, the 4th House Ruler in his Sign of exaltation indicates a move to larger quarters, a fortunate purchase or sale of a home, an increase in the overall pros­ perity and status of the family, and new and big-ticket items for the home. Jupiter in Cancer is very fruitful, so women of childbearing age are more fertile this year. (They could be even more fertile in August, when Jupiter moves into Leo – the Sign that rules children.) Many of you are buying high-tech equipment and gad­ getry for the home – updating and modernizing it. Pluto in the 4th House shows deep renovations and repairs in the home. It could also show the purchase of a rundown property and its complete renewal and redesign. For many of you this could be a good business opportunity – buying old properties and renovating them. When Jupiter moves into your 12th House on August 1st, family issues will be a spur of spiritual growth. The problems and the pains then become the greatest blessings, as they teach new things and open new areas of the mind. In many cases there will be a search for one’s spiritual family – we all have one – and the finding of it. There is a feeling that your biological family is not meeting all your needs, hence the urge to find a spiritual family. A parent is undergoing important life changes and is per­ haps contemplating surgery (a second opinion is called for). Your parents’ marriage seems stressful and in crisis. There is a conflict between a parent and one of your siblings – no short-term solution in sight; time alone will resolve it. Almost anytime this year will be good for buying, selling, renovating or redecorating the home. But there are times that are especially good. May 20th to July 10th is particularly 214

VIRGO

good for redecorating and beautifying the home. It is also good for family gatherings and for entertaining from home. May 28th to August 19th is especially good for construction projects and major repairs. Love and Social Life The 7th House of Love and Marriage is not a House of Power this year. I expect the status quo to prevail. Marrieds will remain married, singles will remain single. But don’t feel that you are bound by the status quo. The lack of planets in this House is also giving you great freedom to shape this area as you will. The Cosmos is not denying a marriage, only deemphasizing it in favour of other things. Usually this state of affairs indicates that there is a con­ tentment with things as they are and little desire to change. Neptune is your Love Planet. He rules your love life from the Sign of Aquarius for many years to come. This shows some instability in romance – unstable affections. Yet this also brings many happy love surprises – when you least expect them. This position is not the best for a marriage in that there is a great desire for freedom. Non-binding rela­ tionships work best with this aspect. In some cases freedom (or a relative degree of it) is possible within a given relation­ ship – these kinds of things are good. Love affairs seem better aspected than serious romances. Again, these things find you at the office or workplace – likely with a superior. Neptune rules your love life from the 6th House of Health and Work. This shows that you find love at the workplace, with co-workers, employees or bosses. Visits to the doctor’s surgery, dental hygienist or healer can also bring romantic meetings. Your Love Planet in the 6th House indicates a desire for ‘purity’ in love – a desire to analyse your relationship and to rid it of anything which is not love. This is a positive trait, 215

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

but can be exasperating when overdone. In many cases Virgos are so busy analysing every detail, nuance and ges­ ture of the beloved that there is no time to actually enjoy the relationship. No need to overdo the analysis, Virgo, life events will force up impurities in a natural way. That will be the time to analyse and cleanse. In the meantime, enjoy the mood and magic of romance. Your Love Planet in the 6th House also shows that a healthy relationship and social life are as important to you as physical health; that love issues could overly impact on your health. Strive, therefore, to keep your social life in harmony. Those of you in or working towards a second marriage will see things maintain the status quo this year. A Lunar Eclipse on November 20th could shake up a second marriage but it doesn’t seem strong enough to destroy it. It will be a good opportunity to air the dirty linen and make corrections. Those of you working on a third marriage meet with very good opportunities this year – especially until August. Something significant is underway. This person seems like a parental figure or mentor-type figure. Friendships seem happier and more important than romance. If we judge your social life by the new friends you are making and your social activity with them, it looks good indeed. What’s interesting about friendships this year is that there is both quality and quantity. Who needs hordes of false or lukewarm friends? The ones you meet now are like fami­ ly rather than friends. They give much-needed emotional support and have important psychological information to impart. Children of marriageable age could tie the knot this year. Whether or not they actually marry, they are involved in a serious romance. Grandchildren of marriageable age meet with good opportunities after August. The marriage of siblings maintains the status quo. 216

VIRGO

Important romantic and social periods this year are: January 19th to March 20th (both the Sun and Venus aspect your Love Planet and move through your House of Love), April 25th to June 21st (the Sun and Venus make nice aspects to your Love Planet), August 7th to September 8th (Venus makes beautiful aspects to your Love Planet), and September 23rd to October 23rd (the Sun makes nice aspects to your Love Planet). Finance and Career Your 2nd House of Finance is not a House of Power this year, and earnings and the way you earn them should main­ tain the status quo. Lack of interest is both a financial liability and a sign of prosperity. When there is lack of interest there is little drive to overcome the obstacles necessary to increase or enhance wealth. But often this lack of interest comes from a form of contentment. Earnings are pretty much the way you want them to be and you have little need to make changes, rock the boat or exert yourself. Different Virgos are experiencing different sides of this equation. Venus is your Money Planet and she will move through most of the Signs and Houses of your Horoscope in the year ahead. Thus earnings, and earnings opportunities, will come in different ways and through different people. Spending patterns will also vary on a short-term basis. These will be discussed in the month-by-month forecasts. Venus will spend an unusual amount of time in your 3rd House from September 8th till the end of the year. This would indicate earnings opportunities from sales, marketing, teaching, communications and writing. Perhaps a special project (involving the above) comes to you and enhances earnings. Perhaps opportunities to trade will come your way. Since Venus will also go retrograde during this period, there will be many ups and downs. This will be more chal­ lenging than it might seem. 217

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Since your 6th House is very powerful, most of you will be gainfully employed and earnings will come that way. Job-seekers have an easy time of it. Job opportunities seem abundant. There could be all kinds of job changes ahead, but this job instability has been going on for some years and by now you are used to it. A part of you enjoys the challenge of a new job and new working conditions. Job-seekers meet with good fortune in high-tech indus­ tries or in the high-tech departments of other industries. Your 10th House of Career is very prominent this year. Saturn is firmly established there all year. This shows driving ambition, the acceptance of responsibility, managerial posi­ tions and the need for managerial skills, and a focus on true and enduring achievement. Nothing less than real achieve­ ment will cut it now. Those of you who work hard will gain promotions and pay rises, for Saturn is always just. Those who try to cut corners or evade responsibility will be ham­ mered by circumstances. Like last year, Saturn in the 10th House indicates a demanding boss. He or she is fair, but tough. You feel like you’re being stretched beyond your limit. Saturn is also the Lord of your 5th House of Fun, Creativity and Love Affairs. This has various meanings and all of them are true to some degree. A love affair with a boss or an employee is very likely (this was seen last year too). There is an attempt (and a valid one) to make your career and work fun – to learn to enjoy the pressure and to find the humour in pressure situations. This is the best way to handle a Saturn transit in the 10th House. Many Virgos will be doing much entertaining in the line of duty – taking out clients, customers, co-workers and the like. Virgos with chil­ dren will be motivated to succeed and to endure the pres­ sure by their kids – their sense of responsibility to them (this in spite of the fact that the kids might not appreciate it). Career success will come not just from hard work, but from taking calculated risks. Wild casino-like risks will not 218

VIRGO

pay off careerwise, but calculated ones will. You have to measure the odds and prepare an escape route if things don’t work out. Children are ambitious this year too, and many of you are just as ambitious for them as you are for yourselves. Many Virgos are having babies this year, and many want to make child-rearing their career. Some positive financial periods in the coming year will be January 18th to 20th, February 12th to March 8th, May 20th to June 14th, and October 23rd to November 22nd. Self-improvement Spirituality is going to become important after August 1st. This will be a period in which you learn to enjoy your own company, to become comfortable and happy in your own skin. This doesn’t mean loneliness, but a learning to enjoy yourself – by yourself. When you enjoy your own company, others will too. More seclusion during this period would be normal. We’re not talking about becoming a hermit, but just increasing the time you give to yourself. This is a period to build the underpinnings of future happiness and success. This is a time to review the past, see where you have come from, where you are and where you want to go. What past event would you like to change? Are there regrets in your mind? Guilt? Where would you like to go and how do you think you can get there? These are important questions. The best way to deal with the past is to confess and correct. You don’t need to punish yourself or hate yourself – just correct the error and vow never to repeat it. If you have wronged others, perhaps there is a way to rectify this. If you don’t see the way immediately, the way will be indicated at a future time. The important thing is to get right with the Higher Power and clear the slate for the future. One of the challenges of such a spiritual period is that you are also ambitious in a worldly sense. Spiritual values and 219

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

worldly values are often at odds. So, your ambitions could conflict with your spiritual urges and vice versa. If you medi­ tate regularly you will see a way to blend them – where one supports the other. Some of the corporate virtues, such as organization, discipline and efficiency, could be easily applied to your inner life. Some of the virtues of your inner life, such as compassion, patience and unconditional love, could be applied in corporate affairs. Perhaps you can balance a corporate or worldly career with charitable activities – this too would be an interesting blend. Both urges need to be given their due.

Month-by-month Forecasts January Best Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 30th, 31st Most Stressful Days Overall: 9th, 10th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 24th, 25th Best Days for Love: 5th, 6th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 24th, 25th Best Days for Money: 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 24th, 25th, 26th, 27th Though two cosmic heavies (Saturn and Pluto) are stressing you out, you will be able to find the joy in life this month. It is always there ready to be recognized, but sometimes we need help in seeing it. Many benefic planets in your 5th House are guiding you along.

220

VIRGO

This is a month for sensual delights, parties, entertain­ ments, amusements and leisure activities of all sorts. Enjoy. You deserve a break. When joyful opportunities arise, take them. After the 20th you’ll be working hard again. The planetary power is mostly in the Western sector this month. Even Mercury, your Ruler, is there. Further, Mercury goes retrograde on the 18th, weakening your selfconfidence somewhat and causing a ‘wait-and-see attitude’ in many areas (a healthy attitude, I think). This combination suggests the avoidance of excess self-will (this doesn’t mean that you become a doormat for other people), power strug­ gles or too much independent action. This is a period for living with conditions you’ve created in the past, changing what can be changed and adapting to the rest. It is a period for cultivating your social graces and putting other people first. Your way is probably not the best way these days. Seek consensus in all that you do. Let your good come to you as it will – probably through others – and when it will. Float serenely on the tides of life. Learning this technique (float­ ing with the tide rather than resisting it) will conserve much energy, improve your health and bring your good faster than trying to ‘make things happen’ prematurely or out of pique. Most of the planets are below the Horizon of your chart. Mercury, who is also your Career Planet, goes retrograde on the 18th. Saturn is retrograde in your 10th House of Career. The message is clear – leave career issues in abeyance and focus on building the psychological infra-structure for future career expansion – a stable home and family base and a point of emotional harmony. You won’t be able to ignore career completely – not with Saturn anchored in your 10th House – but you can de-emphasize and shift the focus. Health is good all month, and health and exercise regimes go especially well. Your 6th House of Health is very strong after the 20th, and you are doing what you love – focusing on health, diet, fitness regimes and the like. 221

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Mars in your 7th House until the 18th shows a stormy love life – power struggles going on between you and your spouse or in an existing relationship. This is not something to encourage or feed right now – but you might not be able to avoid it completely. Minimize it as much as possible. Friendships are important and happy. Finances are strong all month. February Best Days Overall: 8th, 9th, 18th, 19th, 27th, 28th Most Stressful Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 7th, 13th, 14th, 20th, 21st Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 13th, 14th, 15th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 13th, 14th, 22nd, 23rd Like last month, the planetary power is still very much in the West, and the need to adapt to situations and go with the flow is still very strong. Your 7th House of Love is strong this month and much improved over last month. Mars, the Planet of Strife and Power, has left, and Venus, the planet of Love and Harmony, has moved in. Love and social popular­ ity are increased. And, with many planets in the West, this translates into greater good through and from other people. (Your bank balance is definitely enhanced through this.) The planetary power is shifting from the lower half of the Horoscope to the upper half. You are in a transitional stage for most of the month – wavering between focus on career and focus on emotional harmony. You’re not sure whether it’s better to ‘feel right’ or to ‘do right’. Both are important. The month begins with most of the planets below the Horizon. On the 12th, Venus moves above the Horizon; on 222

VIRGO

the 18th, the Sun follows. By next month the planetary power will have completed its shift and your focus will be mostly on your outer objectives in the world. Venus in your 7th House indicates romantic love and romantic love opportunities. It also shows money through your spouse, partner or lover – and from social connections and contacts. Venus (your Financial Planet) is in the intui­ tive and sensitive Sign of Pisces from the 12th onwards. This indicates a powerful financial intuition and a sensitivity to the nuances and esoterica of finance – you sense and know all the fine points. Venus in Pisces is her most romantic and tender position. Many of you will experience the peaks of love this month. The downside is that Venus is so sensitive that the merest gesture, thought or chance remark can send her into a tail­ spin. This is the danger to love now. Be more tolerant of the hypersensitivity of your partner and act quickly to smooth things over. Your own personal hypersensitivity is also a fac­ tor in love – you are much too easily hurt. But once you understand these pitfalls you can avoid them and enjoy the romantic highs. Few positions can express or experience the full range of love emotions as Venus in Pisces can. Work is still important, especially until the 18th. Health regimes and health interests continue to be successful. Mercury, your Ruling Planet, goes forward on the 8th – increasing your self-confidence and bringing clarity to your personal goals. It also clarifies your career aspirations and the next steps to take. Your career is starting to move for­ ward this month (Saturn in your 10th House also moves forward on the 8th). Long-stalled issues are becoming unstalled. Your hard (and seemingly productive) work is starting to pay career dividends. When the planetary shift to the upper half of the Horoscope is complete next month, career progress will be even swifter.

223

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

March Best Days Overall: 7th, 8th, 17th, 18th, 26th, 27th Most Stressful Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 12th, 13th, 19th, 20th, 21st Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 9th, 10th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 19th, 20th, 21st, 24th, 25th, 28th, 29th Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 25th, 28th, 29th, 30th, 31st You’ve worked hard last month, and now it’s time for some romance. You are in one of the strongest (if not the strongest) social periods of your year. This is a time where singles can meet a significant other and where marrieds can be more romantic together. New friends also come into the picture and there is more general socializing (party-going and the like) as well. Singles find love at the workplace or at the usual places – parties and gatherings. Museums, art galleries and the like are also good meeting grounds. Mercury, your Ruling Planet, moves speedily this month – and spends most of the month in your House of Love. You are socially aggres­ sive, seeking out what you want and letting interested parties know your feelings. Social popularity is helped by your going the extra mile for others. The New Moon of the 14th is also helping romance by clarifying the whole situation and bring­ ing you all the information you need for a happy romantic life – this will happen as the month progresses. The pace at work eases off. Job-seekers should have met with good success last month, and there are still good aspects this month. Those who are employing others also attract good people these days. By the 11th, the upper hemisphere of your chart becomes more powerful than the lower hemisphere. Ambitions are 224

VIRGO

getting stronger. Doing right leads to feeling right. The focus is on your career and professional status. Good progress will be made, but your love interests (and social life) pose a chal­ lenge. Love can be a full-time job in itself – and your career can suffer as a result. Rest and relax more until the 20th. Hopefully all these health regimes you’ve been on have given you the stamina to weather the stresses of this period. Still and all, work to become energy efficient. Invest your energy – physical, emo­ tional and mental – wisely and for maximum return. Your 8th House becomes very powerful on the 20th. This is a good time to pay off some debt, pursue projects of selftransformation and re-birth, break addictions and negative habit patterns and get rid of excess emotional and material baggage. Venus, your Financial Planet, will move into the 8th House on the 8th and be there for the rest of the month. This shows a need to help others prosper, and that money comes from the largesse of your spouse or partner. A good period to trim financial waste and cut overall expenses. Money comes from your ability to see value where others can’t – you have a special knack for this now. April Best Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 5th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 22nd, 23rd Most Stressful Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 8th, 9th, 10th, 16th, 17th, 29th, 30th Best Days for Love: 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 23rd, 24th, 25th Best Days for Money: 3rd, 4th, 5th, 8th, 9th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 18th, 19th, 23rd, 24th, 25th, 27th, 28th

225

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Like last month, the planetary power is mostly above the Horizon. Your career is not only more active, but actually hyperactive after the 13th. You can and must focus more on your career, yet family members are not appreciative. Tempers could flare at home. Keeping all sides happy is a big challenge these days. Career seems very competitive now. There are threats not only to your position, but to the position of the company as a whole. You are fending off competitors and defending your position. Some harmony comes to your career when Venus moves into your 10th House on the 25th. Could be your efforts are recognized by the higher-ups and a pay rise or bonus is in store. Bosses and superiors have other ways of rewarding you aside from the obvious ones. They could give you a perk or a contact that puts money in your pocket. For most of the month the planets are still very much in the Western sector – so keep in mind discussions of previous months. Very shortly the balance of power will change – it starts shifting by month’s end, but not completely. Your power to act independently is increasing day by day. Pretty soon you won’t need to adapt and adjust to conditions but will be able to take the initiative and create new and better ones. In the meantime, continue to put other people first and don’t force issues. Your 8th House continues to be powerful until the 20th. Review last month’s discussion of this. With Mercury, your Ruler, in this House until the 13th, weight-loss and detox programmes go even better than mentioned. Though you are working hard careerwise, there will be plenty of happiness this month. Your spiritual life is expand­ ing. Philosophical revelations come to you. Educational and travel opportunities are coming your way. Your horizons expand and this always brings optimism and happiness. One of the keys to how we feel is our perspective on things. When our perspective is large, optimism is the natural 226

VIRGO

result. When our perspective is constricted (something Virgos are prone to), pessimism is the usual result. Finances are unusually good. Venus moving through your 9th House until the 13th indicates big wealth ideas and large wealth concepts. You are not thinking of mere survival these days, but of big wealth – opulence. Further, the 9th House is a House of ‘revelation’, thus you are seeing how to translate your urges into practical programmes and steps. Venus (your Money Planet) in Taurus until the 13th is very good for shopping, investing and strategizing about money. Your judgement is practical and sound. You are less likely to overpay for things. You get value for money. Professional investors should study property, agriculture and telecommunications during this period. Love will improve after the 13th, and by the 25th will be happy. Having 50 to 60 per cent of the planets in Air Signs is helping matters. You find it easy to communicate with those you love, and easy to strike up a conversation with someone you want to meet. Love finds you as you pursue educational opportunities and your career ambitions. Office romance is more likely after the 13th. May Best Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 11th, 12th, 20th, 21st, 28th, 29th Most Stressful Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 7th, 13th, 14th, 26th, 27th Best Days for Love: 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 13th, 14th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 31st Best Days for Money: 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 25th

227

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Many planets forward (90 per cent until the 13th), many of them on angles of your chart (along the 4th/10th House axis) and a Lunar Eclipse on the 26th foretell much action, tumult and change in the month ahead. This is a hectic month and yet you need to rest and relax more. Most of you are too busy to rest as much as you should, so you will have to remember the discussion in the Horoscope for 2002/Health section about becoming energy efficient. The things written in that section are very important this month and need to be put into practice. Most of the planets are above the Horizon and your 10th House of Career is the most powerful one in the chart – 50 to 60 per cent of the planets will either be there or move through there this month. This is highly unusual, to say the least. Career is active and demanding. Home and family issues are being ignored (and you almost can’t help it) and the family situation could be de-stabilized by this. There is tension between career demands and domestic demands. Tempers are flying in both places. Many of you will make great career progress – perhaps more than you can realize at the moment. The Lunar Eclipse of the 26th is going to blow away obstructions to your path – perhaps even force you into a new job or new career path more in harmony with you. We never really know whether we’re suited for something unless we’ve been placed under pressure. How the pressure is handled is revelatory and tells you much about your true desires and true life’s work. When someone is on the right career path, the pressure, though not comfortable, can be handled. The love of the path gives that ‘extra something’ we need to overcome. Where the love is lacking, that extra something is not there and the tendency is to succumb to the pressure. This is a month where your career path gets tested. Welcome the revelations that this brings. The Lunar Eclipse of the 26th occurs in your 4th House of Home and Family. In many cases this signals a move or 228

VIRGO

long-term change in the family relationship. Flaws in the home – things that have been there for some time – are forced to the surface so that you can deal with them. It’s important that you take a reduced schedule from the 21st onwards, but especially a day or two before the eclipse and for a day or two afterwards. You will have to discrimi­ nate sharply between activities that are absolutely necessary and those that are elective. Reschedule the elective ones. Happily, finances are not affected by all this tumult. There are actual earnings windfalls happening after the 20th. Love goes well and there seems to be good support (emotional and otherwise) from your spouse or partner. Romantic opportunities are abundant, too – again at the office or through the pursuit of your career. Neptune, your Love Planet, starts to retrograde on the 13th – but love aspects are so good that even a few complications and glitches can’t dampen it. June Best Days Overall: 7th, 8th, 16th, 17th, 24th, 25th, 26th Most Stressful Days Overall: 2nd, 3rd, 9th, 10th, 22nd, 23rd, 29th, 30th Best Days for Love: 2nd, 3rd, 9th, 10th, 13th, 14th, 18th, 19th, 22nd, 23rd, 27th, 28th, 29th, 30th Best Days for Money: 2nd, 3rd, 12th, 13th, 14th, 18th, 19th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 29th, 30th The change and tumult continue this month, Virgo, so be sure to keep your seat belt fastened and enjoy the ride. Happiness this month comes from enjoying the change and the turmoil. Joy is a spiritual force that is not dependent on conditions. You can contact it any time if you know how, and let it leaven circumstances and events. 229

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Two eclipses keep the month lively. The first is a Solar Eclipse on the 10th, the second is a Lunar Eclipse of the 24th. Of the two, the Solar Eclipse is the more powerful and you should take a reduced schedule – about two days before and a day after. (A reduced schedule is called for until the 21st, but even more so around the eclipse period.) The Solar Eclipse of the 10th affects your career. Issues not resolved by last month’s Lunar Eclipse are getting resolved now. Career change is imminent. You should welcome it when it comes. A parent or parental figure also undergoes a crisis – a personal crisis. This person will be changing his or her image, appearance and self-concept. Toxins in the body will be forced to the surface for cleansing. The eclipse could change your career by creating upheavals in your corporate hierarchy – sudden, shocking things. Perhaps a boss leaves, or perhaps your company is part of a merger or take-over. The rules and landscape of the company changes. Those of you involved in creativity also experience a shift in your style or your focus. Children and relationships with them are changing over the next six months – these are not small changes either, but they can come from positive things – a graduation, a move to university or a new job. The birth of children (for those of childbearing age) also causes career and home disruptions. The Lunar Eclipse of the 24th also involves children and your relationship with them. All Lunar Eclipses tend to test current friendships. It’s good that these things get tested periodically so that you can either strengthen the friendship by fixing flaws or get out of it gracefully. Happily, health is much improved over last month – but a reduced schedule is called for until the 21st. Friendships are happy in spite of the testings brought on by the eclipse. New friends – and good ones – are coming into the picture. Friendship is more satisfying and joyous than romance right now. Your Love Planet is retrograde and your spouse or lover needs more space. 230

VIRGO

Both Venus and Jupiter in your 11th House show more financial windfalls and the meeting of new friends who sup­ port your financial goals. Money and financial opportunities come from organizations you belong to and networking. Professional investors should study property and high-tech industries now. Venus and Jupiter conjunct in your 11th House indicates that your fondest financial hopes and wishes are now coming to pass. July Best Days Overall: 4th, 5th, 6th, 13th, 14th, 22nd, 23rd Most Stressful Days Overall: 1st, 7th, 8th, 20th, 21st, 27th, 28th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 7th, 8th, 13th, 15th, 16th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 25th, 27th, 28th Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 9th, 10th, 13th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 22nd, 23rd, 27th, 28th The recent excitement of the eclipses concealed some very important positive astrological events. Most of the planets (in the past month or so) have shifted to the Eastern sector of your Horoscope. Now that the dust is settling from the eclipses, you have a changed landscape ahead of you. First, you discover that previous conditions and circumstances – all of which seemed eternal and binding – were nothing more than chimeras. Your need to adapt to things – real at the time – is no longer a necessity. You find yourself equipped with power, independence and freedom of action. You can have things your way. You can create life as you want it to be. Now is the time to begin. Of course, it is always good to be on good terms with others, but you are in a period where others are not shaping your destiny. It’s up to you now. Go for what you truly want and you’ll find that others will start adapting to you. 231

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Most of the planets are above the Horizon of your chart, and your worldly ambitions are still intense. This interest will wane over the next month or so, but for now it is strong. Things at home should be settling down – though a move could still happen. But this move would be ‘anti­ climactic’ – it was a done deal before and now you’re going through the motions. Continue to pursue career goals and de-emphasize domestic responsibility – keep it to the minimum. There are almost no planets in Earth until the 10th. (Last month there was also weakness in the Earth element – your native element.) Thus your practical, down-to-earth virtues are out of style. People spend as if there were no tomorrow. They are careless in their purchases and slipshod in their expectations. As with your Taurus and Capricorn brethren, this is the time when you are most needed. You will have to supply some practicality to the world. Venus will move into Virgo on the 10th. She will be the only planet (with the exception of the Moon, and that only occasionally) in Earth. So, keep in mind what was said above. Venus is your Financial Planet. Her move into Virgo makes that period better for shopping and important pur­ chases (especially if you are buying clothing or personal accessories or health products). Before the 10th she is in the free-spending Sign of Leo – and you are apt to overpay or be careless in purchases. In Virgo, Venus will ensure that you get value for money. Until the 10th money comes from intuition, dreams and the connections you make as you get involved in charitable functions and projects. Gurus, astrologers and psychics have important financial guidance for you. After the 10th money comes from your own efforts, from taking the initiative in financial affairs and projects and from your personal appear­ ance and general demeanour. Dressing right, projecting the right image seem ultra-important for earnings – more so than usual. 232

VIRGO

Love is stormy after the 13th and a current relationship is being tested. There is a power struggle going on and that is never good for love. You and your beloved seem distant, separate, going your own ways. A good relationship will weather this period. Perhaps a little distance is good for love now – it cools passions and gives you both time to think. August Best Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 10th, 18th, 19th, 28th, 29th Most Stressful Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 16th, 17th, 23rd, 24th, 30th, 31st Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 30th, 31st Best Days for Money: 7th, 8th, 12th, 13th, 16th, 17th, 25th, 26th A bittersweet month, but more sweet than bitter. A month­ long T-square in the Mutable Signs adds tension and stress and makes your attempts to balance home, career, children and personal desires much more volatile. Let’s face it, you’re not going to please everybody. Whatever course you follow will bring criticism or displeasure from certain quarters. Do what you think is right – keep a sense of proportion – and let the chips fall where they may. The Cosmos will judge your motives and sincerity. Now to the sweet part. Most of the planets are in the East and many of them are in your own Sign of Virgo. You and your virtues are back in style. You are vindicated for past suggestions and statements. Health and self-esteem are much improved. You are in a position to change conditions to your liking. Most of you will pursue a course of selffulfilment during this period – and you deserve it – only remember the kickback that comes at the job or at home. 233

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

You can have life on your terms now – but you have to work a little harder for it. Spirituality has now become an important interest. Jupiter moves into your 12th House of Spirituality on the 1st – joining many other planets already there. Before you embark on creating conditions, take some time for reflec­ tion, meditation and introspection. Take time to become internally clear – then when you launch your projects you will proceed with confidence. Venus is in your Sign until the 7th, bringing money and sensual delights. On the 7th she moves into your Money House where she is very powerful on your behalf. Women, friends and partners are supportive of your financial goals. You are taking a more personal interest here too – putting your attention on these things. This is a positive. Venus in your Sign brings glamour and style to your image. Many other planets in Virgo bring energy, magnetism and an ‘other-worldly allure’. Mars moving into your Sign on the 29th brings dynamism, courage and steadfastness. Seldom have you been more attractive than now. The test­ ing of love now shouldn’t bother you, as you are in a strong self-esteem position. Even if a relationship fails the test, it seems no problem to attract new love into your life. Mercury moving speedily shows self-confidence and much personal progress in your life. This is a month for spiritual growth, sensual delights and academic success. September Best Days Overall: 6th, 7th, 14th, 15th, 24th, 25th Most Stressful Days Overall: 1st, 12th, 13th, 19th, 20th, 27th, 28th Best Days for Love: 1st, 8th, 9th, 10th, 17th, 18th, 19th, 20th, 27th, 28th, 29th, 30th 234

VIRGO

Best Days for Money: 1st, 4th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 12th, 19th, 20th, 22nd, 29th, 30th The heavenly T-square written of last month is still in effect all month. Your challenge is to make enough time to be per­ sonally happy and yet satisfy the needs of bosses and family members (especially children). A sense of proportion will see you through. Like last month, most of the planets are in the Eastern sector, and your own Sign of Virgo is strong. You are still in a good position to have things your way and to create life as you desire it to be. Your way is best now. It is true that fami­ ly and career responsibilities seem to put a damper on per­ sonal freedom – but the truth is that these are part of your personal freedom. You wanted family and career and now you’ve got to make them co-operate with you. Health is good this month. Mars in your own Sign gives you extra energy. You excel in exercise and sports. You get things done very quickly. Personal magnetism and selfconfidence are strong. Mars in your own Sign sometimes creates impatience and a tendency to hurry. Stay focused in all your activities. Also mind your temper. If you lose it, there’s a price to pay later on. This is still a month of personal fulfilment and sensual delight. Even your family and career responsibilities are a form of personal fulfilment. Happily, in spite of the Grand Trine in Air (all month) there is more Earth in the Horoscope until the 23rd. Thus, ‘pie in the sky’ ideas can be made practical and workable. Your virtues are still in style. The planets have now shifted to the lower half of your Horoscope. Family and emotional issues are becoming more important and career is becoming less so. With Saturn in your 10th House you won’t be able to ignore career com­ pletely, but you can safely de-emphasize it and shift the proportion of your attention. 235

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Finances are very strong. This will be a banner financial month. But Mercury retrograde in your Money House from the 14th onwards suggests that you take better care commu­ nicating about financial matters or with people involved in your finances. Don’t take anything for granted. If you’re in doubt, confirm, confirm and confirm again. As mentioned, communication is important in finances this month, and with Mercury retrograde there are compli­ cations here. Try to get all mailings, important sales efforts and the like finished before the 14th. Venus (your Financial Planet) moves into Scorpio on the 8th. This gives you great insight into finances – a sort of instant insight into what is good, bad or indifferent. Weird dreams from the 24th to the 28th shouldn’t be taken too seriously. The Sun is re-stimulating an eclipse point. October Best Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 12th, 13th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 31st Most Stressful Days Overall: 9th, 10th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 24th, 25th Best Days for Love: 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 24th, 25th, 26th, 27th Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 16th, 17th, 19th, 20th, 26th, 27th, 29th, 30th The T-square written about for the past two months will dis­ sipate by the 15th. Home, family and career issues should be resolved by then. There is a greater sense of co-operation between these areas now. In the meantime keep the juggling act going. Most of the planets are still in the East, and Mars will be in your own Sign until the 15th. Much of what was said last 236

VIRGO

month still applies. Work to build conditions as you like them, trust yourself (though it will be more difficult when Mercury is retrograde up to the 6th) and hew your own path in life. You are here to be happy and fulfilled, and you’ve been given the ideas and tools to achieve this. Let the world adapt to you. Like last month, Mars in your own Sign gives you energy, sex appeal and personal magnetism. But continue to mind your temper and beware of impatience. There’s a ‘thin red line’ that separates real self-confidence from ‘bullying and blustering’. Don’t cross that line. Finances are strong again this month, and again more complicated – perhaps even more so than last month. Mercury goes forward on the 6th and enters your Money House on the 11th. This will improve communications about finances and with those involved in your financial life – on the other hand, Venus (your Financial Planet) goes retro­ grade on the 11th and will be that way for the rest of the month. And, where does she go retrograde? Your 3rd House of Communication. So again there is this need to be ultracareful in communications about finances and with those involved with your finances. Miscommunication can be very expensive – so a little care at the beginning can save much later on. Venus retrograde weakens your financial confi­ dence somewhat – but it won’t stop earnings from happen­ ing. Your Money House is very strong these days. Sales and marketing programmes should be re-thought, improved, sharpened before you put them into motion. Purchases and investments need more study these days – and this is a good period to plan financial strategy or major purchases rather than actually making them real. Risk-taking Mars enters your Money House on the 15th – but best to resist the urge. Mars will goad you into action – into making financial goals happen immediately, while what you really need is a ‘wait-and-see’ attitude. Definitely avoid speculations from the 17th to the 22nd. 237

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Mars leaving your Sign on the 15th is a good signal for love. Excessive self-will and personal aggressiveness prob­ ably hampered things. There are many love opportunities for singles this period – they come as you pursue your financial goals. The Grand Trine in Air all month also helps love. A stuck relationship starts moving forward again on the 20th. November Best Days Overall: 1st, 8th, 9th, 18th, 19th, 27th, 28th Most Stressful Days Overall: 6th, 7th, 13th, 14th, 20th, 21st Best Days for Love: 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 10th, 11th, 13th, 14th, 20th, 21st, 23rd, 24th Best Days for Money: 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 23rd, 24th, 25th, 26th, 29th, 30th Though Mars in your Money House all month is urging you to act, take risks, force profits or earnings to happen, Venus’ retrograde in your 3rd House is counselling the opposite – slow down, study more, wait and see, get the facts, etc. The latter seems the wiser course. If you can’t refrain from speculating, then do so with a small percentage for your portfolio or with harmless amounts. Or hold off on your risk-taking until Venus goes forward on the 21st. Things will be clearer then. Be patient in the meantime. Earnings will still come, but there could be delays. Work to cut costs, pay off debt and become financially healthier. Get rid of excess possessions that only clutter up space. When Venus goes for­ ward on the 21st, 90 per cent of the planets will be forward, and so there will be rapid progress towards your goals – financial and otherwise. As in the past few months, the planets are mostly in the East. Continue taking the initiative in life (wherever possible) 238

VIRGO

and follow your own course to happiness. Consensus opin­ ion is probably wrong for you these days. This is the time to be an individual. There are no planets in your native element of Earth this month – this combined with Venus’ retrograde suggests the avoidance of major purchases or investments. Your practical judgement is not up to its usually high standards. In the world at large, your virtues are again out of style. You will have to be strong to be true to yourself. Most of the planets are still below the Horizon, and your 4th House of Home and Family gets powerful after the 22nd. Thus domestic duties and responsibilities are taking priority over your career. You correctly realize that true career suc­ cess is almost impossible unless you have a stable home base. Now is the time to get it in order. Saturn retrograde in your House of Career (the only planet that will be retrograde for the entire month) indicates that many career issues are in abeyance and can safely be de-emphasized. Family relations are bittersweet now. Communicating with family members seems unusually difficult until the 22nd. Thus there are needless conflicts over money, career and spiritual/philosophical issues. These are temporary. With your Family Planet in your 12th House, the family experience (both the good and the bad) is the key to inner growth. Many of you will discover that you’ve had a long history with family members even before you were born. Many ancient scenarios are being played out now. Love too is bittersweet, but will improve after the 22nd. You and your beloved seem out of synch – wanting to do different things and having different needs. Perhaps finan­ cial disagreements complicate your love life as well. More planets moving into the Western sector will improve love as you become less self-willed and more into compromise and consensus.

239

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

December Best Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 15th, 16th, 24th, 25th Most Stressful Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 10th, 11th, 17th, 18th, 19th, 31st Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 8th, 9th, 10th, 11th, 17th, 18th, 20th, 21st, 27th, 28th, 29th, 30th Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 10th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 27th, 28th, 29th, 30th, 31st Rest and relax more until the 22nd, and bear in mind the Health discussion of the Horoscope for 2002 section (page 210). A shift of planets to the Western sector (not yet com­ plete) also suggests a need to temper self-will and needless power struggles. Most of the planets are below the Horizon, and your 4th House of Home and Family is unusually strong – especially until the 22nd. Saturn is still retrograde in your 10th House. Thus, focus on the home and emotional issues and give your career minimum attention – do what you have to do, but devote more of your attention to the home. A Solar Eclipse on the 4th is reinforcing everything already mentioned. It occurs in your 4th House of Home and Family and seems stressful on you. By all means take a reduced schedule a few days before and after this eclipse. In many cases this eclipse is signalling a move or major reno­ vation of the home. If you’ve been plagued by things like faulty wiring, plumbing or ‘underworld creatures’, this is the time to take action. The eclipse will force these flaws to the surface, leaving you no choice but to deal with them. In many cases the eclipse is going to bring good to you – a move or sale of the home is basically a good thing – yet it is also disruptive and stressful. Eclipses are unusual in that they have an element of ‘compulsion’ about them. Things 240

VIRGO

cannot be delayed – our course is set and there is little we can do about it. In many cases this eclipse will affect your career, as it occurs on the axis of the Home and Career. A career change or shake-up would not be a surprise. Cars and communica­ tion equipment should be checked out too. It is normal to feel ‘weird and edgy’ during an eclipse period. Sometimes people (especially the sensitive ones) feel them as much as two weeks before the event. It’s nor­ mal, also, to have ‘weird dreams’ during an eclipse period. Observe all these things, but don’t take them too seriously. Psychic energies are being boiled up by the eclipse. Day-to-day emotions can be volatile when an eclipse is affecting you – try to stay above the fray. Watch your energy. Love is much improved, though with Mars stressing your Love Planet there could be emotional outbursts and conflict. Keep your perspective. The good outweighs the problems in your relationship and in your love life in general. Now that Venus is moving forward, finances are going better. Money comes through communication – sales, mar­ keting, media activities and the like. Enjoy all the partying after the 22nd. A happy period.

241

Libra

 THE SCALES Birthdays from 23rd September to 22nd October

Personality Profile LIBRA AT A GLANCE Element – Air Ruling Planet – Venus Career Planet – Moon Love Planet – Mars Money Planet – Pluto Planet of Communications – Jupiter Planet of Health and Work – Neptune Planet of Home and Family Life – Saturn Planet of Spirituality and Good Fortune – Mercury Colours – blue, jade green Colours that promote love, romance and social harmony – carmine, red, scarlet 242

LIBRA

Colours that promote earning power – burgundy, red-violet, violet Gems – carnelian, chrysolite, coral, emerald, jade, opal, quartz, white marble Metal – copper Scents – almond, rose, vanilla, violet Quality – cardinal (= activity) Qualities most needed for balance – a sense of self, self-reliance, independence Strongest virtues – social grace, charm, tact, diplomacy Deepest needs – love, romance, social harmony Characteristic to avoid – violating what is right in order to be socially accepted Signs of greatest overall compatibility – Gemini,

Aquarius

Signs of greatest overall incompatibility – Aries,

Cancer, Capricorn

Sign most helpful to career – Cancer

Sign most helpful for emotional support – Capricorn

Sign most helpful financially – Scorpio

Sign best for marriage and/or partnerships – Aries

Sign most helpful for creative projects – Aquarius

Best Sign to have fun with – Aquarius

Signs most helpful in spiritual matters – Gemini,

Virgo

Best day of the week – Friday

243

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Understanding a Libra In the Sign of Libra the universal mind – the soul – expresses its genius for relationships, that is, its power to harmonize diverse elements in a unified, organic way. Libra is the soul’s power to express beauty in all of its forms. And where is beauty if not within relationships? Beauty does not exist in isolation. Beauty arises out of comparison – out of the just relationship between different parts. Without a fair and har­ monious relationship there is no beauty, whether it be in art, manners, ideas or the social or political forum. There are two faculties humans have that exalt them above the animal kingdom: their rational faculty (expressed in the Signs of Gemini and Aquarius) and their aesthetic faculty, exemplified by Libra. Without an aesthetic sense we would be little more than intelligent barbarians. Libra is the civilizing instinct or urge of the soul. Beauty is the essence of what Librans are all about. They are here to beautify the world. One could discuss Librans’ social grace, their sense of balance and fair play, their ability to see and love another person’s point of view – but this would be to miss their central asset: their desire for beauty. No one – no matter how alone he or she seems to be – exists in isolation. The universe is one vast collaboration of beings. Librans, more than most, understand this and under­ stand the spiritual laws that make relationships bearable and enjoyable. A Libra is always the unconscious (and in some cases con­ scious) civilizer, harmonizer and artist. This is a Libra’s deep­ est urge and greatest genius. Librans love instinctively to bring people together, and they are uniquely qualified to do so. They have a knack for seeing what unites people – the things that attract and bind rather than separate individuals.

244

LIBRA

Finance In financial matters Librans can seem frivolous and illogical to others. This is because Librans appear to be more con­ cerned with earning money for others than for themselves. But there is a logic to this financial attitude. Librans know that everything and everyone is connected and that it is impossible to help another to prosper without also prosper­ ing yourself. Since enhancing their partner’s income and position tends to strengthen their relationship, Librans choose to do so. What could be more fun than building a relationship? You will rarely find a Libra enriching him- or herself at someone else’s expense. Scorpio is the Ruler of Libra’s Solar 2nd House of Money, giving Libra unusual insight into financial matters – and the power to focus on these matters in a way that disguises a seeming indifference. In fact, many other Signs come to Librans for financial advice and guidance. Given their social grace, Librans often spend great sums of money on entertaining and organizing social events. They also like to help others when they are in need. Librans would go out of their way to help a friend in dire straits, even if they have to borrow from others to do so. However, Librans are also very careful to pay back any debts they owe, and like to make sure they never have to be reminded to do so. Career and Public Image Publicly, Librans like to appear as nurturers. Their friends and acquaintances are their family and they wield political power in parental ways. They also like bosses who are pater­ nal or maternal. The Sign of Cancer is on Libra’s 10th House (of Career) cusp; the Moon is Libra’s Career Planet. The Moon is by far the speediest, most changeable planet in the Horoscope. It alone among all the planets travels through the entire 245

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Zodiac – all 12 Signs and Houses – every month. This is an important key to the way in which Librans approach their careers, and also to what they need to do to maximize their career potential. The Moon is the Planet of Moods and Feelings – Librans need a career in which their emotions can have free expression. This is why so many Librans are involved in the creative arts. Libra’s ambitions wax and wane with the Moon. They tend to wield power according to their mood. The Moon ‘rules’ the masses – and that is why Libra’s highest goal is to achieve a mass kind of acclaim and popu­ larity. Librans who achieve fame cultivate the public as other people cultivate a lover or friend. Librans can be very flexible – and often fickle – in their career and ambitions. On the other hand, they can achieve their ends in a great vari­ ety of ways. They are not stuck in one attitude or with one way of doing things. Love and Relationships Librans express their true genius in love. In love you could not find a partner more romantic, more seductive or more fair. If there is one thing that is sure to destroy a relationship – sure to block your love from flowing – it is injustice or imbalance between lover and beloved. If one party is giving too much or taking too much, resentment is sure to surface at some time or other. Librans are careful about this. If any­ thing, Librans might err on the side of giving more, but never giving less. If you are in love with a Libra make sure you keep the aura of romance alive. Do all the little things – candle-lit dinners, travel to exotic locales, flowers and small gifts. Give things that are beautiful, not necessarily expensive. Send cards. Ring regularly even if you have nothing in particular to say. The niceties are very important to a Libra. Your rela­ tionship is a work of art: make it beautiful and your Libra 246

LIBRA

lover will appreciate it. If you are creative about it, he or she will appreciate it even more; for this is how your Libra will behave towards you. Librans like their partners to be aggressive and even a bit self-willed. They know that these are qualities they some­ times lack and so they like their partners to have them. In relationships, however, Librans can be very aggressive – but always in a subtle and charming way! Librans are deter­ mined in their efforts to charm the object of their desire – and this determination can be very pleasant if you are on the receiving end. Home and Domestic Life Since Librans are such social creatures, they do not par­ ticularly like mundane domestic duties. They like a wellorganized home – clean and neat with everything needful present – but housework is a chore and a burden, one of the unpleasant tasks in life that must be done, the quicker the better. If a Libra has enough money – and sometimes even if not – he or she will prefer to pay someone else to take care of the daily household chores. However, Librans like gar­ dening; they love to have flowers and plants in the home. A Libra’s home is modern, and furnished in excellent taste. You will find many paintings and sculptures there. Since Librans like to be with friends and family, they enjoy entertaining at home and they make great hosts. Capricorn is on the cusp of Libra’s 4th Solar House of Home and Family. Saturn, the Planet of Law, Order, Limits and Discipline, rules Libra’s domestic affairs. If Librans want their home life to be supportive and happy they need to develop some of the virtues of Saturn – order, organization and discipline. Librans, being so creative and so intensely in need of harmony, can tend to be too lax in the home and too permissive with their children. Too much of this is not always good; children need freedom but they also need limits. 247

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Horoscope for 2002 Major Trends Last year was basically an easy and successful year, and the trend continues this year. Career success is especially pro­ nounced in 2002 – especially until August. After August (when we presume that your career is where you want it), the emphasis will shift to friendships, networking, group activities and organizations. One of the fruits of career suc­ cess and status is the kind friends you make, and you will start to enjoy this aspect of success later on in the year. Studying the year as a whole, we find that your native element of Air is the strongest element. There are Grand Trines in your element almost every month of the year. Some of these Grand Trines last for as long as a month, some only for a few days. These are wonderful indicators for health, good fortune and overall happiness. Your mental virtues, your ability to communicate beautifully and clearly are very much in vogue. Writers, communicators and mar­ keting people will have an exceptional year. Students and teachers likewise. Secondary school students and teachers will have it easier than university students. Your already strong communication abilities get even stronger and are appreciated in the marketplace. As mentioned, this is an easy year. You attain goals with little of the effort, stress and strain that most people go through. But when Jupiter moves into Leo on August 1st, the ease and harmony will increase even further. You sail towards your goals with a good wind at your back and calm seas ahead of you. The most important areas of life in the coming year are: communication and intellectual interests, fun, creativity, children and love affairs, religion, philosophy, higher educa­ tion, foreign travel and metaphysics, career, friends, group activities and organizations (these last two after August 1st). 248

LIBRA

Your paths of greatest fulfilment this year are: religion, metaphysics, philosophy and higher education (but there’s hard work involved here), travel to foreign lands, career, friendships, group activities and organizations. Health With the exception of Jupiter, every long-term planet is making harmonious aspects to you Libra. And, after August 1st, even Jupiter will move into harmonious alignment. These are, overall, amazingly good health aspects. Further, your 6th House of Health is not a House of Power and you have little need to pay much attention to this part of your life. Sure, there are going to be periods when health is better or worse – these fluctuations come from the short-term transiting planets. When they are kind to you, health is super; when they are stressful, health is less good. But these are short-term trends and, when they pass, health reverts back to its easy, harmonious state. As mentioned earlier, your native element of Air is the strongest element in the coming year. There will be Grand Trines in your native Air element almost every month. These are all positive health signals for you. As with all good things there is a downside. Much power in the Air element will stimulate your intellect and mental powers – a good thing. But it could also lead to over- or hyper-stimulated thought. Too much of this could cause insomnia (due to a racing mind) or other illnesses due to lack of energy – the thought energy could sap energy needed by other systems of the body. So, it won’t hurt to learn to turn the mind off when not in use. Practise awareness with­ out thought. Thoughts can come, but don’t energize them. Of course all this speech power is also a double-edged sword. If you get careless and your speech gets negative or malicious, there will be kickbacks – not necessarily healthwise, 249

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

but in other ways. These kickbacks certainly won’t help your health. If your speech is uncontrolled, even though it is not destructive it can sap energy needed for other systems of the body. Talk by all means, but keep some control over it. Neptune is your Health Planet, and he is in the Sign of Aquarius all year. All these Grand Trines are basically help­ ing your health. Neptune rules the feet, which shows that you can enhance health further by taking good care of your feet and by massaging them regularly. Since Aquarius rules the ankles it won’t hurt to massage them as well and give them good support. Neptune in the experimental Sign of Aquarius shows an openness to new and unorthodox healing methods. In many cases, especially if you’ve done your homework, these will be effective. Neptune is the planet of intuition. Life on Earth is a school. All of us get our intuition trained in various ways. Some people get trained in financial issues. Some in the artistic field, through creativity. Some in love and social issues. But in your case it is in health issues. Health prob­ lems are never what they seem – whether they affect you (unlikely) or others (more likely). The answer lies in the intuition – the more clear and attuned you are, the quicker the health problem will dissolve. Jupiter will make a stressful aspect to Neptune from August 1st onwards. Though this is not enough to cause dis­ ease, it does show that overindulgence in the good life (which is certainly happening this year) can have negative health implications. Indulge, but don’t over-indulge. The health of a parent or parental figure is delicate. The spine and nervous system need attention. Health of your spouse and children looks good. Siblings may be thinking of surgery, mostly cosmetic.

250

LIBRA

Home, Domestic and Family Issues Your 4th House of Home and Family is not a House of Power this year, thus you have much leeway to shape this area as you will. Domestic interests and family relationships will vary from month to month depending on the transiting short-term planets. On an overall level, the Cosmos is not pushing you one way or the other. However, a move this year wouldn’t be a surprise. But this move (a happy one) relates more to your career than to the domestic life. Most of you are enjoying career success in 2002. Many of you could be transferred to another city or region – even another country. Hence the move. The Solar Eclipse of June 10th (which affects the Lord of your 4th House) and the Lunar Eclipse of June 24th (in your 4th House) also signal long-term domestic change. Pressure to move seems to come from your spouse rather than from you. He or she longs for larger, more spacious quarters. You seem comfortable where you are. These eclipses indicate other scenarios besides a move. They can indicate major repair work in the home, or a disruption in family relationships. Long-standing issues are forced to the surface – they can no longer be ignored – and have to be dealt with. These could be animosities, domestic habits, emotional reaction patterns, etc. When the dust settles you will be in a position to take corrective action. Intelligent actions will produce an even better home, family relationship and domestic pattern than before. Both the Sun and Venus will be in your 4th House from January 1st to the 20th. An excellent time for family gather­ ings, entertaining from home and beautifying, redecorating the home. Best to get these things done before January 18th, as Mercury starts a retrograde then. Mercury retrograde in your 4th House from February 3rd to February 8th suggests great caution in how you communicate with family members. Take nothing for granted – make sure they’ve understood 251

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

your message and that you understand theirs. Many a blow­ up can be prevented by these simple precautions. April 13th to May 28th will be good for doing construction projects or major repairs in the home. Again, be aware of Mercury’s retrograde from May 15th to June 8th – start these projects (and do the purchasing for them) before May 15th. Most of this period is also good for redecorating and entertaining from home – Venus will be making good aspects to your 4th House Lord from April 25th to May 20th. Again, make your purchases and start these projects before May 15th. Another opportunity for construction and repair work happens from October 15th to December 1st. Beautification projects, family gatherings and entertaining from home are also good from August 7th to September 8th. A parent or parental figure is prospering this year and could move to better quarters. Children seem overly rebel­ lious, but this is coming from a desire to express individual­ ity and to learn by experimentation. Encourage them to experiment in non-destructive ways. As long as their experi­ ments are not harmful to themselves or others, leave them be. They need freedom. They are gaining much new knowl­ edge this way. Grandchildren seem to be having a rough time – a kind, loving ear would be a great help. Saturn is your Family Planet. Generically, it shows that your policy at home should be one of love but with firm lim­ its. Love and goodwill alone will not be enough in your domestic life. There need to be rules, a hierarchy of author­ ity. Tough love is often in order. Your challenge this life is to tread the balance between love and a sense of order in the home. Only an ‘order taught by love’ will work. This year, like last year, Saturn is in the Sign of Gemini. Thus there is a need for good, clear, accurate communica­ tion. Better to withhold communication if it is going to be taken the wrong way. Better to keep silence if you are not going to say what you mean or mean what you say. Idle, unthought-out speech is going to explode in your face. In 252

LIBRA

many cases Libras are going to reap the karma of past communications in the home – it comes back to roost. Understand it when it comes and correct it for the future. The end result will be very positive. Love and Social Life Love and romance are always important to you, Libra, but with your 7th House not powerful this year, it is less impor­ tant. Friendships and group activities seem more important than love. An empty 7th House indicates that the Cosmos pushes you neither one way nor the other, and thus the status quo in relationships prevails. In many cases the empty 7th House is a positive signal – it shows a contentment with the status quo and no need to pay too much attention to it. A welloiled wheel doesn’t need grease. Though marriage doesn’t seem on the cards, love affairs outside of marriage seem plentiful. Your 5th House of Love Affairs is strong and the planets therein are well aspected. Love affairs are generally unstable, but in this chart even more so. They come, they go. They come suddenly and end suddenly. For singles there is ‘experimentation’ in this area – learning about love through trial and error. There is also a need for constant change and freedom. I expect there will be serial love affairs this year. Friendships of the platonic sort will also be plentiful this year – but after August 1st. Jupiter will move into the 11th House and stay there for the rest of the year. Your social circle will expand. New and significant friends will come into your life – friends who are on a higher level and who are benefic to you. In astrology a friend is defined in two ways. One, he or she must be of a similar mindset to you – there is a unity of thought. Two, the person supports the manifestation of your fondest hopes and wishes. These are the kinds of friends you 253

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

will be attracting this year – and it is a wonderful blessing. Many of them you will meet in the neighbourhood; some are probably neighbours whom you haven’t known before, some you will meet at organizations you belong to, others at school or a seminar. Some you will meet on line through e-mail contacts or other high-tech communications. Some you will meet as pen pals through the normal post. With Jupiter in opposition to your 5th House ruler (Uranus) late in the year, friendships and love affairs con­ flict. You are pulled on both sides. Your duty to friends could distract you from a present love affair and vice versa. There is some tension between these two areas. You want friends, but you also want passion – there is a need to balance the two urges. Though a consummation of a marriage is not seen, there ought to be many marriage opportunities this year. Perhaps it isn’t real and you only feel that way. Perhaps the opportunity is real but you don’t take it. The element of Fire is one of the strongest elements in the Horoscope this coming year. There will be many Grand Trines in this element – especially after August 1st. These Grand Trines – some lasting a month, some lasting only a few days in a month – will involve planets in your House of Love. They bring happiness in love – but briefly. These will be dealt with in the month-by-month forecasts. Married Libras should be having more fun within the marriage. Libras of child-bearing age – both male and female – are more fertile these days. Children could be on the way. Those involved in a second marriage are having crisis there. The marriage is being severely tested. True love will weather any crisis. Those looking to marry for a second time need patience. Normal caution in relationships is justified, but outright fear and the tendency to overly test love is not. Let love unfold as it will. Those looking to marry for a third time seem successful this year, especially after August 1st. And even if a third 254

LIBRA

marriage doesn’t materialize there is a strong relationship in store – it will be like a marriage. Children of marriageable age have good aspects for mar­ riage and serious romance. Grandchildren of marriageable age need patience. Married grandchildren are having a crisis in the marriage. A single parent could marry or be involved in a serious relationship. There is much opportunity now. The social circle of this parent is increasing. There is much social happi­ ness and joy now. Finance and Career Though your 2nd House of Finance is not a House of Power (career is much more important to you than mere money), this should be a good financial year. Until August earnings are status quo – bittersweet. Perhaps you earn more, but there are also more expenses. Perhaps a parent (or parental figure) interferes with or actually op­ poses financial goals. Perhaps family expenses eat up extra earnings. But come August 1st, when Jupiter starts to make beautiful aspects to your Money Planet, earnings start to soar, net worth increases, income is more than expenses. Jupiter, as mentioned, spends most of the year in your 10th House of Career. So this is a banner career year. There are pay rises, promotions and honours at work. Career gam­ bles are inspired and tend to work out. Elders and authority figures might oppose some financial plans (which they may feel are unreasonable), but they boost your status and pres­ tige. They seem eager to grant their favours in these areas. There is more foreign travel related to career too. Career gets boosted by two talents – your emotional com­ passion for others and your communication skills. Some marketing or communication project catapults you to the heights (and also adds to your bank balance). 255

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Many of you are communicating with people of high status and prestige. Though I wouldn’t call it friendship, it is still a connection. Many of you are communicating with government figures and bureaucracies, and the results of these projects look very fortunate. Those of you who have issues with the government will find this a good year to bring closure – they seem favourably disposed towards you. Professional investors should study telecommunications, media stocks, property, high-tech industries, gaming and entertainment stocks this year. There are profit opportuni­ ties here. Electric utilities and gold are worth a deeper look as well. Those of you just starting out in your business careers should study communications and media more. This is a road to earnings for many years to come. Job-seekers meet with success for most of the year, but after August need more patience. There is a need to study prospective job offers then, as things are not what they seem. Don’t be fooled by glitter and glamour – the reality behind these things is quite different. Those who employ others have instability in the work­ force. Don’t force issues and minimize the negativity. New and better employees will come. Self-improvement Career and friendships will improve on their own this year. But Saturn in your 9th House indicates that there is a need to re-structure, re-order, re-arrange your view of life and philosophy of life. Now, most people don’t pay adequate attention to philosophical issues. Why waste time, it is impractical, non-marketable, etc. If any of them had a clue as to the practical impact of philosophy on their lives they’d be jamming the universities and churches in droves. A person’s philosophy shapes their ‘view of the world’, and this 256

LIBRA

view of the world shapes the psychological reality you live in, which in turn shapes physical events and personal happi­ ness. Two people with different philosophies view the same event: one is peaceful and content, the other is in an uproar. The world view shapes your interpretation of events. So, right now, there is and should be some philosophical search­ ing going on. Much of your past unhappiness came, ulti­ mately, from a false view of reality and a false interpretation of it. All these interpretations are up for review now. Many ‘systems’ will offer themselves to you. Study them, test them, and take what is good from them. The goal is not to master some specific system, but to develop a personal world view that is true, beautiful and functional – that leads to optimal happiness and personal empowerment. This can be hard work, but it will be fulfilling work – and ultimately well worth the investment.

Month-by-month Forecasts January Best Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 14th, 15th, 24th, 25th Most Stressful Days Overall: 11th, 12th, 13th, 19th, 20th, 26th, 27th Best Days for Love: 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 14th, 15th, 17th, 18th, 19th, 20th, 24th, 25th, 28th, 29th Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 19th, 20th, 26th, 27th, 28th, 29th Many planets in the West, your favourite position; an unusu­ al dominance of planetary power in your native element of 257

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Air; a Grand Trine in Air on the 5th and 6th and a well­ aspected Venus – all point to a happy and successful month ahead. Now many Signs don’t like a lot of planets in the West – it makes them feel dependent and it limits their self-will and urges. But for you this is paradise. You get a chance to exer­ cise your social genius. And who likes to seek consensus more than you? With your social grace moving to all-time highs after the 19th, you can expect much good to come from and through others. No need to remind you to culti­ vate the good graces of others, or to negotiate and compro­ mise wherever possible – you know this and are already doing it. Health is basically fabulous, but it won’t hurt to rest and relax more until the 20th. The main stress this period is bal­ ancing home and family responsibilities with a sky-rocketing career. Most of the planets are below the Horizon and your 4th House is powerful, so home and family issues are receiv­ ing most of the attention – as they should. But you can’t ignore your career either. With three powerful benefics in your 4th House this is a great month for beautifying and redecorating the home. Anything dealing with beauty in the home – whether it be buying art objects and paintings, or choosing wall paper or curtains – is good now. It is also good for parties, family gatherings and entertainments from the home. If there have been problems with certain family members in the past, now is the time to make peace and restore harmony. Family life should be happy this period. Health regimes go especially well after the 20th. The ones which are ‘fun’ – which include music or colour – are the best. Make a game of your exercise and it will go better. Finances are not that important to you but they will go well anyway. Money comes from communication in all its various forms. Speculations are favourable after the 20th as well. A creative project boosts your bank balance. Money 258

LIBRA

will also come as you pursue leisure activities – perhaps as you entertain others. Family members are supportive too – they too prosper. Job-seekers meet with success after the 20th. You find work when you least expect it – while you’re out on the five-a-side pitch or at a party or the cinema. Joy has many positive side-effects. Love goes better after the 18th when Mars moves into your 7th House of Love. You are courageous and go after what you want aggressively. If you like or want someone, you let them know it bluntly. A Grand Trine in Fire on the 28th and 29th enhances an existing romance and brings love opportunities for singles. February Best Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 10th, 11th, 12th, 20th, 21st Most Stressful Days Overall: 8th, 9th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 5th, 6th, 7th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 22nd, 23rd, 25th, 26th Best Days for Money: 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 22nd, 23rd, 25th, 26th Another happy and prosperous month, Libra – enjoy. Many planets in Air and many planets in your 5th House shows that this is a party period. A period for fun, games, entertainment and leisure activities of all kinds. In leisure there is luck, someone famous once said. This is certainly true in your case these days. Like last month, money and job opportunities come through your leisure activities, or as you entertain others. Your joyful demeanour and disposition attract all kinds of financial opportunities to you. Professional investors should look at high-tech and telecommunications industries. 259

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Many planets in Air and much power in your 5th House makes this a banner month for any of you in the creative arts – especially writers. The ideas and inspirations come in torrents. They are well received by the public. Your unique virtues are very much in vogue. With no planets in Earth after the 4th, watch your spend­ ing. Much too easy to get carried away these days. The bills will fall due – eventually. Health is fabulous all month and health regimes go well. Like last month, success is enhanced if you make a game of them – a fun-type activity. Like last month, most of the planets are below the Horizon and home and domestic pleasures dominate your career urges. Jupiter retrograde in your 10th House indicates that much career progress is happening behind the scenes – but it is happening. A good period for re-evaluating and re­ thinking career goals. Most of the planets are still in the West, and your Love Planet, Mars, is still in your House of Love. Like last month you are on a ‘charm offensive’, being aggressive in the pur­ suit of what you want. Like last month, a Grand Trine in Fire brings an existing relationship to new highs and brings happy love opportunities to singles. Venus (your Ruling Planet) moves into Pisces, making you much more tender and idealistic in love – also more easily hurt. Gestures, body language and chance remarks have a stronger impact than usual – much of the time there was no intent to hurt. Venus in Pisces also enhances your personal glamour – and others take notice. The Grand Trine in Fire on the 25th and 26th brings financial windfalls and opportunity – but again, mind your spending. Be neither a big spender nor a little spender – keep things in proportion.

260

LIBRA

March Best Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 9th, 10th, 11th, 19th, 20th, 21st, 28th, 29th Most Stressful Days Overall: 7th, 8th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 22nd, 23rd Best Days for Love: 3rd, 4th, 7th, 8th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 24th, 25th, 26th, 27th Best Days for Money: 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 25th, 30th, 31st Where last month was a big party, this month is more workorientated. Career is soaring now and many happy opportu­ nities are coming your way. Jupiter starts moving forward on the 2nd, showing that stalled or pending career issues are now moving forward. Jupiter receives fabulous aspects this month too. So pay rises, promotions, job opportunities, transfers to exotic locales or lands are all likely. Honours and awards can come as well. You are working these days, but the work is paying off. Also helping your career is the plan­ etary shift from the lower half of the Horoscope to the upper half – you are more interested in these things (after the 20th) and your interest creates more success. Though Mars has left your House of Love, three other planets move in there this month. Your 7th House becomes one of the most powerful in your chart after the 20th. The Grand Trine in Fire on the 24th and 25th is bringing both financial windfalls and romantic opportunities. Singles are likely to meet a special someone now, as the planets in your Love House are all benefic. As in past months, you are the aggressor. Yet, because you put your lover’s interest ahead of your own, you are popular. Singles should reach out more this month. Take love by the horns – go after what you want. Don’t expect it to come to you these days. 261

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

In general this is a month for socializing – for attending parties and gatherings – even weddings. Also good for host­ ing these things, too. Romance is in the air and Spring fever is upon you. Mars in your 8th House indicates that perhaps you are too socially successful. You may need to prune away at some of the relationships you’ve been attracting – separating the desirable from the undesirable. Mars in this position shows that love is passionate as well as romantic – love is physical and sensual. Rest and relax more after the 20th. Health regimes still go well. Job-seekers still have good aspects. The Grand Trines in Air on the 1st, 2nd, 28th and 29th all bring opportunity. You’ll need to work harder for earnings until the 20th. With Pluto (your Money Planet) retrograde you could see delays in payments or financial misunderstandings. Be patient. By the 20th these things will resolve. Earnings soar after the 20th – but the retrograde of Pluto counsels more study and homework before making major purchases or investments. April Best Days Overall: 6th, 7th, 16th, 17th, 25th Most Stressful Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 5th, 11th, 12th, 18th, 19th Best Days for Love: 3rd, 4th, 5th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 23rd, 24th, 25th Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 8th, 9th, 11th, 12th, 18th, 19th, 20th, 21st, 27th, 28th, 29th, 30th Most of the planets are now in the upper sector of your chart. Career is becoming ever more important to you and opportu­ nities are becoming ever more abundant. Home and family 262

LIBRA

issues also seem important in that your Home and Family Planet, Saturn, gets highly stimulated – but this family activ­ ity doesn’t conflict with your career – it seems to merge right into it. More challenging is the need to balance a very active social life with your career. It could be that you’re involved with someone who doesn’t share your career aspirations or who takes you in another direction. He or she exerts a strong pull. But this conflict will ease by the 20th. Most of the planets are still in the West and, your 7th House of Love and Romance is very powerful – especially until the 20th. This is Libra heaven. Your whole life revolves around other people, going to parties and conducting romances. Your social skills are at all-time highs. And, with 90 per cent of the planets forward you should see rapid progress towards your goals. The currents of life just carry you there. Family members may not approve of a new relationship – perhaps they have someone else in mind for you. They seem in a mind to play Cupid. Though you should focus on your career, there are many opportunities to buy and sell a home, or to beautify, repair and redecorate the home. This can be done if you delegate the tasks to family members. Finances are mixed this month. Pluto, your Money Planet, is still retrograde and starts to receive some stressful aspects after the 13th. Could be expenses in the home (par­ ties, redecorating, purchases of big-ticket items) or social expenses crimp your bank balance. Though the home seems like a good investment, you have mixed feelings about this. Finances are strong before the 13th – where you will prob­ ably earn enough to deal with these extra expenditures. The warning for the past month still stands – research and study all purchases and investments more carefully. When in doubt, do nothing until you get the facts. Continue to rest and relax more until the 20th. After that, your vitality soars like a rocket ship. 263

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Love and social activities are important all month, but most especially until the 20th. After that the 8th House becomes powerful. Thus there is more of an interest in sex rather than romance. A good period to pay off some debt, cut costs, help others to prosper, delve deeply into psychol­ ogy and spirituality, rid yourself of excess emotional and material baggage, and in general expand your horizons by pruning away the unnecessary from your life. May Best Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 13th, 14th, 22nd, 23rd, 31st Most Stressful Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 8th, 9th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 28th, 29th Best Days for Love: 3rd, 4th, 8th, 9th, 13th, 14th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th Best Days for Money: 5th, 6th, 8th, 9th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 19th, 24th, 25th, 26th, 27th An active but tumultuous month, Libra – basically happy though. Many planets on the angles of your chart (most of them benefic) and a Lunar Eclipse on the 24th ensures that there will be much change going on – things won’t be dull, that’s for sure. As in many months past, there is great power in your native element of Air – a positive health and social signal. Power in your 9th House of Higher Education brings good news for students, academics and writers. Your mind is clear and sharp – there is both an interest in study and the ability to pursue the interest. Teachers, communicators and mar­ keting people will have a banner month. Educational oppor­ tunities come. Opportunities to travel to foreign lands also

264

LIBRA

come. Higher religious knowledge and understanding are available for those who want it. Many important principles of life – of your practical life – are being revealed. Your over­ all horizons expand. The Lunar Eclipse of the 24th is basically benign to you, but it won’t hurt to take a reduced schedule during that peri­ od. Elective activities should be re-scheduled – especially things like driving or flying. In many cases the eclipse is going to force you to get a new and better car or new and better computers. Basically it affects the finances and your career. Long-term changes – and positive ones – going on there. I read this as akin to a child outgrowing his or her clothing. The clothes have been uncomfortable for a long time, but the child keeps wearing them until they rip or fall apart. Then mum comes along, notices this and replaces them. Sudden financial expenses indicate that your financial strategy or thinking has been flawed to begin with. Many of you will change accountants, bankers or brokers now. Many of you will shift investments from one mutual fund to another, and in general re-shuffle your portfolio. Welcome the career changes that are happening; they are wonderful. The eclipse will either break down the barriers to your progress (perhaps through a reshuffle in your corporate hierarchy) or put you on a new and better career track. The best-case scenario will manifest careerwise. Finances are a bit stormy this month – both because of the eclipse and because of stressful aspects to your Money Planet. But hang in there, the long-term prognosis is very good. Love is high on your list of priorities this month – even more than usual. Family still wants to play Cupid. Singles find opportunities with long-lost loves, old flames, old rela­ tionships that never reached their full potential. Marrieds or those in a relationship might be taking romantic trips abroad. After the 28th you mingle with the socially promi­ nent and powerful. 265

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

June Best Days Overall: 9th, 10th, 18th, 19th, 27th, 28th Most Stressful Days Overall: 4th, 5th, 6th, 12th, 13th, 24th, 25th, 26th Best Days for Love: 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 29th, 30th Best Days for Money: 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 29th, 30th Like last month, the pace of change increases. Two eclipses and many angular planets again ensure an exciting and eventful month – probably the most eventful of the year. Like last month, most of the planets are above the Horizon, and your 10th House of Career is a major House of Power. Ambitions are more intense now than at any time this past year. You want to focus on your career and you want to de-emphasize home and family issues – but the eclipses might not let you. The Solar Eclipse of June 10th seems kind to you, but it does show upheavals in the home and with family members and family relationships. Many of these things could be good things – a move, a renovation, a child leaving for university, a transfer to another branch of your company. Good things can be just as disruptive as bad things – in fact the greater the good, the greater potential for disruption – just ask a major lottery winner or someone who has just fallen in love. One’s whole life and circumstance must adjust to the new condition. Long-standing emotional issues with family mem­ bers come up for cleansing and rectification. Flaws in the present home are detected and you must act to correct them. Many of you will change religious paths this period. Some of these changes could be natural and normal – your minister resigns or retires and you change your place of 266

LIBRA

worship – or you have outgrown a certain religious path and want to make changes. Your philosophy of life gets tested by the eclipse, and the areas where it is wanting will get changed. The Lunar Eclipse of the 24th is a bit stronger on you, so take a reduced schedule. Good to rest and relax more (where possible) after the 21st anyway – but especially around the eclipse period. Re-schedule elective activities. Like last month, this eclipse affects your career and brings shake-ups, the removal of obstacles and even a new career path. Career issues not dealt with in last month’s Lunar Eclipse are dealt with now. Stay happy and calm – your career looks bright indeed. Unlike last month, this Lunar Eclipse doesn’t affect finances per se, but affects the home and family situation. It is like an ‘aftershock’ to the Solar Eclipse of the 10th. Home and domestic issues not dealt with by the Solar Eclipse will be dealt with now. Perhaps it takes a few shake-ups for you to realize in how high esteem elders, bosses and superiors hold you. You still have to work harder for earnings until the 21st, but afterwards things settle down. Pluto is still retrograde, so study and research new purchases and investments more carefully than usual. Like last month, love is high on the agenda. There is a possibility of an office romance – with a superior or co­ worker. Social skills definitely help your career these days. Like last month, you mingle with people of high status and professional position. July Best Days Overall: 7th, 8th, 15th, 16th, 24th, 25th Most Stressful Days Overall: 2nd, 3rd, 9th, 10th, 22nd, 23rd, 29th, 30th

267

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 9th, 10th, 13th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 29th, 30th Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 9th, 10th, 11th, 12th, 17th, 18th, 20th, 21st, 27th, 28th Continue to rest and relax more – especially until the 23rd – and let the dust settle from last month. Day by day things are getting calmer – you see more clearly what needs to be done. Last month the planets made an important shift from the Western (social) sector to the Eastern sector. This month the shift into the East is even stronger. This represents a psy­ chological shift on your part. You have greater indepen­ dence now, less of need to compromise or cultivate other people’s good graces. You are entering a period where you can have things your way. The only problem is that Libras don’t especially like this. Of course you will never run over people or bully them, but now you have less of a need for them. They can’t help you as much as you think they can. These days your destiny is in your own hands. Like last month, most of the planets are above the Horizon and your 10th House of Career is very powerful. This is a month of great career focus and progress. The shake-ups of last month are all playing out in your best interests. Professional status and prestige soar. Pay rises and promotions are likely (if not with the same company, then with a different one). Self-employed people will also enhance their status. This is still a good period for gaining the favour of those in power – bosses, parents, the govern­ ment, etc. Grand Trines in Fire (on the 2nd, 3rd, 29th and 30th) and Air (on the 15th and 16th) bring success to job-seekers and employers; and bring financial windfalls and opportunities. The Grand Trine in Fire on the 29th and 30th brings roman­ tic opportunity as well. 268

LIBRA

Health improves after the 23rd, and this improvement may make you neglect health and diet regimes. Also possible that social commitments interfere here. Give more care to your feet this month. Love is happy this month. You have the option to focus on either pure friendship or romance – as you prefer. Some of you will opt for both. A current relationship gets ‘friend­ lier’ after the 13th. Friendship is an important factor in love these days – you crave it as much as the romantic part. Friends play Cupid as well. Finances are getting better every day. And even though there will be glitches and delays, Pluto is receiving powerful aspects. Money comes through friends, your partner, social connections and your intuition. Like all year, communica­ tion and marketing are essential to earnings. August Best Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 12th, 13th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 30th, 31st Most Stressful Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 18th, 19th, 25th, 26th, 27th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 8th, 11th, 12th, 16th, 17th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 25th, 26th, 27th, 28th, 29th, 30th, 31st Best Days for Money: 7th, 8th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 25th, 26th The planets are moving ever more eastward. Self-esteem, self-confidence, a sense of independence and self-reliance grow stronger day by day. Move your life to where you want it to be – if conditions don’t suit you, change them or create new ones. You came here to be happy and create. Jupiter makes an important move from your House of Career to your House of Friends on the 1st. Presumably by 269

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

now your career is where you want it to be and benefic Jupiter will now bestow blessings on your social life. You are entering a period where your fondest hopes and wishes are coming true – and as they do, you will formulate new ones. You are in a period of upgrading your technology – whether it be in the home or office. New and significant friends come into the picture now. Perhaps a teacher or mentor comes into your life. Jupiter’s move into Leo is a fabulous, long-term financial aspect. It makes beautiful aspects to Pluto (your Money Planet) – and so earnings and earnings opportunities are sure to increase. (Spending will probably increase too.) This is a fabulous financial month. For Jupiter is not alone in energizing your Money Planet – he joins Mars, the Sun and Mercury. Financial goals are attained easily and effortlessly. Communications projects go well, creative ideas or market­ ing ideas come that boost earnings, and unexpected support comes for your financial efforts. Another positive financial signal: Pluto, after many months of retrograde motions, begins going forward on the 26th. (You will feel the effect long before this, though.) Long-stalled payments or projects now start moving forward again. Your financial judgement is much better than it has been. (With more planets in Earth this month, your finan­ cial judgement is enhanced even more – a good month for making important purchases and investments.) Speculations are more favourable. Though career is becoming less important, it is still im­ portant this month. Most of the planets are still above the Horizon. Towards the end of the month there will be a shift of power to the lower half of the Horoscope, and home and family issues will start taking dominance – but for most of the month you won’t feel it. Love is basically good – much the same as written about last month. Venus in your own Sign from the 7th onwards enhances your personal charm, allure and sense of style. 270

LIBRA

Always a finicky dresser, this month you are even more so. Colours must match, accessories must be co-ordinated, etc. Your appeal is much greater. A great month for buying clothing and accessories, too. September Best Days Overall: 1st, 8th, 9th, 17th, 18th, 27th, 28th Most Stressful Days Overall: 2nd, 3rd, 14th, 15th, 22nd, 23rd, 29th, 30th Best Days for Love: 1st, 6th, 7th, 10th, 14th, 15th, 19th, 20th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 25th, 29th, 30th Best Days for Money: 4th, 5th, 10th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 22nd, 23rd Hopefully you haven’t spent all your new-found wealth on frivolities. Hopefully you’ve saved some for investing, and planned your needs. Mars moving into Virgo creates a twomonth-long T-square in the heavens, which affects finances. Make no mistake, finances are good in the long term, but now you work harder for your money. Could be there are financial disagreements with your beloved – perhaps you are overspending – more than is comfortable – on your social life. Perhaps friendship is more expensive than you thought these days. Expenses in the home could rise too. Keep a sense of proportion in all things and everything will work out. One of the good financial signals this month is strength in the Earth element until the 23rd. This gives a sense of practi­ cality and value to your purchasing and investing. Mercury will go retrograde on the 14th, but this doesn’t have much of a financial impact on you. There is much power in Air (communication) this month – basically a happy circumstance for you. But Mercury’s 271

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

retrograde on the 14th suggests that you shouldn’t take ver­ bal commitments too seriously. People speak too glibly and without forethought as to consequences. Love is more difficult this month. There are (as men­ tioned) financial disagreements, and perhaps a resentment of your financial goals and focus. Perhaps your beloved feels you value material things more than him or her. There could be family disputes with your beloved; your loyalties are torn. You’ve got to balance love obligations with the family and with your financial goals – each pulls you in a different direction. No one is likely to be satisfied whatever decision you make – so you may as well do the ‘right thing’. Friendships are much happier and more harmonious. Many planets in the East and many in your own Sign of Libra this month make this a period for having things your way and for independent action – make no mistake, there is a price tag on this (as mentioned above), but eventually you should prevail. Power struggles will go your way – but best to avoid them. This is a month for personal pleasure and sensual delight; for sprucing up your image and buying clothing and acces­ sories – for pampering yourself. (Try to schedule these personal purchases before the 14th.) Health is fabulous and health regimes go well again. Self-esteem and self-confidence are strong. October Best Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 14th, 15th, 24th, 25th Most Stressful Days Overall: 12th, 13th, 19th, 20th, 26th, 27th Best Days for Love: 3rd, 4th, 7th, 8th, 13th, 14th, 16th, 17th, 19th, 20th, 24th, 25th, 26th, 27th Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 19th, 20th, 29th, 30th 272

LIBRA

The heavenly T-square written of last month is in effect until the 15th. Keep that discussion in mind. This month there is a Grand Trine in your native Air el­ ement all month. Mind your phone bills and don’t give any­ one your mobile phone! Speech is fast and furious. Strangers think nothing of talking to each other for long periods. Ideas are abundant, and many of them have merit. People are reading and studying more. This interest in education is a viable pathway to profits for you. Continue to be careful of verbal commitments until the 6th – when Mercury goes forward again. On a personal level, this Grand Trine in Air is great for love, job-seeking, health and finances. Writers, teachers and marketing people continue to have a banner month. Your own Sign of Libra is very strong this month. People in general are friendlier and more romantically inclined. Mars, your Love Planet, moving into your Sign on the 15th highlights romance even more. Romance was stormy this past month (and will still be tense until the 15th) but now things start to harmonize. Financial and family conflicts are resolved (or in abeyance). Your lover is pursuing you and he or she will catch you. Your lover is bending over backwards to please and seems totally committed to your interests. You are having your way in love these days. Since love is pursu­ ing you there is nothing special you need do to find it – just show up. Mars in your own Sign also gives you physical dynamism and sexual magnetism. You are more active and more athletic this month. Exercise and sport regimes go especially well. Self-confidence and self-esteem are strong. You get things done in half the usual time. Self-esteem would be even better if Venus weren’t going retrograde on the 10th. So there is some element of self-doubt and caution in you – you are not as sure of yourself as you seem to others. With most of the planets still in the East and many in your own Sign this month, continue to create conditions as 273

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

you desire them to be. With Mars in your own Sign, others are adapting to you and consensus isn’t that necessary. By the 15th most of the planets will be below the Horizon of your chart. Now is the time to find your point of emotion­ al harmony and to function from there. Now is the time to improve family relations and your overall domestic condition. Finances are much better this month – especially after the 15th. Money comes from your personal efforts and from personal appearance. You are in charge of your financial destiny these days. Job-seekers have fabulous aspects all month – job pros­ pects are further improved when Neptune goes forward on the 20th. November Best Days Overall: 2nd, 3rd, 10th, 11th, 20th, 21st, 29th, 30th Most Stressful Days Overall: 8th, 9th, 15th, 16th, 23rd, 24th Best Days for Love: 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 10th, 11th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 20th, 21st, 23rd, 24th, 29th, 30th Best Days for Money: 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 15th, 16th, 25th, 26th The Grand Trine in Air, your native element, written of last month will continue all of this month. Remember our previ­ ous discussion. Most of the planets are still below the Horizon, and your Family Planet, Saturn, receives beautiful aspects. The emo­ tional comfort zone is easily found – now your job is to stay there and live from there. Family issues are happier than they’ve been most of the year – they’re not perfect, but much improved. 274

LIBRA

Job-seekers still have great aspects – likewise those who employ others. Finances are strong all month. Venus going forward on the 21st is a further boost. This is a month for applying new technology and new innovation to your financial affairs – a period for experimenting and tinkering – either with your portfolio or with your strategies. Computers and computer programmes help you financially too. Professional investors should look at high-tech industries, cosmetics, perfumes, telecommunications and fashion. With Mercury now forward and with many planets in your 3rd House of Communication, sales, marketing, media activities, teaching and writing go well and boost earnings. Trading goes well too. Money will come from friends, through friends, and through organizations to which you belong – especially after the 22nd. This is a month for putting your finances in order and for writing those letters and reading those books that you haven’t got round to doing. It is a month for domestic travel and for taking advantage of educational opportunities that come your way. For you, more than most, information is both power and money. With no planets in Earth this month (except for the Moon, and that only occasionally) the danger is in unrealistic finan­ cial plans. In theory your spending and plans are beautiful, but practical life is often quite different than theory. This is not only a lesson for you, but for the world at large. Most of the planets are still in the East and Mars is still in your Sign all month. You have plenty of energy, will and dynamism to have things your way – to have life on your terms. By all means, go for it. Mars in your Sign (as he was last month) is giving you sex appeal and the energy to excel in athletics or exercise programmes. Love is basically happy and your beloved continues to go out of his or her way to please you. Love comes to you and 275

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

there is nothing special you need to do. Friendships go well this month – but better after the 22nd than before. New friends are coming this month. December Best Days Overall: 8th, 9th, 17th, 18th, 19th, 27th, 28th Most Stressful Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 20th, 21st Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 10th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 20th, 21st, 29th, 30th Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 12th, 13th, 22nd, 23rd, 29th, 30th, 31st You are in one of those ‘cuspy’ twilight situations this month. The planets are making a shift from the Eastern to the Western hemisphere of your chart – but don’t really complete the shift this month. Until the 22nd, most of the planets are in the East. Afterwards there is a balance between the two sectors. So you are neither as independent as you have been, nor are you completely dependent. At times independent action is possible and at other times not. The trend, however, is towards more dependence – towards relying on others – towards living with the conditions you’ve created in the past few months. Like last month, most of the planets are below the Horizon. This month your 4th House of Home and Family becomes strong after the 22nd. A more family-orientated month. A time for fostering good communication with fami­ ly members and for upgrading and modernizing the technol­ ogy in the home. Like last month, the tendency to downplay your career in favour of domestic pleasures is strong. You still want success, but you want to feel right as well. The fire in the belly for career success is just not there right now. 276

LIBRA

You have four important Houses of Power this month – the 2nd House of Finance, the 3rd House of Communication, the 4th House of Home and Family (after the 22nd), and the 5th House of Children, Entertainment and Creativity. These are going to be your main areas of focus in the coming month. The pace at work is hectic and job-seekers will need some patience this period. Finances are strong, though there are financial disagree­ ments with your employer – perhaps you don’t feel that you’re getting enough for your work. But money is coming from other areas – most notably your partner or spouse and (like all year) from sales, marketing, trading and communi­ cation activities. Like last month, getting the word out about your product or service is the most important thing. You are spending on yourself and investing in yourself. You adopt the image of wealth and dress more expensively. You have an unusual personal interest in finance and this is a big help. Mind your spending until the 8th. Romantic love is happy this month. You and your spouse or partner are very much in synch – both focused on finances and helping each other. Love is passionate and intense. Jealousy and possessiveness are considered signs of love – though you need to be careful about this if it gets out of hand. Material gifts turn both you and your partner on. The intensity of romance can cause some strain with your friends, who might feel neglected. They also might feel that you place material issues before friendship. But overall, friendships go well – especially until the 22nd. Uncommitted love affairs seem stormy.

277

Scorpio

THE SCORPION Birthdays from 23rd October to 22nd November

Personality Profile SCORPIO AT A GLANCE Element – Water Ruling Planet – Pluto Co-ruling Planet – Mars Career Planet – Sun Love Planet – Venus Money Planet – Jupiter Planet of Health and Work – Mars Planet of Home and Family Life – Uranus Colour – red-violet Colour that promotes love, romance and social harmony – green Colour that promotes earning power – blue 278

SCORPIO

Gems – bloodstone, malachite, topaz

Metals – iron, radium, steel

Scents – cherry blossom, coconut,

sandalwood, watermelon

Quality – fixed (= stability)

Quality most needed for balance – a wider view

of things

Strongest virtues – loyalty, concentration,

determination, courage, depth

Deepest needs – to penetrate and transform

Characteristics to avoid – jealousy,

vindictiveness, fanaticism

Signs of greatest overall compatibility – Cancer,

Pisces

Signs of greatest overall incompatibility – Taurus,

Leo, Aquarius

Sign most helpful to career – Leo

Sign most helpful for emotional support –

Aquarius

Sign most helpful financially – Sagittarius

Sign best for marriage and/or partnerships –

Taurus

Sign most helpful for creative projects – Pisces

Best Sign to have fun with – Pisces

Signs most helpful in spiritual matters – Cancer,

Libra Best day of the week – Tuesday 279

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Understanding a Scorpio One symbol of the Sign of Scorpio is the phoenix. If you meditate upon the legend of the phoenix you will begin to understand the Scorpio character – his or her powers and abilities, interests and deepest urges. The phoenix of mythology was a bird that could recreate and reproduce itself. It did so in a most intriguing way: it would seek a fire – usually in a religious temple – fly into it, consume itself in the flames and then emerge a new bird. If this is not the ultimate, most profound transformation, then what is? Transformation is what Scorpios are all about – in their minds, bodies, affairs and relationships (Scorpios are also society’s transformers). To change something in a natural, not an artificial way, involves a transformation from within. This type of change is a radical change as opposed to a mere cosmetic make-over. Some people think that change means altering just their appearance, but this is not the kind of change that interests a Scorpio. Scorpios seek deep, funda­ mental change. Since real change always proceeds from within, a Scorpio is very interested in – and usually accus­ tomed to – the inner, intimate and philosophical side of life. Scorpios are people of depth and intellect. If you want to interest them you must present them with more than just a superficial image. You and your interests, projects or busi­ ness deals must have real substance to them in order to stimulate a Scorpio. If they haven’t, he or she will find you out – and that will be the end of the story. If we observe life – the processes of growth and decay – we see the transformational powers of Scorpio at work all the time. The caterpillar changes itself into a butterfly, the infant grows into a child and then an adult. To Scorpios this definite and perpetual transformation is not something to be feared. They see it as a normal part of life. This acceptance of transformation gives Scorpios the key to understanding the true meaning of life. 280

SCORPIO

Scorpios’ understanding of life (including life’s weak­ nesses) makes them powerful warriors – in all senses of the word. Add to this their depth, patience and endurance and you have a powerful personality. Scorpios have good, long memories and can at times be quite vindictive – they can wait years to get their revenge. As a friend, though, there is no one more loyal and true than a Scorpio. Few are willing to make the sacrifices that a Scorpio will make for a true friend. The results of a transformation are quite obvious, although the process of transformation is invisible and secret. This is why Scorpios are considered secretive in nature. A seed will not grow properly if you keep digging it up and exposing it to the light of day. It must stay buried – invisible – until it starts to grow. In the same manner, Scorpios fear revealing too much about themselves or their hopes to other people. However, they will be more than happy to let you see the finished product – but only when it is completely wrapped up. On the other hand, Scorpios like knowing everyone else’s secrets as much as they dislike any­ one knowing theirs. Finance Love, birth, life as well as death are Nature’s most potent transformations; Scorpios are interested in all of these. In our society, money is a transforming power, too, and a Scorpio is interested in money for that reason. To a Scorpio money is power, money causes change, money controls. It is the power of money that fascinates them. But Scorpios can be too materialistic if they are not careful. They can be over­ ly awed by the power of money, to a point where they think that money rules the world. Even the term plutocrat comes from Pluto, the Ruler of the Sign of Scorpio. Scorpios will – in one way or another – achieve the financial status they strive for. When they do so 281

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

they are careful in the way they handle their wealth. Part of this financial carefulness is really a kind of honesty, for Scorpios are usually involved with other people’s money – as accountants, lawyers, stockbrokers or corporate managers – and when you handle other people’s money you have to be more cautious than when you handle your own. In order to fulfil their financial goals, Scorpios have important lessons to learn. They need to develop qualities that do not come naturally to them, such as breadth of vision, optimism, faith, trust and, above all, generosity. They need to see the wealth in Nature and in life, as well as in its more obvious forms of money and power. When they devel­ op generosity their financial potential reaches great heights, for Jupiter, the Lord of Opulence and Good Fortune, is Scorpio’s Money Planet. Career and Public Image Scorpio’s greatest aspiration in life is to be considered by society as a source of light and life. They want to be leaders, to be stars. But they follow a very different road than do Leos, the other stars of the Zodiac. A Scorpio arrives at the goal secretly, without ostentation; a Leo pursues it openly. Scorpios seek the glamour and fun of the rich and famous in a restrained, discreet way. Scorpios are by nature introverted and tend to avoid the limelight. But if they want to attain their highest career goals they need to open up a bit and to express themselves more. They need to stop hiding their light under a bushel and let it shine. Above all, they need to let go of any vindic­ tiveness and small-mindedness. All their gifts and insights were given to them for one important reason – to serve life and to increase the joy of living for others.

282

SCORPIO

Love and Relationships Scorpio is another Zodiac Sign that likes committed, clearly defined, structured relationships. They are cautious about marriage, but when they do commit to a relationship they tend to be faithful – and heaven help the mate caught or even suspected of infidelity! The jealousy of the Scorpio is legendary. They can be so intense in their jealousy that even the thought or intention of infidelity will be detected and is likely to cause as much of a storm as if the deed had actually been done. Scorpios tend to settle down with those who are wealthier than they are. They usually have enough intensity for two, so in their partners they seek someone pleasant, hard-working, amiable, stable and easy-going. They want someone they can lean on, someone loyal behind them as they fight the battles of life. To a Scorpio a partner, be it a lover or a friend, is a real partner – not an adversary. Most of all a Scorpio is looking for an ally, not a competitor. If you are in love with a Scorpio you will need a lot of patience. It takes a long time to get to know Scorpios, because they do not reveal themselves readily. But if you persist and your motives are honourable, you will gradually be allowed into a Scorpio’s inner chambers of the mind and heart. Home and Domestic Life Uranus is Ruler of Scorpio’s 4th Solar House of Home and Family. Uranus is the Planet of Science, Technology, Changes and Democracy. This tells us a lot about a Scorpio’s conduct in the home and what he or she needs in order to have a happy, harmonious home life. Scorpios can sometimes bring their passion, intensity and wilfulness into the home and family, which is not always the place for these qualities. These traits are good for the warrior 283

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

and the transformer, but not so good for the nurturer and family member. Because of this (and also because of their need for change and transformation) the Scorpio may be prone to sudden changes of residence. If not carefully con­ strained, the sometimes inflexible Scorpio can produce tur­ moil and sudden upheavals within the family. Scorpios need to develop some of the virtues of Aquarius in order to cope better with domestic matters. There is a need to build a team spirit at home, to treat family activities as truly group activities – family members should all have a say in what does and does not get done. For at times a Scorpio can be most dictatorial. When a Scorpio gets dictato­ rial it is much worse than if a Leo or Capricorn (the two other power Signs in the Zodiac) does. For the dictatorship of a Scorpio is applied with more zeal, passion, intensity and concentration than is true of either a Leo or Capricorn. Obviously this can be unbearable to family members – espe­ cially if they are sensitive types. In order for a Scorpio to get the full benefit of the emo­ tional support that a family can give, he or she needs to let go of conservatism and be a bit more experimental, to explore new techniques in child-rearing, be more demo­ cratic with family members and to try to manage things by consensus rather than by autocratic edict.

Horoscope for 2002 Major Trends You entered a powerful cycle of success and good fortune last year, and the trend continues in 2002. The emotional and family instability written about in past years is still in effect. The point of all this is to develop 284

SCORPIO

emotional equilibrium regardless of circumstances. Saturn is still in your 8th House (like last year) and you have to work harder at efforts of transformation and depth psychology. Stubborn addictions don’t give way easily. Spiritual studies require persistent and patient effort. Keep plugging away. For the year as a whole, your native Water element is one of the weakest elements (Earth is even weaker). There will be many periods this year where there are no planets (or maybe just one) in Water. Thus your emotional sensitivities could be violated routinely – though not maliciously. Many of your psychic gifts will not be appreciated. Hang in there and ride things through. It’s just the astrological weather. Scorpios are silent types. And yet this year Air, the el­ ement of communication, will be the most prominent and powerful. People will be gabbing away, chit-chatting over trifles in many cases. You will be besieged by this, and will probably feel uncomfortable. The virtue of silence is not appreciated either. Introverts are given short shrift. Career is going to grow by leaps and bounds in the com­ ing year; the challenge will be to balance the family life with your career. It has been a few years since this challenge has been this severe. Your most important areas of interest in the coming year are: finances, home, family and domestic issues, transforma­ tion, debt and the repayment of debt, taxes and tax situations, making money for others, sexuality, religion, philosophy, higher education, foreign travel and relations with foreigners, career. Your paths of greatest fulfilment in the coming year are: personal transformation, breaking addictions, debt repay­ ment, sexuality, helping others to prosper, religion, philoso­ phy, higher studies, foreign travel, career.

285

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Health Health is much improved over the previous few years. Whereas in past years you had a gang of long-term planets arrayed against you, now there are only two. By now you are a much tougher and stronger person. The body has been cleansed and purified, and the aspects now are much easier. The fact that your 6th House of Health is not a House of Power is another positive health signal. You feel no need to pay much attention here. The danger of this is that you will ignore health and take it for granted – this would be a mistake. Health should given more attention this year – especially after August 1st. Jupiter will join Uranus and Neptune in a stressful aspect to you. Part of the problem comes from the stress of both a demanding career (very successful) and a demanding home life. There is a need to balance the two. There will be many instances where you won’t be able to please either your boss or family members. Emotional volatility is also a health danger. Nothing drains energy faster than uncontrolled (and especially nega­ tive) emotional states. Like last year, the tendency is to extremes of emotion. The highs can be unreasonably high and the lows unreasonably low. The truth of any situation is somewhere in between. Mood changes also tend to be swift and bewildering, both for you and those around you. The challenge now (as men­ tioned) is to cultivate peace, tranquillity and equilibrium. When extremes of mood hit you, try to shift into another mental gear – say to yourself, ‘I am not this feeling or mood, I am the Being that can feel.’ You can reduce the health stress of your ambitions by working smarter, more efficiently and more rhythmically. Work smart, not hard. Focus on the really important things and let other things go. Delegate responsibility wherever 286

SCORPIO

possible. Rest when tired. Don’t try to bull a project through when you are tired, as chances are you will make mental mistakes and only have to redo it. Listen to your body and be aware of your energy levels. Work to plug the energy leaks in your aura. Talk less (a difficult feat this year, with all the Air energy around) and listen more. Think less and be aware more. Alternate activi­ ties as much as possible. Note when you get tensed up at work and take a few moments to stretch or release the tension. Avoid arguments and power struggles. Be aware of how you feel around people – do they make you tired, drain you, make you edgy or fidgety? These are signs of energy sapping (much of it unconscious), which is one of the great (and as yet unknown to modern science) health dangers. When this happens, make a polite excuse and get out of the situation. Become an ‘energy-efficient’ organism. Invest energy only in areas that yield maximum return. You won’t do these things overnight, but you can make a beginning – and a beginning is much better than nothing. You will have many opportunities to put these things into practice in the coming year. January 20th to February 18th, March 1st to May 21st, and July 13th to August 23rd are vulnerable health periods. Understand, you have plenty of energy to do the things that you need to do and have to do, but none for frivolities and side issues. Home, Domestic and Family Issues Another important and volatile area. Two powerful, longterm planets occupy your 4th House of Home and Family – Neptune and Uranus. Both have long-term effects and both bring deep-seated changes. Uranus is the planet that has been causing the disrup­ tions, multiple moves, multiple renovations and redecoration, 287

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

mood swings and changes of affections. He has been in your 4th House for many years and is still there this year. His pur­ pose is fundamentally good. He wants to bring constructive change, technological advancements, more freedom in the home and a team spirit. He wants to show that domestic life and family relationships need not be one ‘rigid mode’ but can be achieved in many and unique ways. He is bringing emotional and domestic flexibility. But Scorpios are nothing if not stubborn, and sometimes Uranus has to create a few explosions before change happens. Neptune in your 4th House has been bringing more spir­ ituality – a sense of unconditional love – into the home. This is his purpose. Only unconditional love can keep the family together after Uranus’ disruptions. Along with this he brings imagination and inspiration. This is probably manifesting as very imaginative types of decor, landscaping and interior design. Many Scorpio natives are moving closer to water – or dream of living on the water. Neptune is Lord of the 5th House of Children. His pres­ ence in your 4th House shows that either children are on the way, or that the disruptions occurring are for the sake of the children. They need a certain kind of environment which their parents may not be aware of. The children seem like sensitive and artistic types and need special and freer conditions. When the Lord of the 5th House is in the 4th there is a desire to make the home a place of entertainment as well as a home. You want to have fun at home. So, all kinds of games – electronic or otherwise, toys – adults’ and children’s – and film and video equipment are being brought in. Your home is as much an amusement park as it is a home. Neptune is the most spiritual of all the planets. He is a planet of revelation. He reveals the good, the bad and the ugly. So there is much revelation going on both psychologi­ cally, on a personal level, and with the family as a whole. The spiritual purpose of your family unit is being revealed. 288

SCORPIO

You have all been brought together for a very unique and wonderful reason. Some great, long-term good will be effect­ ed here. Hang in through the disruptions and the rollercoaster rides – it will be worth it in the end. A parent or parental figure will have a fortunate move this year. There is good fortune in the purchase or sale of a home. This parent, or another parent, is moving around a lot – travelling from place to place like a nomad. Relations with parents improve after August 1st. Relations with siblings are status quo. Relations with chil­ dren bittersweet. Relations with grandchildren are wonderful. Love and Social Life Neither the 7th House of Love and Romance, nor the 11th House of Friends is powerful this year. These areas should be status quo – not much change from last year. Though you have great freedom in these areas – and if you choose, could be shaped as you will – other areas of life are much more important to you. An empty House is often a positive signal. It shows con­ tentment in a certain area of life, and with contentment comes the status quo. Singles have marriage opportunities from January 19th to February 12th, May 20th to June 14th (also good for finances), and from September 8th to the end of the year. This latter period is the most interesting. Venus spends more than three and a half months in your own Sign. Highly unusual. Usually she spends a month in a Sign. So, we have a situation where your Love Planet, Venus, will be in your own Sign for quite some time. This shows that love pursues you this period and will probably find you. In many cases it shows a live-in relationship. But this relationship is far from a smooth ride. Venus will be retrograde during that period, and Mars, the Planet of War, will move through your Sign. Can love withstand these severe tests? Possible, but unlikely. 289

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Marrieds will also have their relationships tested then – there is a Lunar Eclipse on November 20th in the House of Marriage which coincides with these transits. But marrieds have a stronger probability of making it than singles do. Parents, parental figures and siblings have great aspects for marriage or a serious relationship. Children of marriage­ able age will have to wait until next year. Grandchildren of marriageable age are prospering and enjoying life, but again marriage is more likely next year. The Lords of your Social Life are Mercury (Friends) and Venus (Love and Romance). These are fast-moving planets and will move through all the Signs and Houses of your Horoscope in any given year (Venus will only miss one Sign this year). Thus friendship and romantic opportunities will come in many ways in a given year. Your needs in love change, too. These short-term trends will be discussed in the month-by-month forecasts. There is a wonderful law of compensation that operates through our lives. It stems from the basic law of equilibrium which exists in nature. When one area of life is weak, another is strong. When one prize is withdrawn, another prize is given. Excessive good in one area brings unrealized challenges. A man who is too rich (basically a great blessing) finds that he is dealing with insincere people who are angling for his wallet, or comes up against class-warfare types of attack. The woman who is too beautiful (another blessing) finds that she is mistrusted by other women, who see her as a threat, and often has to deal with male attention of the wrong kind. When one door closes, another opens. Your social life is weak this year, and the Cosmos has com­ pensated by making your financial life strong. Finance and Career A strong and prosperous financial year, Scorpio. Enjoy. Your 2nd House of finance is powerful, which shows that it is an 290

SCORPIO

area of interest and importance to you. You are focused on finance, and your focus and interest is 90 per cent of the battle. Jupiter, your Money Planet, is in its most exalted position – the Sign of Cancer – and in the most fortunate House of your Horoscope – the 9th House. Jupiter is making beautiful aspects to your Sun for most of the year and is basically well aspected on its own. All of this translates to increased earnings and increased net worth. Your financial goals are big – larger than life. You are not interested in merely earning your living, but in attain­ ing big wealth. There are increased financial opportunities – many coming from academia, foreign lands or with foreigners. Religious institutions or religious persons are also involved in your financial life – and in a very good way. Speculations are favourable. Lady luck is with you in your investments and purchases. Assets you own increase in value. There is an over­ all financial optimism and confidence – this too is 90 per cent of the battle. As Henry Ford said, ‘Those who believe they can and those who believe they can’t are both right.’ You believe you can, and the results follow. You seem to be in the right place at the right time to rec­ ognize and seize opportunity. Also you are earning in ways that are comfortable to you – in line with your nature and talents – and this too is very important. You can be yourself and still prosper. Jupiter makes sensational aspects to your Sun until August 1st and to Pluto afterwards. Both of these planets involve your body, image and personal appearance. I read this as dressing for success, donning the image of wealth, a recognition that the right image is a big factor in earnings. You will probably dress expensively this year. Scorpios by nature are not flashy dressers; they like to hide their charms. But you will be an ‘expensive’ conservative dresser. On August 1st Jupiter will begin to transit your Solar Midheaven – this is the most elevated and powerful point in the Horoscope. (Jupiter leaves its ‘exalted’ position in 291

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Cancer and moves over the most ‘elevated position’ – the Midheaven.) So wealth should increase even more. This Midheaven point (which will be different for each of you depending on your birthday) also marks the beginning of your 10th House of Career. Thus, this move is bringing not just money but status, prestige, honours, recognition and promotions at work. You are likely to achieve more fame in your chosen line of work. In many cases there is greater involvement with your community or government, in a good way. There are dealings with people of power and prominence. Under this aspect people get elected to high office at their local community club or organization. Professional politicians will win elections. Many of you will contribute financially to political cam­ paigns. And many will benefit on a financial level from political connections. The high and the mighty are with you and eager to grant their favours. New and better career opportunities offer themselves. The sky’s the limit. Scorpios who are students are likely to hear good news about university. Some will win scholarships. Those already at university will do well in their studies and earn honours. When the Money Planet is on or near the Midheaven of the chart, money becomes the Number 1 priority in life. Many people try to hide this, as it is usually frowned upon socially, but underneath it is so. Since no one can focus like a Scorpio, we get a sense of laser-like concentration on finance. And it will pay off. You will be very generous this year, both to friends and to charities. You will be a big spender. All of this is in keeping with your increased earnings. Professional investors should study property, publishing, banking and traditional blue-chip stocks. Gaming and enter­ tainment stocks also seem fruitful. The income of siblings is status quo – financial manage­ ment is more important than earnings – they need to stop the financial leaks. The income of a parent (or parental 292

SCORPIO

figure) is super – but especially after August 1st. He or she is living the good life these days. Income of children is status quo. Income of grandchildren is wonderful – nice windfalls coming. Income of your spouse could be better; he or she needs to practise better financial management. Self-improvement Personal earnings will soar this year, but your ability to earn money for others will take more work. By nature you are good at this sort of thing – helping others to prosper. But this year you are more focused on your personal wealth than on others’. Saturn in your 8th House indicates that you can’t ignore this totally – and where you can be of help, do so. Debt seems a problem this year. But increased earnings should mitigate the problem. Increased earnings bring increased taxes, and you shouldn’t fool around in this area – especially not this year. Set aside a percentage of earnings every month to deal with this. Don’t let over-optimism make you neglectful. Getting the financial support of others seems more diffi­ cult. Some projects are too big to handle alone, no matter how prosperous you are. The challenge here is to show oth­ ers the practicality and workability of your big ideas. Outside investors don’t seem to have the same vision that you do – you can’t sell them just a dream. Present a practical, prag­ matic plan that will satisfy even the most sceptical. The 8th House rules your deeper interests, Scorpio. Saturn in this House and your focus on finance could make you neglectful of your interests in personal transformation, past lives, depth psychology and the like. Your spiritual life could suffer. Make some time for it. The 8th House also rules the libido. With Saturn here, your libido is not up to its usual standards. Nothing really wrong – and you needn’t rush off to a medical professional – the energy is needed for other areas of life. 293

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Happy educational and travel opportunities are coming – make sure to allow time for these. They are wonderful and will enhance your life later on.

Month-by-month Forecasts January Best Days Overall: 7th, 8th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 26th, 27th Most Stressful Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 14th, 15th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 28th, 29th Best Days for Love: 5th, 6th, 14th, 15th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 25th Best Days for Money: 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 26th, 27th Health and vitality are good until the 22nd. A rare Grand Trine in Water on the 7th and 8th boosts your sense of well­ being and your bank balance. After the 22nd, rest and relax more. Health and exercise regimes will go well and there is a good focus on health – a positive indicator. This month we will have, at various times, a ‘bucket chart’ pattern with the Moon as the handle. This pattern will be in effect from the 3rd to the 8th and on the 30th and 31st. This makes the Moon, the Lord of your Solar 9th House, much more prominent than usual. It indicates that you will try to lift up your entire life through family, home and family connections – through establishing a secure home base and through the attainment of emotional harmo­ ny. (Most of the planets are below the Horizon, so this is a good policy these days.) It also shows that your philosophy 294

SCORPIO

of life, your religious beliefs and higher education will also be a means for lifting up your entire life. (Jupiter now in your 9th House is reinforcing this.) From the 20th onwards there is an unusual amount of power in the element of Air (communication). This is not the most comfortable situation for you, as you tend towards silence. You speak only when you have something meaning­ ful and important to say, and tend to dislike idle chatter. Now you are subjected to this kind of thing all the time – even from strangers. Just be patient and understanding – it’s just the astrological weather. Your important areas of interest this month are: finance, communication and intellectual interests, home and family. Finances are reasonable this month. Jupiter (your Financial Planet) is well placed, but retrograde. Thus there is a need to research all major purchases and investments more carefully. There could be delays and misunderstand­ ings regarding finances – especially with employers. If you are travelling on business (and it looks like many of you are), be sure to nail down what the company does and doesn’t pay for – keep careful records of expenditures. Over the long term, finances are excellent, but right now you have to work harder than usual for them. By all means go the extra mile. Love improves and becomes more exciting after the 20th. Good communication and an ability to share thoughts and ideas are the most important things in love these days. The problem is that your beloved thinks that talking about feel­ ings is the same as really feeling something. You like a real emotional connection. Love opportunities are close to home this month – in the neighbourhood or through family connections. Love is friendly and harmonious, but a bit too intellectual and cool for your taste. The passion is lacking.

295

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

February Best Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 13th, 14th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th Most Stressful Days Overall: 10th, 11th, 12th, 18th, 19th, 25th, 26th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 13th, 14th, 15th, 18th, 19th, 22nd, 23rd Best Days for Money: 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 13th, 14th, 22nd, 23rd Like last month we have a ‘bucket chart’ formation, but with Jupiter and Saturn as the handles (last month it was the Moon). Finances, education and good communication are the levers by which you will lift up your entire life and cir­ cumstances this period. Like last month, there is a dominance in the element of Air – keep in mind our previous discussion. Since Scorpio is one of the most astute Signs in the Zodiac, no one needs to tell you to take verbal commitments with many grains of salt (especially until the 8th) – you already know this. Most of the planets are below the Horizon of your chart, and your 4th House continues to be powerful (especially until the 18th). You can safely de-emphasize career and give your attention to the family. Family relationships and projects all seem happy. With Venus in your 4th House, this is a good time to schedule redecorating or beautifying pro­ jects. Good for buying art objects or selecting wall paper, curtains and furniture – your aesthetic sense is excellent. The only problem is the lack of Earth in the Horoscope after the 14th – watch your spending on these things. Make an effort to get value for money. Comparison shop and get competitive bids. Parties and entertainments from the home go well and seem very exciting. Relations with children are good and there is much pleasure from them. Those looking 296

SCORPIO

to buy or sell a home have good success this period. Last month the planets made a major shift from the Eastern sector of your Horoscope to the Western sector. By the 14th this shift will be complete and your focus for the next few months will be on social affairs and co-operating with other people. Your sense of independence and freedom of action is lessened now, and you can’t attain goals without the good graces of others. Self-will and self-assertion won’t bring success, but charm, grace and compromise will. Venus’ move from Aquarius to Pisces on the 12th is an important love signal. Finally there is less talk and real feel­ ing in love. Love is very happy, like a honeymoon, though you will need to be careful of the hypersensitivity of your partner or beloved. Honeymoon-type relationships can also be expensive, and there is a need to strike a balance between showering the beloved with gifts and economic reality. Happily, economic reality is better than you think. Your Money Planet starts to receive beautiful aspects from the 12th onwards. Speculations seem favourable. Creative pro­ jects bring profit opportunities. Children enhance your wealth. Health and vitality start improving after the 18th. March Best Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 12th, 13th, 22nd, 23rd, 30th, 31st Most Stressful Days Overall: 9th, 10th, 11th, 17th, 18th, 24th, 25th Best Days for Love: 3rd, 4th, 14th, 15th, 17th, 18th, 24th, 25th Best Days for Money: 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 12th, 13th, 22nd, 23rd, 30th, 31st

297

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

A happy month – a party month – one of the best in your year. Enjoy. With more power in your native element of Water (feel­ ings and emotions) you are feeling more like yourself again. Also, your natural empathy for other people adds to your social popularity – one of the key ingredients for success this period. The short-term planets are firmly established in the Western sector of your chart – 80 to 90 per cent of them are there, an overwhelming dominance. Charm, grace and con­ sensus will work where brute force won’t. This is no time for ‘making’ things happen, but for allowing them to happen as they will and in their own time. Your way is not the best way this period – be open to the perspectives of others. But there are complications here – and there is danger that erup­ tions of self-will and social power struggles can disrupt the harmony needed to bring your good to you. Avoid them as much as possible. This month there is another ‘bucket chart’ formation in the heavens. This time Pluto, your Ruler, is the handle. This indicates that through a good image and personal appear­ ance, good self-esteem and the improvement of the self, you will lift up your entire life. Nothing wrong with sprucing up your image, but too much self-will has dangers mentioned above. Pluto lifts your life from the 2nd House of Money and Possessions – thus finances are also a path for lifting up your life – or so you feel. Finances are very strong now. Jupiter (your Money Planet) moves forward on the 2nd, bringing clarity and good judgement to financial affairs. Further, he receives fabulous aspects until the 20th. This is one of the best financial peri­ ods of your year, and many of the things written of in the Horoscope for 2002 section (page 290) will start happening now. There is luck in speculations before the 20th. Money comes in happy ways, as you entertain others or indulge in 298

SCORPIO

leisure activities. Like last month, children actually enhance your earning power – either directly or through ideas and suggestions. Those of you involved in the creative or per­ forming arts will have a banner month – financially and cre­ atively. A good month to take up a creative hobby as well. Health is excellent and there is a good focus on it – you don’t take it for granted. Job-seekers meet with good fortune. Romance can be stormy this month. An existing rela­ tionship will get tested. Singles have many ‘fun-and-games’ types of love opportunities. Until the 8th singles find love in the usual places – parties, entertainments and leisure type activities. After the 20th love is found at work. Love needs are more practical this period. Service to your beloved (and service in return) are the signs of true love for you right now. April Best Days Overall: 8th, 9th, 10th, 18th, 19th, 27th, 28th Most Stressful Days Overall: 6th, 7th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 20th, 21st Best Days for Love: 3rd, 4th, 5th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 23rd, 24th, 25th Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 8th, 9th, 18th, 19th, 27th, 28th, 29th, 30th Like last month, Pluto, your Ruler, is the handle of a ‘bucket chart’ formation. This pattern often leads to self-will and self-assertion, as it is through the self that the native Scorpio will lift up his or her life. There is a tendency to believe that it is all up to you – you’ve got to make things happen. But the truth is that with so many planets in the Western sector (like last month) it’s not really up to you. Self-assertion will 299

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

get you nowhere. Work to enhance your image and get your body and personal appearance in shape. Work to get your finances in shape, too, and then let the Cosmos bring your good to you in its own way. Continue to adjust, adapt, co-operate and cultivate the good graces of others. With 90 per cent of the planets moving forwards, your good will come with breathless rapidity. The planets are making an important shift from the lower half of the Horoscope to the upper half. The shift begins on the 13th and is complete by the 20th. Career and outer ambitions are becoming increasingly important, home and family less so. (With your 4th House still strong, you won’t be able to let go completely of family responsibilities, but you can shift some attention from there to your career – it’s a matter of proportion.) Early in the month, career is enhanced the old-fashioned way – through productive work. After the 20th it is en­ hanced by your social popularity, social skills and knowing and connecting with the right people. Health is good until the 20th, but afterwards rest and relax more. Power in your House of Health until the 20th shows that health is a priority and that you’re on top of things. Health problems this month can have their origin in social disharmony – either with friends or your beloved. Clear this up before running to a health professional. Once again, your native Water element is weak and Air is strong. Keeping your silence and avoiding idle chatter will be difficult. Your 7th House of Love and Romance is one of the strongest in the Horoscope this month. An unusually social month. Romance is in the air. Love should get better when Mars leaves your 7th House on the 13th. He was creating some strife and power struggles there. But having so many benefic planets in your 7th House is indicating that love is basically happy and that Mars will only destroy defects and nothing real. Singles will meet significant others this month 300

SCORPIO

(or people who have the potential to fulfil this role). Love opportunities come from various places and various ways – the workplace, with bosses or superiors, as you pursue work and career goals, with people who are involved with your career, through the introduction of a parent or parental fig­ ure, and in the usual places – parties and social gatherings. Friends might want to be more than that, and friends like to play Cupid right now. There is much mingling with people of status and power. May Best Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 7th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 24th, 25th Most Stressful Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 11th, 12th, 18th, 19th, 31st Best Days for Love: 3rd, 4th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 24th Best Days for Money: 5th, 6th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 24th, 25th, 26th, 27th Pluto, your Ruler, is an unusually prominent planet this month. First off, like last month he is the handle of a ‘bucket chart’ formation. Second, a Lunar Eclipse on the 26th occurs very close to him. (He will get hit by other eclipses, more exactly, later on in the year – so you are getting ‘announce­ ments’ of the future now.) Pluto’s prominence shows a focus on the self – the body, the image, your self-concept, your personal appearance and drives for personal fulfilment. Yet, as seen in past months the planetary power is mostly in the West – your social sec­ tor. It’s as if you have choice – pursue personal fulfilment and be isolated and weak, or cultivate your social skills and sublimate your personal urges (for a while). Not an easy thing to balance out. The best way, as mentioned, is to 301

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

downplay personal will while improving the areas of your­ self that can be improved. By all means, spruce up your image and get your body in shape. By all means work for a better self-concept (the Lunar Eclipse will force you to do this anyway) – but continue to put others first and be ready to compromise wherever possible. Very soon now this down­ playing of self won’t be necessary, but for now it is. Love and romance are still active until the 21st, and much of what was written last month is still in effect. This month, though, love is more passionate and physical and there is a need to weed out – prune – your social life of mediocre or lacklustre friends and relationships. Focus on quality, not quantity. There are many planets in Air this month, and Mercury will go retrograde on the 15th. Take verbal commitments and things that you read and hear with many grains of salt. A healthy scepticism is called for. Wild claims and rumours need confirmation – and, at the least, clarification. Though health is good, rest and relax more until the 21st. Also take a reduced schedule during the eclipse period of the 26th – two days before and a day after. You don’t need to be taking strenuous journeys or indulging in stressful exercises or sporting events. The eclipse affects your body and your image and you will be making long-term changes here – probably in the way you dress and present yourself. Strong earnings will help you here. The eclipse will probably bring up impurities in your body for cleansing – but probably in a mild way. Co-operate with the process, this is not illness. Since the eclipse is in your Money House, earnings strategies and plans will get revamped. With the kind of beautiful financial aspects that you have, I expect this will happen through a windfall or new opportunity that expands your financial horizons and makes old thinking obsolete. You are in one of the best financial periods of your year – if not your life. 302

SCORPIO

June Best Days Overall: 2nd, 3rd, 12th, 13th, 20th, 21st, 29th, 30th Most Stressful Days Overall: 7th, 8th, 14th, 15th, 27th, 28th Best Days for Love: 2nd, 3rd, 7th, 8th, 13th, 14th, 22nd, 23rd Best Days for Money: 2nd, 3rd, 12th, 13th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 29th, 30th Many of the trends written of last month are still in effect. Pluto is still the handle of a ‘bucket chart’ formation. Once again he gets hit by an eclipse – a Solar Eclipse this time, on the 10th. Most of the planets are still in the Western sector. Please review the previous discussion on this. Most of the planets are still above the Horizon (like last month), and your 10th House starts becoming powerful on the 14th, when Venus enters it. Ambitions are more intense now. There is a need to balance your worldly ambitions and objectives with family and domestic responsibilities (not so easy to do this period). But though family is important, the emphasis will shift to your career. The Solar Eclipse of the 10th is strong on you (as it hits Pluto, your Ruler) so take a reduced schedule a few days before and for at least a day after. Issues of self-esteem, your body, your image and self-concept that weren’t dealt with last month are being dealt with now. Welcome this, as the changes will ultimately be positive. You changed your image last month, now you may change it again. The Solar Eclipse is also bringing career change. There could be upheavals in your corporate hierarchy, changes in the power structure, changes in the whole landscape of your corporate environment. In most cases this will work out in 303

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

your favour, as blockages to your advancement will be removed. In other cases you might leave for a better offer somewhere else – and these opportunities are there for you. In still other cases you might opt for a whole new career path. Both this Solar Eclipse and the Lunar Eclipse of the 24th are affecting communication, intellectual interests, your car and communication equipment and your relations with sib­ lings. In the case of students, it affects their status in school or relations with their teachers and administrators. (In many cases these changes come from natural causes – i.e. gradua­ tion and the change of schools that comes with that.) A sales or marketing project hits some snags that force you to make improvements. Dirty linen with a sibling or neighbour comes to the surface for cleansing. Health is basically good this month, and health and exer­ cise regimes go well. Job-seekers and those looking to hire others meet with wonderful success. A dream job or dream employee comes into the picture. Finances are outstanding – one of the best periods of the year. There are travel opportunities (some business-related) happening now. Honours and promotions are likely. The Solar Eclipse of the 10th is setting the stage for sky-rocketing career success in coming months. Love and romance are happy. Singles meet serious romantic prospects – especially early in the month. After the 14th, singles find love at the job or as they pursue their career goals. The object these days is to combine a good social life with a successful career – and the aspects for this seem easy now. July Best Days Overall: 1st, 9th, 10th, 17th, 18th, 27th, 28th

304

SCORPIO

Most Stressful Days Overall: 4th, 5th, 6th, 11th, 12th, 24th, 25th Best Days for Love: 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 13th, 22nd, 23rd Best Days for Money: 1st, 9th, 10th, 17th, 18th, 20th, 21st, 27th, 28th This month sees a ‘see-saw’ chart pattern. One sector of planets pulls you one way, while the other pulls you anoth­ er. The ‘see-saw’ takes place between the upper and lower hemispheres of the chart – indicating your see-saw attitude between outer ambitions and the need for emotional har­ mony, between the home and your career. Since there are more planets in your career sector – guess which side will win? Your career and ambition side for sure. With your 4th House Ruler, Uranus, now retrograde, and so much power in your House of Career, you are right to let domestic issues slide for a while – in spite of the protestations of family members. In spite of the ‘see-saw’ (and see-saws can be fun, ask any child), this is one of your happiest and most successful months of the year. Moods and feelings are up and opti­ mistic. New horizons open up to you. Many of the good things written about in the Horoscope for 2002 section will happen this month (some could have happened last month, too). There is foreign travel, or opportunities for it; there are happy educational opportunities, students hear good news on the university front; those looking to marry a second time meet with great opportunity, health soars, there is luck in speculations and other happy financial windfalls and opportunities. Venus is in your 10th House until the 8th. Review last month’s discussion. Love is high on the agenda and opportu­ nities seem plentiful. Existing relationships go better, too – though be careful of eruptions from the 10th to the 15th and 305

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

from the 20th to the 23rd. Venus re-stimulates eclipse points during these periods, and dirty linen is likely to come up. But these are temporary things. Compromise and consensus – in love and in most matters – will get you through most problems. Until the 10th you are interested in people who can help your career. After the 10th, your needs in love change, and you are more interested in combining friend­ ship with romance. The object, after the 10th, is to combine the best things about friendship with the best things about romance. Venus in the Sign of Virgo is a challenge to love. It brings the desire for ‘perfect love’ and a desire to rid a relationship of any impurities. But the path to this is loaded with landmines and you must proceed delicately, avoiding destructive criticism. Constructive criticism, delivered in a friendly man­ ner and at the right time, will do more than personal attacks and tantrums. Your career is getting ready to take off. The pace there is hectic. Get ready for promotions, pay rises, honours and increased professional status. Health is fabulous until the 23rd, but afterwards rest and relax more. August Best Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 14th, 15th, 23rd, 24th Most Stressful Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 8th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 28th, 29th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 11th, 12th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 28th, 29th, 30th, 31st Best Days for Money: 7th, 8th, 16th, 17th, 25th Jupiter’s move into your 10th House on the 1st is the major headline of the month. Jupiter joins three and sometimes 306

SCORPIO

four other planets in your House of Career, easily making this House the most important in your Horoscope. Career soars now. Opportunities come. You are in demand. True, there is competition – both personal and in your industry – but you overcome it. Like last month, pay rises, promotions, lucrative career offers and honours are coming your way. Jupiter, the revealer of First Principles, shows you exactly how to operate the principle of good in your career. The New Moon of the 8th is also helping your career by bringing new information (as the month progresses) that answers questions and clarifies the next steps to take. This New Moon also boosts your bank balance. The challenge this month, like last month, is juggling the home and your career – but the way the aspects are, you will focus more on your career. Jupiter’s move into Leo (along with a shift of the shortterm planets) represents a shift from the Western sector of your chart to the Eastern. This is an important psychological shift. You are becoming more and more independent. You have less need to adapt to situations or seek consensus. You have creative power to create conditions as you like them. Whereas for many months you have been adapting to the world, now the world will start adapting to you. Definitely rest and relax more this month. Keep in mind the discussions about being ‘energy efficient’. Happily, health seems a strong priority this month and you are likely to be on top of problems before they get out of hand. Health and vitality improve after the 23rd, but a month-long T-square puts stress on you – forcing you to juggle not only home and career, but personal desires and friendships. The combination of the heavenly T-square and the shift of planets to the East could shake up some friendships – you are becoming more independent and the ‘balance of power’ has shifted with your friends. Group activities and organiza­ tions are important this period, but your new-found inde­ pendence might shake up your relationships within groups. 307

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Your sky-rocketing career comes with a few bumps on the road from the 26th to the 30th (also early next month too). Understand that great progress often causes great dis­ ruption – it’s in the nature of things. Love is improving by the 7th, as Venus moves into romantic Libra and makes nice aspects to you. Love is more spiritual, more forgiving, more tolerant and much less ‘nit-picky’ and critical than it was last month. Singles find love at meditation seminars or retreats, at religious and charitable functions, and as they pursue philanthropic activities. September Best Days Overall: 2nd, 3rd, 10th, 11th, 19th, 20th, 29th, 30th Most Stressful Days Overall: 4th, 5th, 17th, 18th, 24th, 25th Best Days for Love: 1st, 10th, 19th, 20th, 24th, 25th, 29th, 30th Best Days for Money: 4th, 12th, 13th, 22nd The planets march inexorably Eastward, Pluto, your Ruling Planet, went forward late last month (August 26th), and Venus moves into your own Sign on the 8th. Self-confidence, self-esteem and your power of self-direction get stronger every day. True, the heavenly T-square written of last month is still in effect – stressing out friendships and your relation­ ships within organizations – but this is a natural consequence of your growing independence. They will have to get used to a new and dynamic you. Independence and self-direction don’t mean that you trample over others or start becoming rude and ill-mannered – this is the last thing you want to do. Be nice to others, but direct your own affairs – this will mini­ mize some of the stress with friends. 308

SCORPIO

Venus in your own Sign indicates that love is pursuing you and will catch you. You just have to be there. It also brings beauty, style and elegance to your personal image – to the way you dress and accessorize – to your ‘body language’, the way you move and walk, etc. Venus in the Sign of Scorpio is perhaps her ‘sexiest’ position. You come to realize (whatever age you may be) that your body is a supreme work of art, and you begin treating it that way. You are beauty, living in beauty and moving in beauty. Beauty is one of the reasons you are here in this world. This is a great month to shop for clothes and accessories – only do this before the 14th when Mercury goes retrograde. Like last month, most of the planets are still above the Horizon (though this will change in the next month or so) and Jupiter is still on the Midheaven of your chart – his most ‘elevated’ position. Career is still going good – though not as active as last month. You are reaching the pinnacles (your own personal pinnacles) of status and prestige these days. Jupiter is also your Financial Planet, and this ‘elevated’ position indicates that finances are high on the agenda and that your earning power is strong. The urge to speculate is very strong with Jupiter in Leo – this is perhaps his most speculative and risk-taking position – but be careful. The Lord of your 5th House opposing Jupiter counsels against speculation – except the most well-hedged kind. There are a few more career bumps from the 2nd to the 6th – but they are just that, bumps on the road. Keep driving forward – nothing is broken. Health and vitality are improved, but the stressful Tsquare mentioned earlier suggests more rest and relaxation. Don’t burn the candle at both ends. With a Grand Trine in Air in effect all month, resist the temptation to talk too much – though it will be hard not to.

309

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

October Best Days Overall: 7th, 8th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 26th, 27th Most Stressful Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 14th, 15th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 29th, 30th Best Days for Love: 7th, 8th, 16th, 17th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 26th, 27th Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 9th, 10th, 19th, 20th, 29th, 30th Health and vitality are improving tremendously this month. The heavenly T-square that was affecting Pluto dissipates by the 15th. On the 23rd, the Sun joins Venus in your own Sign, bringing even more energy, glamour and grace to your personal image. Pluto is moving forward (and so are you), and most of the planets are still in the East. Personal power and independence improve over last month. Reach for the stars now. You know what’s best for you. Mars, your Health Planet, moves into your 12th Solar House on the 15th, suggesting that you get excellent results from spiritual and metaphysical-type therapies. Like last month there are many planets in Air (communi­ cation), and Mercury will be retrograde until the 6th – don’t take verbal commitments or things that you hear too seri­ ously. Get confirmation always. This is a month for spiritual growth and for getting right with the Higher Power within you. This will not at all con­ tradict the fulfilment of your sensual desires and the good life that is coming your way. Both can co-exist. The impor­ tant thing to realize is that sensual pleasure and the good life are the result, not the cause, of getting inwardly right. This is the lesson of the month. With all this personal power available to you, it won’t hurt to seek some seclusion and get clear as to where you 310

SCORPIO

want to go next. You have the opportunity to build your own circumstances, but after you do you will have to live with your creation – the idea is to build wisely. On the 23rd you will be in another of those ‘cusp’ – twilight – situations, as the planetary power starts to shift from the upper half of your Horoscope to the lower half. Gradually your interest in outer ambitions will wane (though it will still be there) and your interest in personal fulfilment, emotional harmony and feeling right start to become more important. While the shift is happening both urges are strong and you feel ambivalent. By next month the tide will shift towards emotional harmony and family issues. Finances are still strong all month – though you may be overspending on yourself. From the 23rd onwards you won­ der whether success is measured in pounds or in status and prestige. First you go one way, then another. Like last month, avoid the tendency to speculate – unless your bets are well hedged. Love is still strong all month, but Venus’ retrograde on the 10th throws some complications into the brew. A cur­ rent relationship is being re-thought and re-evaluated. Don’t make rash decisions one way or another. Wait until Venus moves forward next month. November Best Days Overall: 4th, 5th, 13th, 14th, 23rd, 24th Most Stressful Days Overall: 10th, 11th, 18th, 19th, 25th, 26th Best Days for Love: 4th, 5th, 13th, 14th, 18th, 19th, 23rd, 24th Best Days for Money: 6th, 7th, 15th, 16th, 25th, 26th

311

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Ambitions are still strong until the 22nd, but after that the balance of planetary power is decisively below the Horizon. You are in a new era now. Presumably career goals have been attained or are on the way to attainment; now you want some of the fruits of career success – a sense of having a home base, a happy family life, the right feelings, nurtur­ ing and the like. You want the emotional happiness, the respect in the home and with family members, that career success should bring. Not an easy thing to accomplish this month, but you can make a beginning. These issues will go much better after the 21st when Uranus, your Family Planet, starts moving forward after many months of retro­ grade motion. Things continue to go your way. You are strong, decisive, clear. You know your own mind and the direction you are going in. Forward progress in your life is rapid (80 to 90 per cent of the planets are moving forward this month). Like last month, push towards your goals – especially those that involve personal fulfilment and personal circumstances. The same financial conflicts seen last month are in effect for most of this month. But these will dissipate by the 19th. From the 19th onwards you will be in one of the best financial peri­ ods of your year (if not your life). Jupiter is elevated and receives beautiful aspects from 30 per cent of the planets. You have figured out there’s no contradiction between success and money – you will opt for both. Both are important. Though career is less important these days, it soars nevertheless. More pay rises, promotions, honours and the like are coming your way. Some of you might get elected to high office in a com­ munity or civic organization you belong to – this usually hap­ pens under these aspects. Career and financial goals dovetail beautifully – each help the other. Your good reputation and professional status bring more money. Your earnings elevate your status. This is a circle of good that feeds on itself. Assets you already own increase in value. You are dress­ ing better and more expensively. Perhaps you invest in 312

SCORPIO

yourself – either ‘image-wise’ or in your education. Both are good investments now. The interesting thing is that all of this is happening with most of the planets below the Horizon. You have outer suc­ cess, but you yearn for inner harmony. Love is still complicated until the 21st. It’s not that your beloved doesn’t love or care for you – but he or she is think­ ing about his or her role in your life. Though ambivalent, he or she is still very much on your side. After the 21st, more clarity comes. This is a month of financial growth and sensual pleasure. Enjoy. December Best Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 10th, 11th, 20th, 21st, 29th, 30th Most Stressful Days Overall: 8th, 9th, 15th, 16th, 22nd, 23rd Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 10th, 11th, 15th, 16th, 20th, 21st, 29th, 30th Best Days for Money: 3rd, 4th, 12th, 13th, 22nd, 23rd, 31st Dynamic Mars and gentle Venus are both in your own Sign all month. This can create all kinds of contradictions – schizo­ phrenic behaviour, ambivalent feelings – if not handled just right. Venus is patient and likes to get things with charm, grace and persuasion. Mars is energetic and likes to get things by brute force. Venus is concerned about other people’s feel­ ings. Mars only knows what he wants and what he should do to get it. Mars is aggressive and impatient. Venus is receptive and patient. All of these urges are going on at the same time. Sometimes you are one way, and sometimes another. Nobody can figure you out. You are a mystery to yourself and to others. 313

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Of course, the object of all this is not to create confusion or schizophrenia – but to help you express the best of both planets. The idea is to blend the grace of Venus with the energy and courage of Mars, to somehow blend aggressive­ ness with a concern for other people’s feelings, to be able to act decisively when necessary or to wait patiently when that is necessary. One should temper the other. Love is more physical this month. Hormones, both male and female, are in overdrive. Romantic feelings are ex­ pressed sexually. Passions are high – and this can lift you to new romantic highs but also sink you to new lows. Mars will test an existing relationship. You have the desire (and a pretty good ability) to com­ bine work with romance. In some cases this plays out as an office romance. Health is good this month. There is a strong connection between health and romance. When romance goes well, health is good. When there is disharmony in love, health suffers. The good news is that both areas are pretty well aspected – so your health is likely to be good. But should problems arise, work to clear the romantic problem (or the problem with a friend) before seeing a health professional. Job-seekers have mixed results this month. There are job opportunities galore (many coming through friends, your spouse or your partner) but is the money right? Only you can decide this. You might opt to take them just temporarily. Jupiter (your Money Planet) goes retrograde on the 4th. This will not stop earnings (which are still strong) but throw delays into the mix. Research all purchases and investments more carefully now. This is a month for sensual pleasure, financial growth and the pursuit of intellectual interests and travel.

314

Sagittarius

THE ARCHER Birthdays from 23rd November to 20th December

Personality Profile SAGIT TARIUS AT A GLANCE Element – Fire Ruling Planet – Jupiter Career Planet – Mercury Love Planet – Mercury Money Planet – Saturn Planet of Health and Work – Venus Planet of Home and Family Life – Neptune Planet of Spirituality – Pluto Colours – blue, dark blue Colours that promote love, romance and social harmony – yellow, yellow-orange 315

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Colours that promote earning power – black,

indigo

Gems – carbuncle, turquoise

Metal – tin

Scents – carnation, jasmine, myrrh

Quality – mutable (= flexibility)

Qualities most needed for balance – attention to

detail, administrative and organizational skills

Strongest virtues – generosity, honesty,

broad-mindedness, tremendous vision

Deepest need – to expand mentally

Characteristics to avoid – over-optimism,

exaggeration, being too generous with other

people’s money

Signs of greatest overall compatibility – Aries, Leo Signs of greatest overall incompatibility – Gemini, Virgo, Pisces Sign most helpful to career – Virgo Sign most helpful for emotional support – Pisces Sign most helpful financially – Capricorn Sign best for marriage and/or partnerships – Gemini Sign most helpful for creative projects – Aries Best Sign to have fun with – Aries Signs most helpful in spiritual matters – Leo, Scorpio Best day of the week – Thursday 316

SAGITTARIUS

Understanding a Sagittarius If you look at the symbol of the archer you will gain a good, intuitive understanding of a person born under this astrologi­ cal Sign. The development of archery was humanity’s first refinement of the power to hunt and wage war. The ability to shoot an arrow far beyond the ordinary range of a spear extended humanity’s horizons, wealth, personal will and power. Today, instead of using bows and arrows we project our power with fuels and mighty engines, but the essential reason for using these new powers remains the same. These powers represent our ability to extend our personal sphere of influ­ ence – and this is what Sagittarius is all about. Sagittarians are always seeking to expand their horizons, to cover more territory and increase their range and scope. This applies to all aspects of their lives: economic, social and intellectual. Sagittarians are noted for the development of the mind – the higher intellect – which understands philosophical, metaphysical and spiritual concepts. This mind represents the higher part of the psychic nature and is motivated not by self-centred considerations but by the light and grace of a Higher Power. Thus, Sagittarians love higher education of all kinds. They might be bored with formal schooling but they love to study on their own and in their own way. A love of foreign travel and interest in places far away from home are also noteworthy characteristics of the Sagittarian type. If you give some thought to all these Sagittarian attributes you will see that they spring from the inner Sagittarian desire to develop. To travel more is to know more, to know more is to be more, to cultivate the higher mind is to grow and to reach more. All these traits tend to broaden the intel­ lectual – and indirectly, the economic and material – hori­ zons of the Sagittarian. The generosity of the Sagittarian is legendary. There are many reasons for this. One is that Sagittarians seem to have 317

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

an inborn consciousness of wealth. They feel that they are rich, that they are lucky, that they can attain any financial goal – and so they feel that they can afford to be generous. Sagittarians do not carry the burdens of want and limitation – which stop most other people from giving generously. Another reason for their generosity is their religious and philosophical idealism, derived from the higher mind. This higher mind is by nature generous because it is unaffected by material circumstances. Still another reason is that the act of giving tends to enhance their emotional nature. Every act of giving seems to be enriching, and this is reward enough for the Sagittarian. Finance Sagittarians generally entice wealth. They either attract it or create it. They have the ideas, energy and talent to make their vision of paradise on Earth a reality. However, mere wealth is not enough. Sagittarians want luxury – earning a comfortable living seems small and insignificant to them. In order for Sagittarians to attain their true earning potential they must develop better managerial and organiza­ tional skills. They must learn to set limits, to arrive at their goals through a series of attainable sub-goals or objectives. It is very rare that a person goes from rags to riches overnight. But a long, drawn-out process is difficult for Sagittarians. Like Leos, they want to achieve wealth and success quickly and impressively. They must be aware, however, that this over-optimism can lead to unrealistic financial ventures and disappointing losses. Of course, no Zodiac Sign can bounce back as quickly as Sagittarius, but only needless heartache will be caused by this attitude. Sagittarians need to maintain their vision – never letting it go – but must also work to­ wards it in practical and efficient ways.

318

SAGITTARIUS

Career and Public Image Sagittarians are big thinkers. They want it all: money, fame, glamour, prestige, public acclaim and a place in history. They often go after all these goals. Some attain them, some do not – much depends on each individual’s personal horo­ scope. But if Sagittarians want to attain public and profes­ sional status they must understand that these things are not conferred to enhance one’s ego but as rewards for the amount of service that one does for the whole of humanity. If and when they figure out ways to serve more, Sagittarians can rise to the top. The ego of the Sagittarian is gigantic – and perhaps rightly so. They have much to be proud of. If they want public acclaim, however, they will have to learn to tone down the ego a bit, to become more humble and self-effacing, without falling into the trap of self-denial and self-abasement. They must also learn to master the details of life, which can some­ times elude them. At their jobs Sagittarians are hard workers who like to please their bosses and co-workers. They are dependable, trustworthy and enjoy a challenge. Sagittarians are friendly to work with and helpful to their colleagues. They usually contribute intelligent ideas or new methods that improve the work environment for everyone. Sagittarians always look for challenging positions and careers that develop their intellect, even if they have to work very hard in order to succeed. They also work well under the supervision of oth­ ers, although by nature they would rather be the supervisors and increase their sphere of influence. Sagittarians excel at professions that allow them to be in contact with many dif­ ferent people and to travel to new and exciting locations.

319

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Love and Relationships Sagittarians love freedom for themselves and will readily grant it to their partners. They like their relationships to be fluid and ever-changing. Sagittarians tend to be fickle in love and to change their minds about their partners quite fre­ quently. Sagittarians feel threatened by a clearly defined, wellstructured relationship, as they feel this limits their freedom. The Sagittarian tends to marry more than once in life. Sagittarians in love are passionate, generous, open, benevolent and very active. They demonstrate their affec­ tions very openly. However, just like an Aries they tend to be egocentric in the way they relate to their partners. Sagittarians should develop the ability to see others’ points of view, not just their own. They need to develop some objectivity and cool intellectual clarity in their relationships so that they can develop better two-way communication with their partners. Sagittarians tend to be overly idealistic about their partners and about love in general. A cool and rational attitude will help them to perceive reality more clearly and enable them to avoid disappointment. Home and Domestic Life Sagittarians tend to grant a lot of freedom to their family. They like big homes and many children and are one of the most fertile Signs of the Zodiac. However, when it comes to their children Sagittarians generally err on the side of allow­ ing them too much freedom. Sometimes their children get the idea that there are no limits. However, allowing freedom in the home is basically a positive thing – so long as some measure of balance is maintained – for it enables all family members to develop as they should.

320

SAGITTARIUS

Horoscope for 2002 Major Trends The stresses and challenges of last year are easing this year, and though you are still not out of the woods things should get easier and easier as the year progresses. Last year was a time for balancing personal desires and self-will with those of your spouse, partner and friends. The challenge was to enjoy a relationship while still being who you are. This life lesson continues in the coming year. Like last year, 2002 is a year of business partnerships and joint ventures. Making money for others and putting the financial interest of your partners ahead of your own is still the challenge. Jupiter makes an important transit into Leo on August 1st. This will be a turning-point in the year ahead. Jupiter in Leo makes fabulous aspects to you and inaugurates a period of great success and good fortune. The elements of Fire and Air will be the strongest in the coming year. Almost every month there will be Grand Trines in one or both of these elements. All of these are harmo­ nious to you and further emphasize the ease of the year ahead. The Grand Trines in Fire (your native element) enhance your health and bring optimism, faith, vision and motivation. The Grand Trines in the element of Air bring enhanced mental functioning, communication skills and ease of learning and teaching. This is a year of paying off debt, of educational opportu­ nity, foreign travel and metaphysical growth. Three of the five eclipses that occur this year affect you in a dramatic way. These will bring plenty of excitement, longterm change and new life directions in the coming year. It definitely won’t be dull. Your areas of greatest interest in the coming year are: the body, the self-image, self-esteem and personal appearance, 321

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

communication and intellectual pursuits, love and romance, libido, helping others to prosper, paying off debt, depth psychology, religion, metaphysics, foreign travel and higher education. Your paths of greatest fulfilment in the coming year are: love and romance (though there is much hard work involved here), libido, paying off debt, helping others to prosper, depth psychology, personal transformation, religion, philoso­ phy, higher education and foreign travel. Health Though two long-term planets are stressing you out, many planets in Fire and Air are helping you. Further, after August 1st Jupiter moves into harmonious alignment with you and shifts the balance of planetary power in your favour. Health and vitality will improve dramatically then. Your 6th House of Health is not a House of Power and your tendency will be to ignore this area. You may not com­ pletely ignore it, but not give it the attention it deserves. Though we don’t see any sickness in the Horoscope, it would be a mistake not to take pre-emptive health measures. Health should be given more attention. Pluto has been in your own Sign for many years now and will be there for many years to come. As written in past reports, this is showing a complete re-invention and trans­ formation of the body and the image over time. The process began many years ago and is still going on. There is a re­ defining of your self-concept (how you think of yourself) and the package you are presenting to the world. This kind of work needs intense self-focus. In order to improve your­ self, you need to focus on yourself. But with Saturn oppos­ ing Pluto all year (same as last year), you have to divide your focus between yourself and your spouse, partner or friends. So the process of self-transformation is proceeding slowly. Your spouse or partner might not like the ‘places’ 322

SAGITTARIUS

you are going to in your re-invention process, and could put up some resistance and opposition. This too slows things down. Pluto wants deep personal transformation – not superfi­ cial cosmetic changes. Thus many of you have been (and still could be) taking drastic steps – fasting, dieting, herbal detox­ ing and even undergoing cosmetic surgery to get your body where you want it to be. This would be normal. Saturn’s opposition this year could indicate that finances (the cost of these things) are inhibiting you this year. Pluto in your Sign shows an urge to eliminate excess from the body – excess weight, unfavourable character traits and bad habits. These are healthy activities if you follow them correctly – without hatred or condemnation of your present body or of the things that you are eliminating. Eliminate by focusing on the positives of your body and image – the nega­ tives will die out by lack of attention. Don’t hate or be dis­ gusted by the negative, just focus on the positive. A good year for weight loss, for those who want it. Love and financial issues can unduly stress both your health and self-esteem in the coming year. You can reduce some of the stress by remembering that whatever is happen­ ing with some specific person, you are still a child of God and always worthy of love. You can be on the outs in a love affair or have a difficult financial period, but you are still worthy of love and need not hate yourself for it. In many cases where there are health problems the ori­ gin seems to be in a love or financial issue (both love and finance are intertwined this year). Spend some time clearing up the disharmonies there and chances are the health prob­ lem will disappear of its own accord. Even if the services of a professional are needed, the healing will go much more quickly and easily if you have addressed these disharmonies. Venus is your Health Planet. She rules the hips and the kidneys. Thus health is enhanced by keeping these parts of the body in tip-top shape. Hips and buttocks should be 323

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

massaged regularly. (Won’t hurt to massage the thighs as well.) The kidneys can be strengthened in natural ways through foot and hand reflexology, body massage, kinesiology, acupressure, acupuncture and Reiki. Since Venus is a short-term planet, your health needs – and the therapies that work best for you – will vary month to month. These short-term trends will be discussed in the month-by-month forecasts. Home, Domestic and Family Issues Your 4th House is not a House of Power this year, and so we expect a status quo type of year at home. Your interest in family and domestic issues will vary with the transiting planets. These will be examined in the monthby-month forecasts. Neptune is your Family Planet. Steady readers know that he is the most spiritual of all the planets. He represents a person’s urge to union with God, to higher consciousness and spiritual development. Thus, for Sagittarius, spiritual growth, psychic awareness, feelings of unity with the Divine come through the home, the family and the handling of family responsibilities. This is the training ground. Family problems are never what they seem to be, Sagittarius. It is merely the Higher Power’s way of getting your attention. Often they are merely calls to meditation and prayer. When the Higher Power has achieved its objec­ tive, the family problem dissolves of its own accord. It had no other reason for being. Neptune is also the planet of intuition. Thus the Cosmos trains your intuition through the home and the family. Many issues can’t be solved except by intuition. Normal logic, basic psychology and social custom will not solve them. Only the inspiration of a transcendent power will do the trick. Your intuition gets trained in emotional issues as well. 324

SAGITTARIUS

Your Family Planet has been in the Sign of Aquarius for some years now. This indicates that you are trying to foster greater freedom in the home, trying to build a team spirit and a sense of a group co-operative effort, upgrading the technology in the physical home itself. You are experimental in domestic issues, willing to try new and different tech­ niques that will work. The Sign of Aquarius is one of the most communicative in the Zodiac. The fact that it is also your 3rd House of Communication shows a strong link between family and communication. The obvious message is that family relations improve through better communication. Neither the 3rd House nor Aquarius is known for ‘emotionalism’ – so clear and logical thinking must prevail here. Answering a tantrum with another tantrum is only going to make matters worse. Wait till the dust settles and then explain your position – why you thought something was wrong or right, etc. Family problems – or family relationship problems – are also coming from disparities in education. Thus part of your mission these days is to educate – calmly and dispassionately – family members who need it. If you can instil a group or team spirit into the family – giving the maximum freedom to each individual member (so long as it is not destructive to themselves or others), you will have gone a long way to achieving domestic bliss. Love and Social Life A very important, yet complex and bittersweet area of life this year. Difficult to categorize, as there are both easy and difficult things coming up. Like last year, Saturn is in your 7th House of Love and Marriage. This indicates a re-ordering and re-structuring of the love life. Marriages already in progress are getting re-ordered – and perhaps being severely tested. Love and friendships are being tested and those that fail will fall by the wayside. 325

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Sagittarians are generally happy-go-lucky people. They make friends easily, often at the drop of a hat. They enter in love relationships easily too. Saturn in your 7th House is going to put a stop to this. There is a need for caution in love. There is a need to focus on quality relationships rather than just quantity. This year (like last year) you learn that love is not a big honeymoon, but carries burdens, duties and responsibilities. Many of you who are romantically inclined will revise your definition of romance. In popular culture, sentiment and emotion get all the glory, but duty and right action are de-emphasized. This is a year where you learn that doing your duty, every day, relentlessly, is the highest form of love. Doing what’s right by your beloved, no matter how you feel, is true love. This is a year for weeding out lukewarm or false friends and replacing them with good ones. The urge is for longterm, enduring relationships that will withstand the tests of time and circumstance. Many Sagittarians will marry this year – but they will marry from both the ‘head’ and the ‘heart’ rather than just the heart. In many cases there will be a marriage with some­ one older and more established. In other cases, with some­ one who is more traditional and stable. And in still other cases, as a career move. Those of you involved in serious relationships should be patient this year. Let love evolve slowly and naturally. If the relationship is real it will deepen in a gradual way – usually through tests and crises. This is how Saturn likes to do things. Singles are attracted by people who can help them finan­ cially. There is a whole ‘practical and material’ aspect to relationships these days. There is a feeling that your social life is not just fun but needs to serve some practical ‘bottom line’ purpose. Many Sagittarians will be social climbers, cul­ tivating relationships with the prominent and powerful. Others will be trying to combine business with their social 326

SAGITTARIUS

lives – making one serve the other. Many will enter in busi­ ness partnerships this year (some have already entered into these last year), and some marriages can smack more of a business arrangement than an emotional union. Saturn in the 7th House often denies marriage – and just as often introduces all sorts of delays into it. It will deny a marriage not destined to be long term, and delay a marriage where there is doubt. Those who do marry now will be in the relationship long term. Saturn is opposed by Pluto all year. This dramatizes a clas­ sic conflict that most people have – the need to balance personal desires and self-esteem with the desires of their spouse or lover. With Pluto in your 1st House your personal desires are intense and held with great conviction. So this balancing act is not as simple as it sounds. The financial interests of both you and your spouse – and especially how money is spent and apportioned – also seems a source of conflict. Always remember the middle way. Three eclipses will add further tests to marriage and seri­ ous relationships. These are the Lunar Eclipse of May 26th, the Solar Eclipse of June 10th and the Lunar Eclipse of December 4th. All of these fall on your 1st House/7th House axis of the self and relationships. These will mark turning points in your relationships – long-simmering issues will come to the surface and you will have to deal with them. Long-term decisions about the marriage or a current rela­ tionship will have to be made – no more sitting on the fence waiting. You have to decide one way or another. The good part of these eclipses is that the ‘price tag’ on your relation­ ship will become clearer and you will be better able to decide whether you can, or want, to pay it. Those working towards a second marriage have wonder­ ful opportunities after August 1st. Those of you already in a second marriage will have a more romantic period within your relationship. Those working on a third marriage or in a third marriage have a status quo year. 327

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Finance and Career Though your 2nd House is not powerful this year, this is still shaping up to be a strong financial year. Not perfect, but more good than bad – more easy than stressful. Saturn is your Money Planet and he is powerfully posi­ tioned on the angle of your chart. Thus, even though your Money House is empty (more or less), the Lord of the Finance is prominent because of his position. Finances will be active and important. Saturn as your Money Planet tends to be conservative in money matters. There is a need to take a long-term approach to both earnings and investments. A well-aspected Saturn (which we have here) shows the ability to spot long-term value and gives a disciplined, patient approach to investing. Wealth builds up slowly and gradually. Generally there is an abhorrence to risk-taking – unless the risks are calculated and well hedged. Though Sagittarians are known for their luck, their wealth and their free-spending, happy-go-lucky ways, it is Saturn, as their financial Ruler, that is the secret behind their wealth. They never really come into their own finan­ cially until they adopt some of Saturn’s attitudes. Saturn rules this year’s earnings from the Sign of Gemini (like last year), the Sign of Communication. Thus communi­ cation skills, the gift of the gab, knowledge and information play a big role in earnings. In many cases this indicates earn­ ings from marketing, trading, buying and selling. In other cases from teaching, writing and lecturing. In still other cases from investments in media, telecommunications and transport. Saturn rules earnings from the 7th House of Love, Romance and Social Activities. Thus, as mentioned earlier, a business partnership is likely. Money comes from social skills, networking and social contacts. Good friends are like money in the bank, though they will never appear on any balance sheet. Friends and social contacts seem to support 328

SAGITTARIUS

your financial goals and provide financial opportunities. Many Sagittarians will earn money from their marriage this year. Your spouse is prospering greatly and seems very generous towards you. Those involved in business partner­ ships also prosper. The Solar Eclipse of June 10th occurs right near your Money Planet. This shows long-term changes in your fi­ nancial life. Flawed financial strategies or expectations are revealed so that you can take corrective action. Longsimmering financial disputes with your spouse or partner come up for resolution. Jupiter is in your 8th House until August. This indicates that debts are made and repaid very easily. A good year to get out of debt or to refinance it on easier terms. Those of you who have good ideas will easily attract outside investors or outside capital to your projects. Tax issues with the gov­ ernment (if you have them) seem resolved along best-case scenarios. Those of you involved with insurance or royalty claims and the like also have good success. Saturn’s opposition to Pluto all year shows some conflict between spiritual and material values – probably this is brought on by your partnership or marriage. Money-making opportunities come which conflict with your morals or sense of right and wrong. Or you must spend in areas that violate your sense of right and wrong. Tough decisions have to be made. Career seems status quo, as your Career House is not a House of Power. Career will be more affected by the shortterm trends of the transiting planets and will be reported on in the month-by-month forecasts. Job-seekers and employers have a status quo year. Self-improvement Your social life and social attitudes in general seem in most need of improvement this year. You are dealing with many 329

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

conflicts and a lot of ambivalence – some of which has already been discussed. It’s hard to focus on efforts of per­ sonal transformation when your attention is distracted by others. Further, it is hard to hold an image of the new you (the you that you want to become) when your spouse, part­ ner or friends are in denial of that image. Somehow you have to be strong enough to do it and to maintain your popularity. As mentioned, materialistic and practical values are now involved in your love attitudes. This has an up side and a down side. Nothing wrong with making your social life serve economics – a healthy social life does that. But if people feel that economics is your sole motive they could be put off. The reverse is true too. Some are associating with you solely for economic interest and little else. Heart values cannot be totally replaced. Happily Saturn will ensure that life events will reveal who is who and what is what. Be prepared. Greet disappointments and disillusionment as blessings and revela­ tions from on high. These revelations will allow you to func­ tion from a more realistic basis. Learning the art of forgiveness is a great skill to have, with Saturn in your 7th House. Though there will be much social success, there will be some disappointments. True for­ giveness is not just the mumbling of a few words. It comes from a deep understanding of the other person’s position and circumstances. You see how others couldn’t help their behaviour because of the forces that shaped them and, when you understand, forgiveness is spontaneous and natural. Forgive others and forgive yourself. Both of you are still worthy of love. Excessive fear could also be an issue in relationships this year. Normal caution is good. But excessive overprotection or overly testing the other’s love will definitely hinder romance. Know that love will be tested in normal and natu­ ral ways, and that you are free to enjoy what is for what it is. 330

SAGITTARIUS

Month-by-month Forecasts January Best Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 9th, 10th, 19th, 20th, 28th, 29th Most Stressful Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 24th, 25th, 30th, 31st Best Days for Love: 5th, 6th, 14th, 15th, 24th, 25th Best Days for Money: 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 24th, 25th, 26th, 27th Try to rest and relax more until the 18th, as a heavenly Tsquare formation stresses you out. This involves children, finances and spirituality. Balancing home, your love life and your personal needs and desires is also a challenge. Avoid speculations this period as well. The financing of a creative project will straighten out after the 18th. Most of the planets are in the East, which normally suggests personal will and independence, but Jupiter, your Ruler, is retrograde, and there could be inhibitions in this area. You can certainly get your way this period – but you’re not quite sure what ‘your way’ is. Most of the planets are below the Horizon of your chart and Mars is in your 4th House of Home and Family. Mercury, your Career Planet, goes retrograde on the 18th. You can safe­ ly downplay career and outer ambitions and focus more on emotional harmony and family issues. Family issues are more complex these days and require more attention. Tempers could run high. Your urges for personal fulfilment (doing what pleases you) don’t sit well with children or other family members. Still, this is a good time to make needed repairs and do heavy construction (if you’re planning these things). Many of you are buying gadgets and toys for the home these days. Try to do so before the 18th. The retrograde of 331

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

your Money Planet all month also suggests more research and study are needed before you spend big money. The idea is that you want to enjoy the home more – enjoy being at home – and so some of you are creating a ‘theme park’ rather than a home. Perhaps you are overspending here. Sharply discern between necessary home expenses – things that are good investments and that make the home worth more – and things that are ‘elective’. Earnings are coming in strong, but overspending or the mis-allocation of funds can hurt your bank balance. Money comes from communication, sales and marketing projects, and high-tech industries. Neighbours and siblings bring financial opportunities. Health and vitality improve after the 18th, but especially after the 20th. You respond well to metaphysical and spir­ itual healing techniques, to foot reflexology and to other ‘experimental’ types of therapies. With 60 to 70 per cent of the planets in Air Signs after the 20th, it will be hard to curb your speech – but you should. Keep speech constructive and positive – especially as it relates to your body and health. Say nice things about your body – praise it regularly – and watch your health improve. Love improves after the 18th. Whether your desire is for fun, amusement and non-commitment – or whether you desire something more serious – the opportunities come. Mercury’s retrograde on the 18th complicates love, but doesn’t stop it. With so much Air power this month and Mercury retrograde, take protestations of love (or rejection) with many grains of salt. People are shooting from the hip – too glibly – often not meaning or realizing what they’re saying. February Best Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 7th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 25th, 26th 332

SAGITTARIUS

Most Stressful Days Overall: 13th, 14th, 20th, 21st, 27th, 28th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 8th, 9th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd We have a new heavenly T-square formation beginning on the 12th, so be sure to rest and relax more. The good news is that this one is much easier – has more harmonious planets involved – than last month’s. Most of the planets are below the Horizon of your chart, and your 4th House of Home and Family gets powerful from the 12th onwards. The focus is less on career and more on home, family and domestic affairs. Though (like last month) there is still tension between what you want to do and what the family wants you to do – and between your financial needs and the family’s needs – things at home are still much easier than last month. Two powerful benefics (the Sun and Venus) will be in your 4th House, and they tend to bring har­ mony. Many of you will want to move, or enlarge the home. Others will want to redecorate. Nothing wrong with that, but finances could be an issue here. With no planets in Earth Signs this month (except for the Moon, once in a while) and both Mercury and your Money Planet retrograde – you have to be discerning financially. Remember last month’s discus­ sion. The challenge is, where do you spend your money? On yourself? Your spouse or lover? Your social life or on things that enhance your social life? These are the issues now. The principle of proportion will save a lot of conflict. Earnings are strong most of the month. Saturn, your Financial Planet, will start moving forward on the 8th. Longstalled or developing deals and projects now move forward. Financial clarity is coming. But again, family or home obliga­ tions can crimp things. 333

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

There is a shift of planetary power from the East to the West this month. You will feel it by the 18th (especially if you were born early in the Sign) – by next month the shift will be firmly established. You are entering a more social period. You are entering a period where you have to live with the conditions you’ve created in the past few months – for good or ill. Your capacity for independent action is declining and there’s more of a need to co-operate with oth­ ers and get things done by consensus. Your good comes as you sublimate your personal interests for the good of the team, group or others in your social sphere. The good you do will come back to you. Love is very complicated this month, as Mercury is doing a shuffle-step in the heavens. He is in Aquarius until the 4th, then moves backwards into Capricorn from the 4th to the 14th, and then back into Aquarius from the 14th onwards. Relationships seem to go backwards – and things may need to get worse before they can get better. By the 14th, love will be back on track. (Career, too, undergoes some tortuous twists and turns this period.) Good communication with your beloved will enhance love – or at least prevent problems from getting any worse. March Best Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 24th, 25th Most Stressful Days Overall: 12th, 13th, 19th, 20th, 21st, 26th, 27th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 11th, 12th, 14th, 15th, 19th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 25th Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 19th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 28th, 29th, 30th, 31st

334

SAGITTARIUS

Many planets in Pisces are keeping the T-square formation going this month. Rest and relax more, and remember what was said last month. By the 11th the planetary shift into the Western sector of your Horoscope will be complete – 60 to 70 per cent of the planetary power will be there – an overwhelming dominance. Flexibility and adaptability will bring success where self-will and brute force won’t. Charm and grace will get you further than self-assertion. Though dependence is not your nature, a little of this (temporarily) teaches teamwork and social skills. Health and vitality will improve tremendously by the 20th. Spring fever is upon you. Libido races and hormones are flowing. Definitely a party period, with a focus on leisure activities. By all means enjoy life, but don’t burn the candle at both ends (the T-square will be in effect all month). Most of the planets are below the Horizon – and even your Career Planet is in his opposite position. Home and family are the Number 1 interests. There is more ambition for the family as a whole than for yourself. Career activities flow best from a point of emotional harmony and a stable home base. Many of you will be working from home or will join a family business. Many of you will turn down lucrative career offers if they stress out your family life. These feelings will change later in the year – but this is how you feel now. Many benefics in your 4th House (like last month) make this an excellent period for redecorating, moving, buying or selling a home, and entertaining from home. An excellent period to create family harmony and togetherness – though there are challenges here. Like last month there is a need to keep expenses or investments in the home in some kind of proportion. Pluto, your Spiritual Planet, is the handle of a ‘bucket chart’ formation all month. Spirituality, religion, philosophy and higher education are always important to you – but now even more so. It is through your spiritual life – your under­ standing and guidance – that you will lift up your entire life. 335

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Singles have many romantic opportunities – both serious ones and playful ones. The choice is yours – both types are there. Your Love Planet in the Sign of Pisces from the 11th to the 29th is a caution to beware of the over-sensitivity of your partner, spouse or current love. (Venus in Pisces until the 8th also causes hyper-sensitivity.) Love feelings are ten­ der and romantic, but slight things – voice tones, gestures, facial expressions – can have explosive results. Singles find love close to home these days. Your family want to play Cupid. A family member could get involved in a serious rela­ tionship these days, too. April Best Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 11th, 12th, 20th, 21st, 29th, 30th Most Stressful Days Overall: 8th, 9th, 10th, 16th, 17th, 22nd, 23rd Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 25th Best Days for Money: 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 19th, 25th, 27th, 28th The stressful T-square formation is dissipated and now you can throw yourself into the party whole-heartedly. After the 20th it’s back to work, so get the partying out of your system. The planetary power is approaching its maximum Western position. Like last month, focus on developing your social skills, avoid power struggles and self-will, put other people first and let good come to you in its own way and time. Practise floating on the currents of life – trust life to take you where you want to go. Many powerful and benefic planets are moving through your 7th House of Love. Mars (in your chart a benefic) 336

SAGITTARIUS

moves in on the 13th, and Venus on the 25th. Both spell romance. A fun-and-games type of relationship now gets more serious. A friend wants to be more than that. An office flirtation progresses to something more. The people you meet these days could be involved in your financial life, or are supportive of it. Earnings look strong this month. Speculations are favourable – especially towards the end of the month. Social contacts bring financial opportunities. A business partner­ ship seems imminent. The only drawback to all of this is that many of the opportunities clash with your spiritual ideals. Perhaps these things violate some of your notions of political correctness or social responsibility. A good time to review these notions – are they your own? Are they true? Are they only partially true? It would be healthy to take a look at these things. The pace at work heats up this month. Job-seekers have plenty of opportunities. Those who are looking to hire others expand their workforce. Hard work not only brings money but is the best way to foster your career. The work­ place is a source of income, fun and romance. The object is to combine all of these into a harmonious whole. Health is basically good and health regimes go well. The correct diet and detox programmes further enhance your health. Give your throat and neck more attention until the 25th, and your arms, shoulders and lungs more attention afterwards. Though this is not a month for ‘making things happen’, if you avoid stirring up animosity you will see rapid progress towards your goals – 90 per cent of the planets are moving forwards. May Best Days Overall: 8th, 9th, 18th, 19th, 26th, 27th 337

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Most Stressful Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 7th, 13th, 14th, 20th, 21st Best Days for Love: 3rd, 4th, 13th, 14th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 31st Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 25th, 28th, 29th, 31st Pluto, your Spiritual Planet, is again highly prominent this month. Not only is he powerfully positioned in your own Sign, but (like last month) he forms the handle of a ‘bucket chart’ formation, and is affected by a Lunar Eclipse on the 26th. This is only the first of a series of eclipses that will hit Pluto in the coming year. The Cosmos is telegraphing its future plans now. Further, Pluto is being hammered by 50 to 60 per cent of the planets in the coming month. I read this as a ‘spiritual crisis’ – a ‘crisis of faith’. Not always a pleasant thing to go through, but very healthy. Many of you have been on a spiritual path for some years now. You have been taught certain things. You’ve taken in certain axioms that seemed true to you. Now all these teach­ ings will get tested. You will be applying your principles and teachings, and things will seem to go against you – so that you will question their veracity. Perhaps you will even ques­ tion the Higher Power itself – does it exist? Does it want to punish? Does it really work? Your intuition – a big factor in your life these days – also gets doubted. Many of your spir­ itual concepts will get blown to smithereens – and if they are capable of being blown up, they weren’t real to begin with. You can dispense with many concepts, but not with the power that creates those concepts – not with the power with which you think and feel. Hold fast to that, and let that guide you through. You can’t fight this by yourself. All the above-mentioned aspects are also bringing changes to your image, body and personal appearance – 338

SAGITTARIUS

basically a good thing, as you have been working to create a new you for many years now. This is a time for manifesta­ tion – but hold steady while your world rocks and rolls a bit. You will come through just fine. Finances are very strong – and may be a contributing fac­ tor to the above-mentioned ‘crisis of faith’. A business part­ nership is still likely this month. Money comes from joint ventures and partnership-type activities rather than solo ones. Social connections boost your bank balance. Love is active, basically happy, but has some volatility. Love will test your self-esteem and confidence. Rest and relax more from the 21st onwards, but especially during the eclipse period. The eclipse could bring up impurities in your body; detox programmes will help here. By the 21st, another shift is happening. Most of the plan­ ets move to the upper half of the Horoscope after being in the lower half for many months. Career and outer ambitions are becoming more important – presumably you have your domestic life where you want it to be and you’re ready to spread your wings. All in all, an active and tumultuous month. June Best Days Overall: 4th, 5th, 6th, 14th, 15th, 22nd, 23rd Most Stressful Days Overall: 2nd, 3rd, 9th, 10th, 16th, 17th, 29th, 30th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 9th, 10th, 13th, 14th, 18th, 19th, 22nd, 23rd, 27th, 28th Best Days for Money: 2nd, 3rd, 9th, 10th, 12th, 13th, 18th, 19th, 20th, 21st, 24th, 25th, 26th, 27th, 28th, 29th, 30th

339

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Two eclipses, many planets on the angle of your Solar Horoscope and a strong 8th House indicate much change and tumult in the coming month. Rest and relax more until the 21st. The most important eclipse for you is the Solar one on June 10th. It is strong on you – occurring on the 1st House/7th House Axis – and affecting your Natal Sun (the Sun’s position when you were born), transiting Saturn and Pluto (transiting position denotes where the planets are now). Take a reduced schedule this period, and re-schedule elective activities – especially if they are stressful. Image and spiritual issues not dealt with by last month’s eclipse get dealt with now. Your self-concept (probably you have been diminishing yourself) is changing – either you define yourself for yourself, or others will do it for you. The problem with self-concept is that most people are too busy to give this more than superficial thought. And yet it is one of the most important things one can do. It takes an eclipse sometimes to force us to do it. Impurities in your body could again come up for cleansing. Flaws in your image become very apparent and you are forced to take corrective action. Saturn, your Money Planet, is also affected by this eclipse. Though your financial aspects are generally good, flaws in your plans, strategies and thinking get exposed now so that you can correct them. Perhaps it is a sudden expense, a downturn in the market, a change in your industry or economic trends that causes this – the cause is of little moment. The point is to correct the flaw and re-engineer your plans. Finally, the eclipse occurs in your 7th House of Love and Romance. Thus an existing relationship (or business partner­ ship) will get tested. Flaws in it will arise – especially longseething issues that have been swept under the carpet. Now, no more delays – you have to deal with these things – longrange decisions have to be made. You either have to perfect 340

SAGITTARIUS

the relationship or get out of it. You either take it to the next level or end it. Good relationships will weather this. Flawed ones will probably dissolve. The Lunar Eclipse of the 24th also affects finances. Issues that weren’t dealt with by the June 10th Solar Eclipse are now dealt with. Other than that, it is basically benign to you. You’ve got a full plate this month, but there’s help. The eclipse of the 10th could initiate a serious relationship for many singles. Finances will be strong enough to handle the tests. Though there are problems with partners, they still seem generous with you. You also have much power to make the needed changes in yourself and in your life. July Best Days Overall: 2nd, 3rd, 11th, 12th, 20th, 21st, 29th, 30th Most Stressful Days Overall: 1st, 7th, 8th, 13th, 14th, 27th, 28th Best Days for Love: 2nd, 3rd, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 13th, 18th, 19th, 22nd, 23rd, 29th, 30th Best Days for Money: 1st, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 22nd, 23rd, 25th, 27th, 28th The dust from last month’s eclipses is settling by now – just remember that eclipses are in effect for six months or so, and when those points get re-stimulated by transiting planets, the original issues of the eclipse can re-surface. Now, if you have dealt with the issues, made your corrections, etc., these re-stimulations are nothing to fear. But if you haven’t, you have new opportunity for improvement. Venus will re­ stimulate the eclipse point of May 26th from the 13th to the 17th July. This could bring an upheaval at work, a change of health regimes and diet, and possibly the testing of a 341

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

friendship. These effects are only temporary. The upheaval at work brings positive career change and advancement. Most of the planets are now above the Horizon, and Venus moves into your 10th House on the 10th July. Career is becoming ever more important. Family issues can be safely downplayed now (especially with your Family Planet, Neptune, now retrograde). Family or domestic problems need time to resolve, but your career can be advanced now. Relations with family members could be better, but there’s little you can do about it right now – just try not to make things worse. A friend is advancing your career. Friends, in general, are supportive. Elders, bosses and authority figures seem willing to grant ‘small favours’ – but you have to be worthy. Health is much improved over last month – by the 23rd there will be many planets in your native Fire element and you will be feeling your oats. Health and exercise regimes go well – if there are problems, they stem from emotional, not physical, issues. Most of the planets are still in the West, and you need to continue building social connections, cultivating your social skills and getting things done by consensus. With much power in your 8th House until the 23rd, this is an excellent period for paying off debt, breaking addic­ tions, changing undesirable habits and character patterns, transforming your body and your image and getting rid of excess possessions that just clutter up your life. There is also much power in your 9th House (your favourite House) this month. Thus it is excellent for higher education, religious and philosophical education, and foreign travel. Love seems happy, as your Love Planet moves speedily through three different Signs and Houses of the Horoscope. Both you and your lover seem willing to make the changes (personal transformations) that will make the relation­ ship work. You seem in synch with your beloved. Love is expressed physically and sexually these days. 342

SAGITTARIUS

Finances are less active, but good. A Grand Trine in Air on the 15th and 16th brings windfalls and opportunity. Money comes from your spouse, partner or lover. Insurance claims or estate issues seem to go well. There is good access to outside capital. Those of you looking for financial backers meet with good success. August Best Days Overall: 8th, 16th, 17th, 25th, 26th, 27th Most Stressful Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 10th, 23rd, 24th, 30th, 31st Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 9th, 10th, 11th, 12th, 18th, 19th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 30th, 31st Best Days for Money: 4th, 7th, 8th, 13th, 16th, 18th, 19th, 21st, 22nd, 25th In spite of a heavenly T-square (which lasts most of the month), this is a happy and successful month, Sagittarius. Enjoy. Yes, there will be bumps on the road – eclipse points are being re-stimulated all month – but the overall trend is posi­ tive. You are headed in the right direction, that is the most important thing. Jupiter moves into Leo on the 1st and into your 9th House – your most fortunate House. He starts to make fabulous aspects to your Natal Sun and to transiting Pluto. He brings increased self-esteem, boundless optimism, faith, wealth and abundance, and an even more expansive view of life. Jupiter in the 9th House and trine to your 12th House Ruler (Pluto) brings spiritual, philosophical and religious illumination to those who want it. Important ‘life principles’ are being revealed these days. This transit also brings educa­ tional and travel opportunities. 343

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

There is so much optimism in your life that a mere Tsquare cannot dampen it. The stresses of the T-square involve your career and its new-found hyper-activity. Your devotion to prestige, outer success and status could make you ignore earnings. Again, it calls into question many of your spiritual ideals – and per­ haps causes another spiritual crisis. But this crisis is much easier to handle than previous ones – it is a good crisis. Jupiter will bring the clarity to help you understand things. It might be a good idea to downplay finance these days. You can’t and shouldn’t ignore it, but you can de-emphasize its importance. With the career deals that are pending now, focus more on the plan and the overall picture – the money will take care of itself. Rest and relax more after the 23rd. Remember previ­ ous discussions about focusing on priorities and practising ‘energy efficiency’. You have plenty of energy to deal with necessities, but not enough to deal with side issues and distractions. Though you are busy careerwise, make some time for metaphysical reflection and study – an important area of life these days. Many of you are meeting your guru – an important men­ tor – these days. Love seems stormy – more work is needed to keep the romance in a current relationship. But this is all short term. The good news is that your spouse or lover seems just as ambitious as you. Singles find love at the office, with superi­ ors or with people involved in your career. People who can help your career or who are of high status are the most alluring. September Best Days Overall: 4th, 5th, 12th, 13th, 22nd, 23rd 344

SAGITTARIUS

Most Stressful Days Overall: 1st, 6th, 7th, 19th, 20th, 27th, 28th Best Days for Love: 1st, 8th, 9th, 10th, 17th, 18th, 19th, 20th, 27th, 28th, 29th, 30th Best Days for Money: 1st, 4th, 9th, 12th, 14th, 15th, 18th, 22nd, 28th Last month there was an important shift of power from the Western to the Eastern sector of your chart. By now this shift is firmly established. Day by day you are growing more independent (could it be as a result of your recent career successes?), more capable of taking the bull by the horns and creating conditions as you like them. Day by day your need to compromise and curry favour lessen. Your destiny is being placed in your own hands. And though you should never run roughshod over others, you can and should fol­ low your own path. Your way is the best way. The heavenly T-square written of last month is still in effect, though somewhat weakened. Please refer to the pre­ vious discussion. Vitality improves after the 23rd, but you should rest and relax more all month. Career is hectic and very competitive – you are giving your all there. You are defending both your personal posi­ tion in the company as well as the company’s competitive position. Mercury’s retrograde on the 14th suggests a need to reflect and take stock of career opportunities and develop­ ments. Avoid major career decisions (where possible) after the 14th – your thinking might not be realistic. Relations with family members and the domestic situa­ tion in general are more harmonious – especially after the 23rd. Communication with the family improves too. But deeper issues still need time for resolution as Neptune is still retrograde. Important home and family decisions should be researched more and delayed if possible. 345

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Love is much happier – especially until the 14th. But the retrograde of your Love Planet suggests some complications – re-thinking and re-evaluating going on, a sense of distance. Perhaps a current relationship starts going backwards instead of forwards – if the relationship is good, welcome this – it will eventually make it stronger. Re-evaluation is a healthy thing. With your Love Planet in romantic Libra all month, romance won’t suffer and disagreements will be civil. You can avoid making things worse by taking more care of how you communicate to your lover or friends. Miscommunication is probably the main cause of most love problems these days. Also, with much Air Power (and with your Love Planet in an Air Sign), the tendency is to speak without thinking. Frivolity in speech should be factored in to your social life. Verbal com­ mitments and protestations of love should be taken with many grains of salt. Always seek confirmation. Finances are mixed. October Best Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 9th, 10th, 19th, 20th, 29th, 30th Most Stressful Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 24th, 25th, 31st Best Days for Love: 3rd, 4th, 7th, 8th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 24th, 25th, 26th, 27th Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 6th, 9th, 10th, 12th, 13th, 15th, 19th, 20th, 25th, 29th, 30th A dissipating T-square (after the 15th), basically good aspects all month and a month-long Grand Trine in Air makes this a happy and harmonious month.

346

SAGITTARIUS

The Grand Trine in Air fans your natural Fire – making it burn brighter and brighter. Fire needs air to burn. Health and energy improve dramatically after the 15th. The re-stimulation of eclipse points – by both Mars and Mercury – shows that the road to harmony is not perfect and there are some bumps. Look past them to the wonderful future in store and they will become meaningless. Mars is involved with children, speculations and creativ­ ity. Also, love affairs outside of marriage. Be patient in these areas from the 18th to the 22nd. The purpose of the erup­ tions is to perfect these areas. Mercury is involved in your love life and career. He re­ stimulates the eclipse points from the 12th to the 16th. Love issues not settled by the previous eclipses are dealt with now. When eruptions and upheavals are short term, as they are now, the important thing is not to make matters worse – by fighting them. Stay above the fray and let the storm blow over. Most of the planets are still above the Horizon, so con­ tinue to focus on your career and outer life. Family relations are improving as Neptune goes forward on the 20th – and he receives good aspects most of the month. Religious or philosophical issues could create problems after the 23rd. Most of the planets are still in the East (like last month), so continue to take the initiative in life. Create new and bet­ ter conditions for yourself. Don’t compromise about what you want – create grandly and elegantly. Let the world adapt to you. Many of you feel the wanderlust this month – even more than usual. Family responsibilities are inhibiting you. Still, you can plan foreign trips now and actually take them later on. Combining your needs for higher education and your family responsibilities is also a challenge. Don’t go too far either way. Love is complicated for most of the month, but will straighten out after the 16th. Perhaps a little crisis is good in 347

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

that the air gets cleared once and for all. Singles have many opportunities – either for friendship or serious love. Right now a combination of both would be the ideal. The dissipation of the T-square after the 15th is a very positive financial signal. Those who opposed you now sud­ denly support you. Your problems become your greatest blessings. Professional investors should look at high-tech, farming, health and telecommunications industries. Money comes from media activities, networking and friends. Speculations are much more favourable after the 15th than before. November Best Days Overall: 6th, 7th, 15th, 16th, 25th, 26th Most Stressful Days Overall: 1st, 13th, 14th, 20th, 21st, 27th, 28th Best Days for Love: 4th, 5th, 13th, 14th, 20th, 21st, 23rd, 24th, 25th, 26th Best Days for Money: 3rd, 6th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 11th, 15th, 16th, 21st, 25th, 26th Power in your own Sign of Sagittarius (after the 19th), a month-long Grand Trine in Air and a Grand Trine in Fire on the 15th and 16th make for a successful, harmonious and happy month. Enjoy. This month and next month, the short-term planets will be in their maximum Eastern position. This increases your sense of independence, courage and confidence even more than last month. Personal power and personal magnetism are increased. You can and do have things your way now. Take the opportunity to build a wonderful life for yourself. Others will adapt to you. You have more than your usual leadership ability. You believe in yourself – and this is a 348

SAGITTARIUS

powerful lever for success. With 80 to 90 per cent of the planets moving forward, there is great momentum in your life and progress towards your goals is rapid. Your spiritual life has been strong for some years now. This month it is even stronger than usual – as your 12th House is the strongest in the chart until the 22nd. You can expect prophetic dreams and visions, ESP experiences galore, and a general increase in your psychic abilities. Your imagination is unusually strong – your main challenge is to direct it positively. A good period for seclusion and intro­ spection – for review of the past and consideration of the future – for clearing out old guilt, fears, lapses – for confes­ sion and correction of sin and error. As the month begins, most of the planets are above the Horizon of your chart. Thus your interest is still very much directed towards the outer world and outer success. But this is changing by the 22nd as the short-term planets start to ener­ gize the lower half of the chart. Emotional and family issues will start becoming more important. Success becomes mean­ ingless if you can’t feel right about yourself and your life. By the 22nd you are very much into personal fulfilment and sensual pleasure. Sensual fantasies (keep them positive) will get fulfilled this period. This is very much a month for the ‘good life’ – indulge, but don’t over-indulge. It’s OK to spend on yourself, but don’t overspend. With Saturn retro­ grade all month and no planets in Earth, your practical judgement could be better – research all purchases and investments carefully. Love is getting better and better. Love pursues singles this period. Someone you meet at a charity function or at a medi­ tation retreat or as you volunteer your services (or perhaps someone you’ve seen in a dream) now comes into your life in a physical and tangible way. Nothing you need to do to attract love – just don’t do anything to obstruct it. Your image and personal appearance are changing in posi­ tive ways. You dress more expensively – you wear high-status 349

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

clothing or jewellery – you dress more stylishly. Foreign travel seems more likely. There is an expansion or redecoration of your room or office – the place in your home where you spend most of your time. Health is fabulous and seldom have you looked better. December Best Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 22nd, 23rd, 31st Most Stressful Days Overall: 10th, 11th, 17th, 18th, 19th, 24th, 25th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 10th, 11th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 19th, 20th, 21st, 24th, 25th, 29th, 30th Best Days for Money: 3rd, 4th, 8th, 9th, 12th, 13th, 18th, 19th, 22nd, 23rd, 28th, 31st Saturn and Jupiter form the handles of a ‘bucket chart’ for­ mation all month. Thus, through your physical appearance, image, personal initiative and earning power you will lift up your entire life. This fits well with the fact that many planets are in your own Sign and most are in the Eastern sector – personal initiative, courage and boldness win the day and take you to your goals. Like last month, this is a time for self-fulfilment, having things your way, pampering yourself and enjoying the good life. Perhaps you spend too recklessly on these things, but with so much Fire in the chart it will be hard to restrain you. Finances will improve after the 22nd. Presumably you will have bought what you needed by then and the stresses on your finances will be reduced. Saturn, your Financial Planet, is still retrograde and there is little power in Earth until the 8th. Research purchases and investments carefully. When in doubt, do nothing. 350

SAGITTARIUS

A powerful Solar Eclipse occurs in your own Sign on the 4th. Though health is good this month, take a reduced schedule during the eclipse period – a few days before and a day after. Avoid strenuous or stressful activities during this eclipse period. Activities that require you or some other per­ son to be 100 per cent up to par – like surgery, an athletic event or a long flight – are best rescheduled. Aside from announcing long-term changes, an eclipse lowers the ‘cos­ mic voltage’ available – thus people are not up to par – some more and some less. As with some of the previous eclipses written about, this one affects your image, self-concept and personal appear­ ance. Any left-over issues from the previous eclipses will get dealt with now. Changes in the way you dress and present yourself are happening. You get a fresh opportunity to refine your self-concept – who you are and how you think of your­ self. A current relationship can get tested. Religious and spiritual practices undergo change, too. A crisis of faith will lead to deeper faith and deeper understanding. Family relationships are delicate all month. Love gets tested, but the aspects to it are good – good rela­ tionships will get even better. Your Love Planet’s move into your 2nd House on the 8th December indicates that your partner or spouse is supportive financially. It shows that singles are attracted by practical concerns in love – the ability of their lover to provide, etc. Material gifts are romantic turn-ons.

351

Capricorn

 THE GOAT Birthdays from 21st December to 19th January

Personality Profile CAPRICORN AT A GLANCE Element – Earth Ruling Planet – Saturn Career Planet – Venus Love Planet – Moon Money Planet – Uranus Planet of Communications – Neptune Planet of Health and Work – Mercury Planet of Home and Family Life – Mars Planet of Spirituality – Jupiter Colours – black, indigo Colours that promote love, romance and social harmony – puce, silver 352

CAPRICORN

Colour that promotes earning power –

ultramarine blue

Gem – black onyx

Metal – lead

Scents – magnolia, pine, sweet pea, wintergreen

Quality – cardinal (= activity)

Qualities most needed for balance – warmth,

spontaneity, a sense of fun

Strongest virtues – sense of duty, organization,

perseverance, patience, ability to take the

long-term view

Deepest needs – to manage, take charge and

administrate

Characteristics to avoid – pessimism, depression,

undue materialism and undue conservatism

Signs of greatest overall compatibility – Taurus, Virgo Signs of greatest overall incompatibility – Aries, Cancer, Libra Sign most helpful to career – Libra Sign most helpful for emotional support – Aries Sign most helpful financially – Aquarius Sign best for marriage and/or partnerships – Cancer Sign most helpful for creative projects – Taurus Best Sign to have fun with – Taurus Signs most helpful in spiritual matters – Virgo, Sagittarius Best day of the week – Saturday 353

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Understanding a Capricorn The virtues of Capricorns are such that there will always be people for and against them. Many admire them, many dis­ like them. Why? It seems to be because of Capricorn’s power urges. A well-developed Capricorn has his or her eyes set on the heights of power, prestige and authority. In the Sign of Capricorn ambition is not a fatal flaw, but rather the highest virtue. Capricorns are not frightened by the resentment their authority may sometimes breed. In Capricorn’s cool, calculat­ ed, organized mind all the dangers are already factored into the equation – the unpopularity, the animosity, the misun­ derstandings, even the outright slander – and a plan is always in place for dealing with these things in the most efficient way. To the Capricorn, situations that would terrify an ordi­ nary mind are merely problems to be managed, bumps on the road to ever-growing power, effectiveness and prestige. Some people attribute pessimism to the Capricorn Sign, but this is a bit deceptive. It is true that Capricorns like to take into account the negative side of things. It is also true that they love to imagine the worst possible scenario in every undertaking. Other people might find such analyses depressing, but Capricorns only do these things so that they can formulate a way out – an escape route. Capricorns will argue with success. They will show you that you are not doing as well as you think you are. Capricorns do this to themselves as well as to others. They do not mean to discourage you but rather to root out any impediments to your greater success. A Capricorn boss or supervisor feels that no matter how good the performance there is always room for improvement. This explains why Capricorn supervisors are difficult to handle and even in­ furiating at times. Their actions are, however, quite often effective – they can get their subordinates to improve and become better at their jobs. 354

CAPRICORN

Capricorn is a born manager and administrator. Leo is better at being king or queen, but Capricorn is better at being prime minister – the person actually wielding power. Capricorn is interested in the virtues that last, in the things that will stand the test of time and trials of cir­ cumstance. Temporary fads and fashions mean little to a Capricorn – except as things to be used for profit or power. Capricorns apply this attitude to business, love, to their thinking and even to their philosophy and religion. Finance Capricorns generally attain wealth and they usually earn it. They are willing to work long and hard for what they want. They are quite amenable to foregoing a short-term gain in favour of long-term benefits. Financially, they come into their own later in life. However, if Capricorns are to attain their financial goals they must shed some of their strong conservatism. Perhaps this is the least desirable trait of the Capricorn. They can resist anything new merely because it is new and untried. They are afraid of experimentation. Capricorns need to be willing to take a few risks. They should be more eager to market new products or explore different managerial tech­ niques. Otherwise, progress will leave them behind. If neces­ sary, Capricorns must be ready to change with the times, to discard old methods that no longer work. Very often this experimentation will mean that Capricorns have to break with existing authority. They might even con­ sider changing their present position or starting their own ventures. If so, they should be willing to accept all the risks and just get on with it. Only then will a Capricorn be on the road to highest financial gain.

355

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Career and Public Image A Capricorn’s ambition and quest for power are evident. It is perhaps the most ambitious Sign of the Zodiac – and usually the most successful in a worldly sense. However, there are lessons Capricorns need to learn in order to fulfil their high­ est aspirations. Intelligence, hard work, cool efficiency and organization will take them a certain distance, but will not carry them to the very top. Capricorns need to cultivate their social graces, to develop a social style, along with charm and an ability to get along with people. They need to bring beauty into their lives and to cultivate the right social contacts. They must learn to wield power gracefully, so that people love them for it – a very delicate art. They also need to learn how to bring people together in order to fulfil certain objectives. In short, Capricorns require some of the gifts – the social grace – of the Libra to get to the top. Once they have learned this, Capricorns will be success­ ful in their careers. They are ambitious hard workers who are not afraid of putting in the required time and effort. Capricorns take their time in getting the job done – in order to do it well – and they like moving up the corporate ladder slowly but surely. Being so driven by success, Capricorns are generally liked by their bosses, who respect and trust them. Love and Relationships Like Scorpio and Pisces, Capricorn is a difficult Sign to get to know. They are deep, introverted and like to keep their own counsel. Capricorns do not like to reveal their innermost thoughts. If you are in love with a Capricorn, be patient and take your time. Little by little you will get to understand him or her. Capricorns have a deep romantic nature, but they do not show it straightaway. They are cool, matter of fact and not 356

CAPRICORN

especially emotional. They will often show their love in practical ways. It takes time for a Capricorn – male or female – to fall in love. They are not the love-at-first-sight kind. If a Capricorn is involved with a Leo or Aries, these Fire types will be totally mystified – to them the Capricorn will seem cold, unfeeling, unaffectionate and not very spontaneous. Of course none of this is true, it is just that Capricorn likes to take things slowly. They like to be sure of their ground before making any demonstrations of love or commitment. Even in love affairs Capricorns are deliberate. They need more time to make decisions than is true of the other Signs of the Zodiac, but given this time they become just as pas­ sionate. Capricorns like a relationship to be structured, com­ mitted, well regulated, well defined, predictable and even routine. They prefer partners who are nurturers, and they in turn like to nurture their partners. This is their basic psy­ chology. Whether such a relationship is good for them is another issue altogether. Capricorns have enough routine in their lives as it is. They might be better off in relationships that are a bit more stimulating, changeable and fluctuating. Home and Domestic Life The home of a Capricorn – as with a Virgo – is going to be tidy and well organized. Capricorns tend to manage their families in the same way they manage their businesses. Capricorns are often so career-driven that they find little time for the home and family. They should try to get more actively involved in their family and domestic life. Capricorns do, however, take their children very seriously and are very proud parents, particularly should their chil­ dren grow up to become respected members of society.

357

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Horoscope for 2002 Major Trends Last year was a serious work and financial year, and this trend continues in 2002. Your social life started expanding late last year, and the expansion is continuing for much of this year. Later this year there is a need to balance your personal financial interests with those of partners and/or investors. You cannot continue to look only after Number 1 as you have been doing. Spirituality was important last year, and continues to be important in 2002. Important long-term changes are taking place. The lack of the element of Earth in the coming year is a factor in your happiness. There will be many periods when there are either no planets in Earth, or only one. Air and Fire dominate the year ahead. Thus, as with Taurus and Virgo, your down-to-earth virtues are not in vogue and not appreciated. Your organizational skills and realistic outlook on life are considered ‘old fashioned’, of the ‘old economy’ mentality. Airy, abstract ideas and nebulous plans, are given more weight than ‘real’, tangible things. People seem as if they are in orbit and not on the Earth. This will feel uncom­ fortable, but hang in there. Earth as a metaphysical principle or as a planet has not been eliminated from the world. Laws of finance and nature have not been repealed. Now, more than ever, the world needs the Capricorn virtues. In terms of ease, this is a neutral year. Except for Jupiter, the long-term planets are neither helping you nor stressing you. Your attitudes and your will determine the kind of a year it will be. Your most important areas of interest in the coming year will be: finance, health and work, love and romance, debt and the repayment of debt, depth psychology, personal 358

CAPRICORN

transformation and reinvention, libido, occult studies, spirituality. Your paths of greatest fulfilment will be: health and work (much effort needed here), love and romance, debt repayment, helping others to prosper, libido, personal trans­ formation and occult studies. Health Though health is basically good and most of the long-term planets are not stressing you, there is a strong interest in health matters in 2002. This was also the case last year. Saturn, the Lord of your chart, will be in your House of Health all year. I read this as a vanity or preventative thing. Many of you are working out, dieting, taking on health regimes to improve your personal appearance and not because of a health problem. Others are seeking to prevent health problems in the future. All these activities look good and successful. Saturn in the airy Sign of Gemini shows that good health for you also means good mental health. You want to develop keen mental functioning as well as good physical function­ ing. The role of the mind in health – positive thinking, positive imagery, positive speech – is being explored, and rightly so. The Sign of Gemini rules the nervous system, brain, arms and shoulders. So these body parts need special attention. Nothing wrong with them per se, but strengthening them enhances your overall health. Saturn in the 6th suggests that keeping the spine, knees, teeth and skeleton in the correct alignment and order is a major health preventative. Health problems (should they occur) are likely to begin in one of these places. Saturn’s opposition to Pluto (the Lord of Friends) all year shows that disharmony with friends – social disharmony – can have an undue impact on your health. If a health 359

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

problem occurs, chances are that this is causing it. Work to clear your social disharmony and chances are that the health problem will dissolve on its own. High-tech health regimes, new, ‘faddy’ type miracle diets, don’t have the effect you think. Stick to the tried and true, the therapies that have been proven and tested. Experimentation helps you in finances, but not so much in health. Saturn’s opposition to Pluto all year also shows that surgery should not be rushed into. If suggested, it requires much research, study and different opinions. The health of parents or parental figures and children maintain the status quo. The health of grandchildren can be enhanced through the use of new and experimental tech­ niques. The health of siblings improves after August 1st. Home, Domestic and Family Issues Your 4th House of Home and Family is not a House of Power this year. Thus you have great freedom and latitude in this area. The Cosmos doesn’t support you, but neither does it obstruct you. Your will and desire is the law here. Many of you will opt for the status quo, as there is little interest in this area. Lack of power in a given House often shows a content­ ment with the affairs of the House, and should be read as a positive message. When there is contentment there is little need to give the area undue attention or make drastic changes. Mars is your 4th House Ruler. He will move through nine different Signs and Houses of your Horoscope this year. So family relationships, family interests and the needs of the home will vary during the year ahead. Mars will be in your 3rd House from January 1st to January 18th. This shows a need for better communication in the home and between family members. There could be 360

CAPRICORN

negotiations to buy and sell a home, and the purchase of communication equipment for the home. Family members will be reading more. There is an interest in the intellectual development – and the schooling – of family members. From January 18th to March 1st, Mars will be in your 4th House, spurring interest in this area. A great period for important repairs, renovations or major construction in the home. (Only remember that Mercury will be retrograde from January 18th to February 8th – plan the projects then and execute after February 8th.) Mars will be in your 5th House from March 1st to April 13th. During this period there will be a desire to make home life more fun. Probably new toys (both childrens’ and adults’ toys) will come – either as purchases or gifts. Women of childbearing age will be more fertile then. There will be more parties and entertainments from the home. From April 13th to May 28th Mars will be in your 6th House. This will spur an interest in the health of family members. There will be an urge to assign chores and duties to various family members and put them to work. Again there will be a desire for better communication between family members. Mars will move through your 7th House from May 28th to July 13th. Family connections could lead to serious romance. There is a desire to beautify and entertain more from home. There could be a fortunate purchase or sale of a home or good fortune in a property speculation. A family member enters a significant relationship. Mars will be in your 8th House from July 13th to August 19th. This is a good period for getting rid of excess posses­ sions in the home, to reduce clutter and waste and cut costs there. An excellent period for making psychological progress and getting at the root of deep emotional patterns. Mars will be in your 9th House from August 19th to October 15th. There is an interest in expanding the home, creating more space and the like. There could be extended 361

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

stays in foreign countries, or foreigners could come to visit you. There is a desire to purchase an additional home. The higher education of family members becomes an interest. From October 15th to December 1st Mars will be in your 10th House. This shows an interest in the career of family members and for the overall social status and prestige of the family. The family’s good name could come under pressure – and you will make energetic efforts to rectify it. Family interests are very strong. A parent or parental figure visits for an extended period. Family supports your career goals, and family interests motivate you careerwise. Children or other family members come to work for you. From December 1st to the end of the year Mars will be in your 11th House. This shows an interest in improving tech­ nology in the home, a need to foster a team spirit in the family and a need to grant more freedom in the home. A parent or parental figure and older children are likely to move this year – or expand their present residence. A sibling is cramped for space, but needs to make better use of the space available. Love and Social Life Your 7th House of Love and Romance is powerful for most of the year, and benefic Jupiter is there. This is most defi­ nitely an active social year – and a happy one. Singles are likely to marry or meet that special someone. Marrieds will have more romance within their relationship and expand their circle of friends. Singles too will expand their circle of friends, and the friends that come are good ones – important people. People who will make a difference in their lives. The Moon, as your Love Planet, shows that love and romantic opportunity can come from almost any source, channel or activity. Remember, the Moon will move through all the sectors of your chart in any given month. 362

CAPRICORN

Love can find you anywhere at any time. (The most likely times will be whenever the Moon is in Cancer, Scorpio or Pisces – about eight to nine days every month.) Jupiter in your House of Love offers up additional clues. Generically, Jupiter rules higher education, foreign travel, foreigners, religion and philosophy. Thus love opportunities can come through these activities. At church or a church social, at a charitable function, or while you volunteer your services to charity, while you are in a foreign country, touring or on business, perhaps with a foreigner, at university or while dealing with university administrators, with a professor or teacher. Jupiter, as Lord of your 12th Solar House, is a very spir­ itual planet in your chart. This is showing many things. A need for spiritual and philosophical compatibility in love. The use of prayer and metaphysical techniques to meet your beloved. An idealism in love – a search for perfection. Capricorns are loving people, but not known for romantic demonstrations. Yet this year you are more demonstrative. You are radiating more love to others and receiving it in return. You are attracted to spiritual types of people. They can be of the laity but religious. Teachers, professors, foreigners, people of other religions or ethnicities, exotic types, minis­ ters, publishers, psychics and artists are unusually alluring. With the Lord of the 12th House in your 7th House of Love, there is a need to feel that this union or romance is ‘mandated from heaven’ and many of you will seek con­ firmation of this with astrologers, ministers, psychics and gurus. This year, your intuition is being trained in love matters. This is how you will recognize love when it happens and you will discern between different choices (you will have many choices this year). May 20th to July 23rd is an especially powerful time for romance. Both the Sun and Venus are joining Jupiter in 363

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

your House of Love. Many a significant meeting will happen then – many an existing romance will be taken to a further level then too. Those working on a second marriage, or involved in a second marriage, have a status quo year. Those working towards a third marriage meet with good opportunity (and probably a significant, happy relationship) after August 1st. The marriage and love lives of parents, parental figures and siblings is status quo. Children of marriageable age meet with opportunity after August 1st. The love lives of grand­ children of marriageable age is status quo. Finance and Career Finance is always important to you, Capricorn, but for the past few years it has been even more so. Your 2nd House of Money is the most powerful House in the Horoscope on an overall level. When a House is this powerful it shows a ‘fire in the belly’ – a great driving urge towards wealth. There is great focus, great desire, great priority given to it – and this is a powerful mix. A powerful Second House leads to wealth because the Capricorn native has the drive to overcome all obstacles and hardships. Here, the 2nd House is powerful, and there is very little hardship and few obstacles in your way. You will have the normal monthly or seasonal fluctuations in finance – this is in the nature of things and often caused by the transiting planets. But overall finances are easy, financial goals are attained with little effort or obstruction. Another banner financial year. Saturn’s Trine (a happy aspect) to your Money Planets (Uranus and Neptune) shows that though you are working hard, the work is paying off. You are basically enjoying the way you earn your money and enjoying your wealth. Many of the financial trends written of last year are in effect now – as Uranus and Neptune are both long-term planets. 364

CAPRICORN

Uranus as your Money Planet indicates that you are experimental, creative and innovative in the your finances. In many cases you are involved in inventive, high-tech types of companies or industries. There is a desire to upgrade con­ stantly, improving and re-cycling your wealth, investments and wealth strategies. Uranus as your Money Planet shows that you ‘throw away’ all the lore, learning and book knowledge about finance and seek to chart your own course. You are willing to take a few failures as you explore on your own. This atti­ tude is giving you a unique and original approach to wealth and to the accumulation of wealth. Your financial life is, and has been, unusually exciting. Big earnings can come sudden­ ly, out of the blue, or depart just as suddenly. You are learn­ ing to live with earnings volatility and to make that volatility your friend – to make it serve you and help you to prosper. Capricorns are at the centre, the cutting edge, of what is being called the ‘New Economy’. Information, knowledge, invention and innovation – rather than tangible assets – constitute wealth. The logic behind this is that if you have the former, the latter will follow. Professional investors should study ‘New Economy’ stocks, as well as some old economy stocks such as oil, natu­ ral gas, water utilities, shipping and pharmaceuticals. Job-seekers should look to these industries for work, or train themselves for work there. Job-seekers meet with good success this year and enjoy ‘relative’ job security. Job secu­ rity is not perfect, mind you, as the Solar Eclipse of June 20th will test your current job. Chances are that the changes will ultimately be pleasant. Though Capricorns are always career conscious, your career is relatively de-emphasized this year. Finance is much more important than status, prestige, name or fame. I can see Capricorns leaving a status, cushy position with a name company in favour of some new ‘start up’ that promises richer financial rewards. 365

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Jupiter will move into your 8th House on August 1st and will be there until the end of the year. This too is a prosper­ ity signal, but in another way. It indicates that debt is easily repaid or refinanced at easier rates. It shows that your ability to help others prosper is strong; this will always have a positive impact on personal finance. Outside capital is easily attracted and accessed. Issues involving taxes, royalties and insurance claims are favourably resolved. Someone remem­ bers you in their will. Your spouse or partner prospers and is very generous with you. Self-improvement Health and work are the areas that you are working hardest to improve this year. Your love life and social attitudes will improve on their own. But your health and work situation need more effort. You are approaching health the way you approach every­ thing, in a steady, steadfast, disciplined way. As mentioned, your interest in health is more about improving your per­ sonal appearance (no surprise, since love is very close) than about healing disease. It is about eating right and exercising right so that you can look right. A great year for diets and weight-loss programmes. With the body, don’t look for instantaneous results – but rather for cumulative ones. Hold to your regime relentlessly and, over time, almost impercep­ tibly at first, the results will follow. Those of you who are metaphysically orientated should ‘speak the word’ for your body and appearance and then be ready to let intuition guide you – it will. Part of the challenge this year is making your health regime ‘efficient’ – making it fit in with your financial goals and responsibilities. You’re so busy these days that you have to make every moment of your health regi­ men count. There is re-ordering going on at your place of work. You’re organizing yourself to become a more productive, 366

CAPRICORN

more efficient worker. Employers are working to make employees more efficient and to get more work done with less staff. Not an easy task, especially in a year with little of the element of Earth. Yet no one can do this better than Capricorn, and no one is more likely to succeed. One of the ways you can improve your health regime and appearance is by ceasing to indulge in covert, secret, psychic warfare with friends and acquaintances. Something is going on there and it interferes with your work and health regime – it zaps energy and hijacks your attention.

Month-by-month Forecasts January Best Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 30th, 31st Most Stressful Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 19th, 20th, 26th, 27th Best Days for Love: 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 23rd, 24th, 25th, 26th, 27th Best Days for Money: 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 24th, 25th, 26th, 27th A heavenly T-square until the 18th creates some tension with friends or with an organization you belong to. There is a need to balance friendship, personal desires and family obligations this period – and it doesn’t seem easy to do. Tempers can run high at home, so try to stay above the fray. In spite of the T-square, health is good. Many planets in the East and strong power in your own Sign bring energy, vitality and self-confidence. With your Health Planet in your own Sign, health regimes go well and are close to your 367

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

heart. Later in the month your Health Planet moves into your Money House, indicating that financial health is as important to you as physical health. The retrograde of your Health Planet on the 18th suggests that you research health regimes and health products more carefully, and avoid mak­ ing major changes until after the 6th February. This is a month for having your way, for pampering your­ self and enjoying life’s sensual pleasures. You have the urge, inclination and power to create conditions as you like them – and this is a worthy project. Build the life of your dreams now. Most of the planets are below the Horizon of your chart, and Mars moves into your 4th House on the 18th. Home, family and domestic issues are unusually important. Though you are still ambitious this month – especially until the 19th – you need to feel right about things and about your life. Success without emotional harmony will not satisfy you. Finances are strong all month, but especially after the 19th. Fifty per cent of the planets are in your Money House. Earnings will soar. Elders, authorities and perhaps even the government will, in one way or another, put money in your pocket. (This doesn’t have to be literally – they can provide the opportunity or an important connection.) Professional investors should look at high-tech industries. The money that is earned now seems like happy money. It is earned easily, in ways that are harmonious to you. You are enjoying the wealth and the processes that lead to it. Understandably you are spending more on yourself – and you deserve it. One note of caution – Mercury goes retro­ grade in your Money House on the 18th. There will be many planets in Air during this period (especially from the 20th onwards). So the tendency will be for people to speak with­ out thinking or without being aware of consequences. Speech flows too glibly and without inner conviction. Take verbal financial commitments with many grains of salt. Be more careful about how you communicate about finances 368

CAPRICORN

with others – misunderstandings here are the main risk to finance these days. With your personal magnetism strong, and Jupiter in your 7th House of Love, love opportunities should be plen­ tiful. Significant relationships can happen at any time, but next month is more likely. The important thing (and it is happening) is to enjoy the process of finding love. Yes, there are hits and misses and all kinds of experiences that hap­ pen along the way, but each one brings lessons and selfknowledge, and brings you closer to true love. February Best Days Overall: 8th, 9th, 18th, 19th, 27th, 28th Most Stressful Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 15th, 16th, 17th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 10th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 10th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd Mercury is still retrograde in your Money House until the 4th and there is still much power in the element of Air. Continue to scrutinize verbal financial commitments very carefully. Always get confirmation. Continue to make sure that messages about finances and dealings with bankers and brokers are understood properly. Mercury goes forward on the 8th, so things should straighten out by then. In spite of the above, this is still a powerful financial month – one of the strongest in your year. Wealth and wealth opportunities are likely to come suddenly and sur­ pass all expectations. Like last month, money is earned easi­ ly and harmoniously. Financial goals are attained quickly.

369

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

After the 14th there are no planets in your native Earth element. Though you prosper from this tendency, it is not comfortable in other ways. People seem detached from ‘physical reality’ – they live in their minds and in abstract theory – forgetting that real life and theory are radically different things. Though your practical virtues are out of style right now, keep being the organized, down-to-earth Capricorn that you are. Someone has to keep the trains run­ ning on time and the day-to-day details in order. You will be vindicated later on in the year. Most of the planets are still in the East, and though social affairs are important you need to build your life according to your specifications. Life is like a suit of clothing – you want something that fits you. This is the time for this. Saturn, your Ruling Planet, is receiving fabulous aspects most of the month. So this is still very much a period for personal pleasure and sensual delight. Finances will be important all month. After the 18th your interest shifts to communication and intellectual interests. You want to pursue the pleasures of the mind as well as the body. Why not? You can easily afford to. Most of the planets are below the Horizon (like last month), and Mars is still in your 4th House of Home and Family. Thus career can be downplayed and more attention given to the home. This is a great month for construction or repair projects in the home. Tempers are still high there. Family disapproves of a current relationship and vice versa. Family members feel neglected because of your social life and urges, and a current lover could feel slighted because of your family com­ mitments. The tension will break by next month. In the meantime give what you can to each area and soothe ruffled feelings. Important love relationships are happening in spite of the above. 370

CAPRICORN

Health is good this month and health regimes will go bet­ ter after the 8th. March Best Days Overall: 7th, 8th, 17th, 18th, 26th, 27th Most Stressful Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 14th, 15th, 16th, 22nd, 23rd, 28th, 29th Best Days for Love: 3rd, 4th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 25th Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 9th, 10th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 22nd, 23rd, 28th, 29th, 30th, 31st Overall health is good, but rest and relax more after the 20th. Health regimes go well and health decisions made this month are sound. Health is enhanced until the 11th by tak­ ing better care of your ankles (give them more support and massage them regularly). After the 11th, enhance health by taking better care of your feet (won’t hurt to massage them regularly too). After the 29th give more attention to your head and the stomach. Most of the planets are close to the nadir (the lowest point) in the chart – not only is the lower half of the Horoscope the most powerful, but the planetary power is at its maximum lower position. Find, and function from, your personal point of emotional harmony. You are in a period where the simple pleasures of home and hearth take prece­ dence over your career. This is a time to build the emotional underpinnings of future career success. There is a shift of planetary power happening on the 20th – by the 29th it will be firmly established. The planets shift from the Eastern sector to the Western. Thus you are enter­ ing a period of greater social activity. Personal independence and autonomy are less important, getting on with others, 371

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

co-operating with (and gaining the co-operation of) others is vital. This is a period where flexibility, adaptability and social grace will take you further than self-assertion. With Jupiter moving forward in your 7th House of Love, your social life is in full swing now. Love is very happy – tender and romantic – until the 20th. Perhaps it is good that some stress enters the picture then, as you would be so high on love as to be practically useless in the world. Family members will remind you that they too exist. Love may conquer all – but work, children and family obligations could temporarily break the spell. Significant relationships are coming to pass these days – but like all good and enduring things, there is a price tag and bumps on the road. Singles find love in the neighbourhood or with neigh­ bours. Perhaps it comes as they pursue intellectual interests – take courses and the like. Finances are still strong, but not as active as in the past few months. Many of you are spending on the home now (and rightfully so), and this could temporarily stress your bank balance. The long-term trend is still very positive. A Grand Trine in Air on the 1st, 2nd, 28th and 29th brings windfalls and opportunities. Pluto forms the handle of a ‘bucket chart’ formation all month. This shows that through friends and friendships you lift up your entire life. It also indicates that you are aiming for nothing less than the manifestation of your ‘fondest hopes and wishes’. The Moon, your Love Planet, will form the handle of the ‘bucket’ from the 1st to the 4th and from the 26th to the 31st. This shows the importance of love in your life these days, and reinforces what was said earlier. Love, friendship and romance lifts up your life to where you want it to be.

372

CAPRICORN

April Best Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 5th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 22nd, 23rd Most Stressful Days Overall: 11th, 12th, 18th, 19th, 25th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 18th, 19th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 25th Best Days for Money: 6th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 19th, 25th, 26th, 27th, 28th More rest and relaxation until the 20th will leave you better prepared to enjoy the party period afterwards. Though the month starts off slowly, it ends up ecstatic. Most of the planets are still below the Horizon, and your 4th House is still powerful until the 20th. Get those home projects done now. Shore up the home base. Build your career from a point of emotional comfort. There is great psy­ chological progress this month. The planets are still in the West (as they were last month). No need to force situations or get into power strug­ gles. Good will come to you in its own way and time – through the good graces of others. Put other people first, seek consensus in all activities, and cultivate your social graces (which are strong now anyway). Gaining the co­ operation of others brings success. With 90 per cent of the planets moving forward this month, there is rapid progress towards your goals. Though the overall financial picture is bright indeed, this month there is more resistance to your goals. You have to work harder than usual to achieve financial goals. Though Capricorns are not wild speculators, the speculative urge is much stronger this month. Try to resist it – or hedge yourself strongly. Many of you could be overspending on entertain­ ment and leisure activities, and this could put a dent in 373

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

finances. Or perhaps your focus on ‘having fun’ takes your attention away from earnings and they fall off due to a lack of attention. It’s normal to focus on fun activities now (espe­ cially with so much power in your 5th House), but always keep a sense of proportion. The month is not a complete party, though. The pace at work heats up after the 13th. Still, there is plenty of time for fun. Job-seekers have wonderful aspects all month. Again, this is a good time to address work and repair jobs in the home. The health of a family member may be a concern. Love continues to be happy. Singles have options – seri­ ous love or mere love affairs – each has their place in life. Existing relationships could get tested by these love affair opportunities. The good part is that these will reveal your true feelings one way or the other. Enhance health by working on emotional harmony and stability until the 13th. Afterwards, health is enhanced by joy, leisure activities and creativity. Health is enhanced by positive sound vibrations as well. More attention should be given to the throat and neck. May Best Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 11th, 12th, 20th, 21st, 28th, 29th Most Stressful Days Overall: 8th, 9th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 22nd, 23rd Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 21st, 22nd, 24th, 30th, 31st Best Days for Money: 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 25th, 30th, 31st Pluto and the Moon (but only for part of the month) will form the handles of a ‘bucket chart’ formation this month. 374

CAPRICORN

Social contacts, friends and serious romance are the handles by which you will lift up the whole chart. This fits well with the dominance of the Western (social) sector and the power in your 7th House of Love. A very social period – and the best is yet to come. Serious romance is either in full swing or ready to happen. Venus’ entry into your 7th House of Love is a classic romantic signal. The only question is – is this new relationship the ‘real thing’ or is it a ‘head fake’? A shot across the bows, only an announcement of things to come? Mars’ move into your 7th House on the 28th will give you the answers – he will test the relationship very thoroughly. Only something real will weather it. A Lunar Eclipse on the 26th is also going to test love. Welcome it. You want to be sure that Mr or Ms Right really is right. If the relationship is not to be, better to cut your losses early while your love aspects are still fabulous. You will make a space for the real thing to come in. The Lunar Eclipse of the 26th is basically benign to you. It could also test a friendship and your relations with a profes­ sional or social organization. Those on a spiritual path will be making long-term changes in their practice and tech­ nique. You can expect that the dream life will be hyperactive during the eclipse period (often weeks before) – but not too much weight should be given to these things then. Much of it is just flotsam and jetsam – images from the underworld getting stirred up by the eclipse energies. Friendships and romantic relationships are going to get tested in future months, too. The party winds down this month, and after the 21st you are very much into work. Job-seekers still have great aspects and good success. Those applying for jobs after the 15th should nail down all the details and not accept a position until they have a clear understanding of things. Jobs and work con­ ditions are probably not as they are portrayed. After the 15th is a good time to research job opportunities, but execute these plans next month – when Mercury goes forward again. 375

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Those of you who employ others need to make an effort to communicate better with employees after the 15th. Take nothing for granted. Make sure you say what you mean and that employees are getting the right message – this will save a lot of headaches later on. Health is excellent and earnings are soaring all month. You need a wheelbarrow to carry off all this loot. June Best Days Overall: 7th, 8th, 16th, 17th, 24th, 25th, 26th Most Stressful Days Overall: 4th, 5th, 6th, 12th, 13th, 18th, 19th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 9th, 10th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 18th, 19th, 22nd, 23rd, 27th, 28th Best Days for Money: 2nd, 3rd, 10th, 12th, 13th, 19th, 20th, 21st, 27th, 28th, 29th, 30th Many planets angular and two eclipses indicate a month of major change ahead. Both of the Eclipses (the Solar on the 10th and the Lunar on the 24th) are strong on you, so take a reduced schedule. A reduced schedule is called for after the 21st, but especially around the eclipse period. The Solar Eclipse of the 10th is strong in that it conjuncts Saturn, the Ruler of your chart. It shows long-term changes in your image, personal appearance and general selfconcept. You will be changing the way you dress and the way you think of yourself. Impurities in the body will come up for cleansing, but this is not illness – just things that need to come out. The Lunar Eclipse of the 26th will basically affect you this way too. Image and appearance issues not dealt with by the Solar Eclipse will get dealt with by the Lunar one. No way out of this. 376

CAPRICORN

The Solar Eclipse will bring long-term changes at the job or the conditions of the workplace. The unemployed might suddenly find work. Those already employed can find new jobs – either with the same or a different company. Those who employ others will probably have a shake-up of the workforce. The Lunar Eclipse of the 26th will again test your love relationship. Dirty linen or long-seething issues come out for correction. As written last month, this is a good thing – as your social aspects have never been better. Better to learn the truth now and cut your losses than to prolong some­ thing that is not workable or what you want. True love will only get better because of this. In many cases the eclipses are bringing on marriage or the next step of a current relationship. Decisions have to be made and you can’t sit on the fence anymore. Singles are into one of the best romantic periods of their year (and perhaps their lives). Their problem comes from too many opportunities rather than too few. But this is a happy problem. Finances are so strong (especially until the 21st) that even the retrograde of your Money Planet (Uranus) has little impact. This retrograde doesn’t stop financial good, but could cause ‘delayed reactions’ of the good. Many positive financial developments are taking place, but the full result won’t be seen for months. Still, it won’t hurt to research major, big-ticket purchases and investments these days. This financial caution is even more warranted because of the lack of the Earth element this month – no planets except for the Moon, and that only occasionally. July Best Days Overall: 4th, 5th, 6th, 13th, 14th, 22nd, 23rd

377

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Most Stressful Days Overall: 2nd, 3rd, 9th, 10th, 15th, 16th, 29th, 30th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 9th, 10th, 13th, 18th, 19th, 22nd, 23rd, 29th Best Days for Money: 1st, 8th, 9th, 10th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 24th, 25th, 27th, 28th Most of the planets are still in the West, and even Saturn, your Ruling Planet, is very near his maximum Western posi­ tion. Love and social activities are the major focus in the month ahead. Like last month, put other people first and your own will come to you in due course. Avoid power struggles, excessive self-will or self-assertion. This is the time to be a good team member and to sublimate your personal desires to the good of the whole. Conditions may not be per­ fect in your life; adapt as best as possible to them. The time will come when you can change them. The planetary power is now above the Horizon of your chart. Even Mars, your Family Planet, is above the Horizon. You can safely downplay home and domestic issues and focus on your career. For a Capricorn the opportunity to focus on career is a great joy, so this is a happy period. Health and vitality get much better after the 23rd, in the meantime rest and relax more. Health problems this month have their origins in social disharmony – clear this up before running to see a health professional. After the 21st, health is enhanced through detox regimes. Weight-loss programmes go better then too. Love is happy and active. Singles who have not yet found that special someone still have great opportunity for this. Like last month, the problems in love come from abundance and not lack. There are so many prospects that it is difficult to choose. This is an issue in your overall social life as well – there are probably too many invitations, too many friends and too many parties. The New Moon of the 10th will be a 378

CAPRICORN

big help, as it brings clarity to your love and social life. As the month progresses, information will come that points out your next steps. Finances are reasonable this month. Better before the 23rd than after. Debt or the repayment of debt could inhibit wealth during this period. The economic interests of part­ ners might take precedence over your own – this would be natural with the way your chart is – but even here, keep things in proportion. After the 23rd, work to reduce ex­ penses and financial waste. Get rid of possessions that only take up space and which you have no use for. Clear the way for new financial good to come. Avoid speculations from the 13th to the 17th. A career upheaval around this period is temporary. August Best Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 10th, 18th, 19th, 28th, 29th Most Stressful Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 12th, 13th, 25th, 26th, 27th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 5th, 6th, 8th, 11th, 12th, 16th, 17th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 28th, 29th, 30th, 31st Best Days for Money: 4th, 7th, 8th, 13th, 16th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 25th, 31st Those of you who are looking for ‘financial angels’, outside backing, or to pay off debt enter a great period this month. Jupiter moves into your 8th House, fostering success and best-case scenarios in all these areas. This is a month of soaring libido and expansion through downsizing. Whatever needs pruning in your life will get it, so that growth can happen faster and better. Like last month this is an excellent period for detox and weight-loss programmes. It is great for psychological 379

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

therapies aimed at transformation or the breaking of addic­ tions. You have the opportunity to give birth to a ‘new you’ – the person you dream of being. Watch for the opportunities – they are coming. The planets are still mostly in the West, so remember pre­ vious discussions. Adapt, adjust and compromise. The time is soon coming when you will have more independence and be more in charge of your destiny. Planetary power is shifting to the East by the end of the month, but this won’t be estab­ lished until next month. Many planets are re-stimulating eclipse points this month. This indicates short-term upheavals in various departments of life. If you have corrected the flaws brought up by the eclipses, these re-stimulations will only be like an exam – they confirm your success or show the degree of your success. If you haven’t completely dealt with these flaws, these re-stimulations provide you with new opportu­ nities to do so. Like last month, Venus crosses another eclipse point from the 8th to the 11th – another short-term career disturbance. Mercury crosses eclipse points on the 9th and the 30th – this relates more to your job and health regime. The Sun crosses an eclipse point on the 28th and 29th, causing a shortterm upheaval with your spouse’s income or with a debt situation. But these are all just bumps on a road towards greater good. The long-term prognosis is good. Health is getting better and better. By the 23rd you have enough energy to achieve your heart’s desire. Health is enhanced by metaphysical means and by gaining a deeper understanding of health principles. Knowledge is important healthwise. With a powerful 9th House after the 23rd, foreign lands beckon. Travel opportunities will come, or you are already taking up these opportunities. Educational opportunities will also come and you should take them. In general, power in 380

CAPRICORN

the 9th House brings religious and philosophical illumina­ tion (if you want it), a widening of your horizons and a general optimism. Social activities are winding down, but they are not worsening. The attainment of financial goals needs more work on your part. September Best Days Overall: 6th, 7th, 14th, 15th, 24th, 25th Most Stressful Days Overall: 2nd, 3rd, 8th, 9th, 22nd, 23rd, 29th, 30th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 6th, 7th, 10th, 14th, 15th, 19th, 20th, 27th, 28th, 29th, 30th Best Days for Money: 1st, 4th, 9th, 12th, 17th, 18th, 22nd, 28th By the 23rd, the shift of the planets Eastward will be com­ plete. Since this shift will gather intensity as the months go by, you will grow more independent and self-reliant day by day. Your need to compromise and clear all your moves with others lessens. Take stock of the adjustments you’ve had to make in the past five or six months. What would you like to change? Once you are clear, start the process. Like last month, most of the planets are still above the Horizon of your chart. Your 10th House of Career will be the strongest House in the chart for most of the month. The mes­ sage is clear: focus on your career and de-emphasize home and family issues. There is good and happy career progress this month. A month-long Grand Trine in Air is definitely helping matters – you sail to success with ease. Venus in your 10th House indicates that you are enjoying career activities and that there is probably much entertaining involved with 381

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

it. An office romance is likely for singles. Children are ambi­ tious and having good career success too – and it is love for your children that is motivating your ambitions these days. A foreign trip related to your career should be scheduled before the 14th – as Mercury goes retrograde. After the 14th, be extra careful of how you communicate with bosses or author­ ities – misunderstandings are more likely. Make sure you hear what they are saying, too – when in doubt, get confirmation. The Sun moves into your 10th House on the 23rd. Elders and bosses are interested in helping you pay off debt – some may back you if you have good ideas. Issues with the govern­ ment (especially regarding taxes) have best-case scenarios. Try to rest and relax more after the 23rd. Health is enhanced by paying special attention to your kidneys, hips and spine. When Mercury goes retrograde on the 14th, try to avoid making major changes in your diet or health regime or in regard to health matters in general. Study these things more – the issues are as clear-cut as you think. A T-square in the Mutable Signs all month creates some tension between you, family members and friends. Family responsibilities could impact on friendships and vice versa. Balance, balance, balance. Finances are especially good all month; not even the retrogrades of Mercury and Uranus (your Money Planet) can dim them. Delays could happen but the developments are all positive. Your partner or spouse also prospers and is generous. Love is status quo this month. October Best Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 12th, 13th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 31st Most Stressful Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 19th, 20th, 26th, 27th 382

CAPRICORN

Best Days for Love: 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 26th, 27th Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 6th, 9th, 10th, 14th, 15th, 19th, 20th, 25th, 29th, 30th Like last month, most of the planets are still above the Horizon and your 10th House of Career is even stronger. The pace of your career quickens. Things are hectic. Competitive challenges need to be fended off. You are the warrior in armour fending off all comers. Emotions are high. Bosses and elders don’t suffer fools gladly. Wrath can come from on high, but it will be brief. Mind your own temper, too. Now you see the price tag on last month’s career advancement – fortitude and hard work. Mercury’s forward movement on the 6th helps with career misunderstandings – logic and rationality return. The shift of planets to the East is even stronger this month. By the 15th Mars moves into the Eastern sector, making a total of 70 to 80 per cent of the planets in the East. This is a time for having your way in life – for having life on your terms – with all the consequences, both good and ill. If you build constructively without harming others, the con­ sequences will be happy and good. If you build unwisely, there’s a price tag later on down the road. Still, you should proceed without fear of mistakes. Do your best and the mis­ takes will become learning experiences. A Grand Trine in Air (all month) is boosting your career, finances and health. Still, rest and relax more this month. Health is enhanced in the same ways as mentioned last month. Once again there is a situation (after the 15th) of none or only one planet in Earth. Your virtues are out of style for a while. People think that ‘practical concerns’ are dull and unimportant. They will spend recklessly and without thought of the inevitable bill that will fall due. But you stick 383

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

to your guns – someone has to have their feet on the ground. Mercury goes forward on the 6th, and Neptune (your Personal Communication Planet) goes forward on the 20th. If you have marketing projects or mass mailings to do, try to schedule them after the 20th. If you can’t wait until the 20th, wait at least until after the 6th. Finances are still very strong, the retrograde of your Money Planet notwithstanding. Of course it won’t hurt if you study purchases and investments more carefully – but the earnings will come. Your status, prestige and public reputation are a big boost. Guard these carefully. After the 23rd, try to balance investing with debt repayment. Do a little bit of both. There could be a financial conflict with your spouse or business partner – compromise – the situation is short term. Love is status quo this month. The retrograde of Venus shows that an extra-marital affair is not going so well. November Best Days Overall: 1st, 8th, 9th, 18th, 19th, 27th, 28th Most Stressful Days Overall: 2nd, 3rd, 15th, 16th, 23rd, 24th, 29th, 30th Best Days for Love: 4th, 5th, 13th, 14th, 23rd, 24th, 25th Best Days for Money: 3rd, 6th, 7th, 10th, 11th, 15th, 16th, 21st, 25th, 26th, 30th Uranus, your Money Planet, moves forward on the 4th – a positive financial signal – which improves your financial judgement and releases stalled projects and deals. The only problem is there are no planets in Earth this period, and this too affects your financial judgement. Being a Capricorn, your financial judgement will always be good, but it can 384

CAPRICORN

affect the judgement of those you deal with – especially friends. They might prevail upon you to make ill-considered purchases or investments. Study these things more carefully. The Grand Trine in Air all month enhances earnings, but it also makes people unreasonably optimistic. When people are overly optimistic they borrow more or could prevail on you to borrow more. Since outside capital comes easily there is a danger of overdoing it. I expect prosperity this month, but keep the above warning in mind. Prosperity increases even further after the 22nd. Like last month, the planets are marching Eastward. This is still very much the time to take the initiative in life and create things your way. The world will adapt to you rather than vice versa. You know best this period. Hear others out – be polite – but follow your own path. Though you are ‘out of style’ and your virtues go unrec­ ognized – perhaps are considered old-fashioned and stodgy – this is still a happy month. Most of the planets above the Horizon put you in Capricorn heaven – as it gives you the interest, inclination and energy to pursue career goals. Important career developments are happening behind the scenes and should go forward after the 21st, when your Career Planet moves forward. Avoid major career decisions until then. Use this period (until the 21st) to perfect career goals, plans and projects. Then move forward after the 21st. Career is enhanced through networking, being active in organizations, knowing the right people and through upgrad­ ing your technology. The Grand Trine in Air (communication) lasts all month. It brings easy prosperity, personal pleasure, sensual delight and strong self-esteem. On the other hand it brings too much loose talk – and you need to be careful about taking much of this too seriously. Spirituality and spiritual issues become ultra-important after the 22nd. A good period to seek some seclusion, to learn to enjoy your own company, to meditate and indulge 385

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

in healthy introspection. Charities and charitable functions are more important then. Love is status quo-ish. I read this as a good signal. Most of you are where you want to be in that department and have little need to make important changes. A love affair (not a marriage) goes forward on the 21st. Romantic opportu­ nities come at organizations and group activities – perhaps through the introduction of friends. December Best Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 15th, 16th, 24th, 25th Most Stressful Days Overall: 12th, 13th, 14th, 20th, 21st, 27th, 28th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 10th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 20th, 21st, 24th, 29th, 30th Best Days for Money: 3rd, 4th, 8th, 9th, 12th, 13th, 18th, 19th, 22nd, 23rd, 28th, 31st Your native element of Earth (practicality) strengthens slightly on the 8th and resumes normality by the 22nd. Delaying your Christmas shopping could save big money. Also you are no longer a ‘voice crying in the wilderness’ but a person whose views and past comments are now vindicated. The planets’ Eastward march is reaching its maximum, and your self-confidence and self-esteem are getting stronger and stronger. Perhaps it is good that Saturn is retrograde, which introduces a little self-doubt. If Saturn were also forward you could become quite insufferable. Remember last month’s discussion. Go for the gold and make your dreams manifest on Earth. It’s all up to you now. Until the 22nd, most of the planets are above the Horizon, but after that they seem balanced between the upper and lower halves of the chart. Career and outer ambitions are still 386

CAPRICORN

important but becoming less so. The urge to emotional har­ mony and for domestic tranquillity is also getting stronger. It’s a see-saw effect this month. Now you will go one way, now another. This month there is a ‘bucket chart’ formation with Jupiter and Saturn as the handles. These are the ways that you will lift up your entire life (the rest of the bucket). Through spirituality, personal transformation and a good image and healthy body, you will raise yourself and your circumstances. Your 12th House of Spirituality continues to be powerful until the 22nd. Keep in mind last month’s discussion. It’s normal now to want to withdraw from the world. Normal to be having frequent ESP experiences and an unusually vivid dream life. Deeper parts of you are demanding attention. They have their ways of letting you know they are around. Your Family Planet travels with Venus this month. This indicates an urge to beautify or redecorate the home and for more family gatherings and entertaining from home. (Don’t overspend, though, and be very careful about borrowing for these things.) Financial disagreements with the family will not slow down your overall prosperity, but they do create some tension. Family life can be enhanced by fostering a ‘team spirit’ and by upgrading some of the technology at home. (Again, don’t overspend.) A love affair is complicated by financial disagreements. Love seems most important (and active) on the 20th and 21st when the Moon becomes the handle of the above men­ tioned ‘bucket chart’. But her reign in this role is only for a few days. Love and social affairs could lift your circum­ stances, but not permanently. Your spouse or partner seems unusually generous on the 22nd and 23rd. Health is fabulous all month, but especially after the 22nd.

387

Aquarius

TH E WAT E R -B E A RER Birthdays from 20th January to 18th February

Personality Profile AQUARIUS AT A GLANCE Element – Air Ruling Planet – Uranus Career Planet – Pluto Love Planet – Venus Money Planet – Neptune Planet of Health and Work – Moon Planet of Home and Family Life – Venus Colours – electric blue, grey, ultramarine blue Colours that promote love, romance and social harmony – gold, orange Colour that promotes earning power – aqua Gems – black pearl, obsidian, opal, sapphire 388

AQUARIUS

Metal – lead

Scents – azalea, gardenia

Quality – fixed (= stability)

Qualities most needed for balance – warmth,

feeling and emotion

Strongest virtues – great intellectual power,

the ability to communicate and to form and

understand abstract concepts, love for the

new and avant-garde

Deepest needs – to know and to bring in the

new

Characteristics to avoid – coldness,

rebelliousness for its own sake, fixed ideas

Signs of greatest overall compatibility – Gemini,

Libra

Signs of greatest overall incompatibility – Taurus, Leo, Scorpio Sign most helpful to career – Scorpio Sign most helpful for emotional support – Taurus Sign most helpful financially – Pisces Sign best for marriage and/or partnerships – Leo Sign most helpful for creative projects – Gemini Best Sign to have fun with – Gemini Signs most helpful in spiritual matters – Libra, Capricorn Best day of the week – Saturday

389

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Understanding an Aquarius In the Aquarius-born, intellectual faculties are perhaps the most highly developed of any Sign in the Zodiac. Aquarians are clear, scientific thinkers. They have the ability to think abstractly and to formulate laws, theories and clear concepts from masses of observed facts. Geminis might be very good at gathering information, but Aquarians take this a step fur­ ther, excelling at interpreting the information gathered. Practical people – men and women of the world – mistak­ enly consider abstract thinking as impractical. It is true that the realm of abstract thought takes us out of the physical world, but the discoveries made in this realm generally end up having tremendous practical consequences. All real sci­ entific inventions and breakthroughs come from this abstract realm. Aquarians, more so than most, are ideally suited to explore these abstract dimensions. Those who have explored these regions know that there is little feeling or emotion there. In fact, emotions are a hindrance to functioning in these dimensions; thus Aquarians seem – at times – cold and emotionless to others. It is not that Aquarians haven’t got feelings and deep emotions, it is just that too much feeling clouds their ability to think and invent. The concept of ‘too much feeling’ cannot be tolerated or even understood by some of the other Signs. Nevertheless, this Aquarian objec­ tivity is ideal for science, communication and friendship. Aquarians are very friendly people, but they do not make a big show about it. They do the right thing by their friends, even if sometimes they do it without passion or excitement. Aquarians have a deep passion for clear thinking. Second in importance, but related, is their passion for breaking with the establishment and traditional authority. Aquarians delight in this, because for them rebellion is like a great game or challenge. Very often they will rebel strictly for the fun of rebelling, regardless of whether the authority they 390

AQUARIUS

defy is right or wrong. Right or wrong has little to do with the rebellious actions of an Aquarian, because to a true Aquarian authority and power must be challenged as a mat­ ter of principle. Where Capricorn or Taurus will err on the side of tradi­ tion and the status quo, an Aquarian will err on the side of the new. Without this virtue it is doubtful whether any progress would be made in the world. The conservativeminded would obstruct progress. Originality and invention imply an ability to break barriers; every new discovery re-presents the toppling of an impediment to thought. Aquarians are very interested in breaking barriers and making walls tumble – scientifically, socially and politically. Other Zodiac Signs, such as Capricorn, also have scientific talents. But Aquarians are particularly excellent in the social sciences and humanities. Finance In financial matters Aquarians tend to be idealistic and humanitarian – to the point of self-sacrifice. They are usual­ ly generous contributors to social and political causes. When they contribute it differs from when a Capricorn or Taurus contributes. A Capricorn or Taurus may expect some favour or return for a gift; an Aquarian contributes selflessly. Aquarians tend to be as cool and rational about money as they are about most things in life. Money is something they need and they set about acquiring it scientifically. No need for fuss; they get on with it in the most rational and scien­ tific ways available. Money to the Aquarian is especially nice for what it can do, not for the status it may bring (as is the case for other Signs). Aquarians are neither big spenders nor pennypinchers and use their finances in practical ways, for example to facilitate progress for themselves, their families or even strangers. 391

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

However, if Aquarians want to reach their fullest finan­ cial potential they will have to explore their intuitive nature. If they follow only their financial theories – or what they believe to be theoretically correct – they may suffer some losses and disappointments. Instead, Aquarians should call on their intuition, which knows without thinking. For Aquarians, intuition is the short-cut to financial success. Career and Public Image Aquarians like to be perceived not only as the breakers of barriers but also as the transformers of society and the world. They long to be seen in this light and to play this role. They also look up to and respect other people in this position and even expect their superiors to act this way. Aquarians prefer jobs that have a bit of idealism attached to them – careers with a philosophical basis. Aquarians need to be creative at work, to have access to new techniques and meth­ ods. They like to keep busy and enjoy getting down to business straightaway, without wasting any time. They are often the quickest workers and usually have suggestions for improve­ ments that will benefit their employers. Aquarians are also very helpful with their co-workers and welcome responsibility, preferring this to having to take orders from others. If Aquarians want to reach their highest career goals they have to develop more emotional sensitivity, depth of feeling and passion. They need to learn to narrow their focus on the essentials and concentrate more on the job in hand. Aquarians need ‘a fire in the belly’ – a consuming passion and desire – in order to rise to the very top. Once this pas­ sion exists they will succeed easily in whatever they attempt. Love and Relationships Aquarians are good at friendships, but a bit weak when it comes to love. Of course they fall in love, but their lovers 392

AQUARIUS

always get the impression that they are more best friends than paramours. Like Capricorns, they are cool customers. They are not prone to displays of passion nor to outward demonstrations of their affections. In fact, they feel uncomfortable when their mate hugs and touches them too much. This does not mean that they do not love their partners. They do, only they show it in other ways. Curiously enough, in relation­ ships they tend to attract the very things that they feel uncomfortable with. They seem to attract hot, passionate, romantic, demonstrative people. Perhaps they know instinc­ tively that these people have qualities they lack and so seek them out. In any event, these relationships do seem to work, Aquarius’ coolness calming the more passionate partner while the fires of passion warm the cold-blooded Aquarius. The qualities Aquarians need to develop in their love life are warmth, generosity, passion and fun. Aquarians love relationships of the mind. Here they excel. If the intellectual factor is missing in a relationship an Aquarian will soon become bored or feel unfulfilled. Home and Domestic Life In family and domestic matters Aquarians can have a ten­ dency to be too non-conformist, changeable and unstable. They are as willing to break the barriers of family constraints as they are those of other areas of life. Even so, Aquarians are very sociable people. They like to have a nice home where they can entertain family and friends. Their house is usually decorated modernly and full of state-of-the-art appliances and gadgets – an environment Aquarians find absolutely necessary. If their home life is to be healthy and fulfilling, Aquarians need to inject it with a quality of stability – yes, even some conservatism. They need at least one area of life to be endur­ ing and steady; this area is usually their home and family life. 393

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Venus, the Planet of Love, rules the Aquarian’s 4th Solar House of Home and Family as well, which means that when it comes to the family and child-rearing, theories, cool thinking and intellect are not always enough. Aquarians need to bring love into the equation in order to have a great domestic life.

Horoscope for 2002 Major Trends Things are decidedly easier than in 1999 and 2000, though perhaps not as easy as they were last year. There is still much change and volatility in your life, but the changes are pleasant. You are learning to make the volatility serve you instead of being disrupted by it. The purpose of all these changes was to break your attachments to concrete con­ ditions or fixed routines. Thus, the new lifestyle that is manifesting will have a clearer channel. Last year was mostly a fun year. A Cosmic holiday. This year is a more serious, work-orientated year – especially until August. After that you are in the mood for some romance and it comes, but the volatility seen in previous years is still there. Romance will be exciting and fun, but stable??? The importance of spirituality seen over the past few years has not abated and is as important as ever. On an overall level, your native element of Air will be strongest in the coming year. Almost every month there will be Grand Trines in this element – some will last for only a few days, others for more than a month. This is a very happy signal for you both healthwise and in other ways. Your nor­ mal intellectual gifts (always strong) are even stronger. Your writing and communication are inspired. You learn quickly and easily and can explain what you know to others. 394

AQUARIUS

Your most important areas of interest in the coming year are: the body, the image, self-esteem, your self-concept, children, creativity, amusement, enjoying life, health and work, love and romance. Your paths of greatest fulfilment are: children, creativity, amusement and the joy of life, health and work, love and romance. Health Health looks very good this year. Most of the long-term planets are kind to you now. Air, as mentioned, will be the strongest element in the coming year and this is a wonderful health indicator. You are in harmony with the times. Your strengths and virtues are the ones that people look up to and accept. Self-esteem and self-confidence are good. Further, power in your 6th House is indicating that you are ‘on the case’ in health matters. You take care of problems when they occur. You work on preventative measures, too. Neptune in your own Sign suggests that the feet need to be taken care of. Foot reflexology and general foot massage is a healthy practice. Uranus in your own Sign reinforces the importance of the ankles – which you always need to take care of. Make doubly sure that they are well supported when indulging in strenuous exercise. Neptune in your own Sign suggests a need for purity in your diet. Avoid alcohol and drugs. Uranus in your own Sign suggests experimentation with the body – with diet, sport and exercise. Many of you are testing your physical limits and endurance these days. Positive experimentation is all to the good; it usually leads to new knowledge and new breakthroughs. If it’s wild and unmeasured it can lead to mishaps. Experiment by all means, but be measured and rational about it. Benefic Jupiter will be in your House of Health until August 1st. Jupiter is basically well aspected (not perfectly 395

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

aspected) and strongly positioned in his Sign of exaltation. Thus, if there have been health problems in the past there should be good news on this front. You are ‘lucky’ in health matters. Jupiter is the planet of religion, philosophy, metaphysics and higher education. He rules our ‘higher mind’ – the mind that can see beyond facts and appearances and can grasp First Principles. Thus many of you are expanding your understanding of health and disease on a deeper level. You are understanding its causes and its cures. This is going to help your health, not only this year but for the rest of your life. Many of you will be taking organized, structured courses on health or even studying to be health professionals these days. Many of you might get jobs with a doctor, healer or health professional and pick up the knowledge that way. Jupiter reveals First Principles. He reveals not only the ‘principle’ of a thing, but also the ‘how to’, its application. This bodes well for both your personal health and for those of you involved in healing others. Jupiter is the Lord of your Solar 11th House of Friends. It reinforces the experimentation and innovation seen in health and the body. But it also shows that social issues – friendships – when they go wrong can negatively impact on your health. Clear up your social issues as best you can and chances are that any health problem you have will also clear up. Jupiter in your House of Health indicates that your concept of health is expanding. For most people, health just means physical health – the absence of disease or the absence of symptoms. But for you good health means a healthy social life – healthy friendships as well. Jupiter is in the Sign of Cancer – the Sign of moods, emo­ tions and family relationships. Thus, good health also means a healthy emotional life and healthy, functional family relationships. The importance of mood and right feeling in health is much magnified these days. You will see the power of 396

AQUARIUS

emotional states on your health – for good or ill. Once you see this you will start to cultivate positive states of mind. Once Jupiter has educated you on health matters (he is called ‘the Guru’ in the East), you will be ready for an edu­ cation on love and romance in August. One more health warning: The power in Air this year will stimulate your already powerful (and usually overactive) mind. When these Grand Trines hit, the mind will tend to race – get overstimulated with new and creative ideas. Try to put the brakes on this a bit. Too much thinking and talk­ ing (no matter how stimulating) can be like too much of the ‘good life’ – there’s a price to pay later on. Use your mind and speech constructively – to get you towards your goals and to bring you happiness – but don’t overdo it. Learn to relax it and turn off. (Meditation is a big help here.) Home, Domestic and Family Issues Most of you have already gone through your domestic re­ structuring and traumas in 1999 and 2000. When the dust settled your domestic life, home and family relationship should have settled down into a new and better pattern. This year your 4th House of Home and Family is not a House of Power, showing a contentment with the status quo. Things are more or less where you want them to be and there’s little need to make drastic changes. Sure, you’re not going to completely ignore home and family issues this year. There will be various periods in the year where this area becomes more important and certain actions need to be taken – this will happen when the shortterm, fast-moving planets move through your 4th House. But these actions seem of short duration, and compared to other areas of life seem of little importance. There is a Lunar Eclipse in your 4th House on November 20th. This generally brings long-term change in the domestic pattern. But for major disruptions to occur there need to be 397

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

supporting transits and aspects – and this is not the case this year. Probably some flaw in the home or some long-simmering family dispute rushes to the surface and demands attention. Correcting the flaw will improve things overall. As in previous years, many of you are moving around like nomads. There is a lot of travel and a lot of extended stays in different areas – but not necessarily a change of residence. (This could happen, though.) By now, after all these years, wandering and travelling have become a way of life – and no longer disruptive to your life. Saturn in your 5th House suggests difficulties with children. There is a need to discipline them, to set intelligent limits. You have to go against your own freedom-loving nature and exer­ cise a little ‘autocracy’. They might call you a hypocrite, and from their perspective it might be so – but you can’t let them run wild with no limits whatsoever. Getting just the right balance between freedom and limitation is the challenge. You can’t go overboard in either direction. You can’t dis­ cipline from an emotional state, or the right message won’t get through. They must understand what you are doing and why, and most importantly they must see the ‘justice’ of it. Siblings and children are likely to move or expand their residence in the coming year. A parent (or parental figure) has had multiple moves in the past few years and could have another one this year. His or her emotional life and domestic pattern seem highly unstable. This parent has a great need to cultivate emotional equilibrium – much of what you feel could be coming from this parent. Venus will move through your 4th House from April 1st to April 25th. A great period for buying art objects, furniture or furnishings for the home. A good period for redecorating and entertaining from home as well. Family gatherings will go better. The Sun’s passage through this House from April 20th to May 21st is also good for all the above. Mars will move through your 4th House from March 1st to April 13th – this will be a good period for major repairs or 398

AQUARIUS

construction work that needs to be done. Tempers at home could be volatile during this period – but most especially from March 1st to April 1st. All in all, a status quo year on the home front. You have great freedom to shape things as you will, but many of you lack the interest. Love and Social Life A very happy and productive social life this year. Romance is one of the highlights of the coming year. Three interesting things are going on simultaneously. Saturn in your 5th House is causing some disenchantment with uncommitted love affairs. These are probably not turn­ ing out well. Jupiter moving into your 7th House is causing a longing for something more permanent and real. Along with all of this, Uranus in your own Sign spurs you to ever more freedom and independence. What a mix! With all of this going on, it’s no surprise that many of you are totally confused about love and about the next step to take. Yet underneath all of this something beautiful is working through. The chaos is only the prelude to a new order and new manifestation. The Cosmos is smart. A Mr or Ms Right is coming along who will clear up the confusion and resolve all the contradictions. You can have personal freedom and committed love, at the same time. You can also have a rela­ tionship that has all the fun of a love affair but is more enduring. You will meet someone who admires your inde­ pendence and self-reliance – perhaps he or she even prizes it. Also likely is that this person is as freedom-loving as you are. Jupiter, as mentioned, is a teacher of First Principles. He gives knowledge and revelation as to how to apply these. So love attitudes will clarify and you will see that as long as you adhere to the principle of love and commitment, all kinds of things are possible. Jupiter will show you that aside from 399

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

love and commitment, there are really no rules about rela­ tionships – each one is something unique and each one has its own dynamic. The person you meet is a friend as well as a lover (Jupiter rules your 11th House of Friends), and this is a strength in the relationship. He or she wants your fondest hopes and wishes to come true – another strength. Further, the person seems to have the intelligence and wherewithal to do some­ thing about these things. But this love relationship involves much separation. You still seem the nomad, and he or she is probably the same – an 11th House type. As long as your commitment to each other remains firm, this could work out. There will be many ups and downs. The highs will be very high, the lows could be unusually low. Fasten your seat belts for the roller-coaster ride. Singles find love among friends or through the intro­ duction of friends. Perhaps the person you meet has been a long-time friend and now things are developing further. Singles find love on line, or conduct the love affair on line. Organizations and seminars are also likely meeting grounds. As mentioned, a current love affair seems over. But this happens so that something more enduring can enter the picture. Let the dead bury the dead, it’s time to move on. The Solar Eclipse of June 10th will force a decision. Married Aquarians will have more romance within the marriage, will go out more and enjoy their relationship more. Your circle of friends will expand. There will be more of a friendship within the marriage, a more ‘live and let live’ attitude. A lot of the friendships being made after August will either come through your career or be very helpful to your career. Children of marriageable age are being tested in love. Rough going. Married children are having their marriages tested. Grandchildren of marriageable age need patience. 400

AQUARIUS

The marriage of a parent or parental figure is being tested. The social life of siblings is status quo. Aquarians in a second marriage or working to marry for a second time need patience. Those working on a third marriage meet with great opportunities after August 1st. A serious relationship is brewing. Finance and Career Though your 2nd House of Money is not a House of Power, the Ruler of your 2nd House, Neptune, is powerful by posi­ tion. He is in your own Sign and angular in the Horoscope. Thus finance is important this year. Many of the financial trends spoken of last year are still in effect. Neptune is a long-term planet and his trends last for many, many years. Neptune is the most spiritual of all the planets. This sug­ gests that financial success comes from being true to yourself and from being correctly aligned with the Higher Power within you. You must be open to the inspired ideas that come from that dimension. Neptune is also the planet of intuition – so, like last year, your intuition is being trained in financial matters. The challenge is in discerning between a true intuition and feelings that come from a gut level. This will describe the financial adventure you are on for years to come. There will be ups and downs and many a mistake, but ultimately you will be rewarded for following your intuition. It is, indeed, the short cut to wealth. Financial problems are not what they seem now. These are merely calls of a Higher Power wanting to get your attention. When it wants your attention it will send you a financial problem; when it succeeds in getting you in closer alignment the financial problems will dissolve of its own accord. It had no other purpose. Though in hindsight intuition never violates logic, while you are in the experience it could seem very illogical. People 401

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

who don’t function the way you function will think you are crazy – and this is one of your financial challenges these days, especially if you have investors or bosses to answer to. When a planet like Neptune is one’s Financial Planet, it means the financial life, investments, purchases, debt repay­ ment, financial planning and retirement issues must all be left to the Higher Power. You will understand the scripture, ‘the government shall be upon his shoulders’. This power is vast, has bigger ideas and bigger resources than you do and is very competent. Trusting it and its guidance is both the road to affluence and the great challenge. There will be many tests of faith. Faith becomes an important quality to develop these days. This configuration also shows more generosity and chari­ table giving. ‘Tithing’ is an especially helpful practice with Neptune as your Money Planet. Tithing is the systematic giv­ ing of 10 per cent of your income to a charity, ministry or cause you believe in. Believe it or not, this simple practice will uproot many a poverty complex and strengthen your faith in the ‘supply of a Higher Power’. The more you give (though you shouldn’t overdo it) the more comes back to you, multiplied and magnified. There is much to be written about this, but only a few things bear mentioning. Tithed money seems to stretch further, it buys more. It seems more immune to loss. People think, ‘Well, now I have 10 per cent less with which to pay my bills or handle my expenses.’ The truth is very much otherwise. Bargains and deals come to you. Things (and even money) can come by grace. A creditor who seemed ferocious becomes like a pussy cat and might even forgive (or ease the terms of) a debt. Dreams and visions will guide your spending and investments. A stranger might say something out of the blue that sparks your intuition. Anything that helps you get into the Grace of a Higher Power is going to help you financially. Professional investors should look at oil, natural gas, water companies and water utilities, retirement homes, 402

AQUARIUS

pharmaceuticals, shoe manufacturers and retailers. The high-tech industry should also be looked at. Your Money Planet in your 1st Solar House continues a trend written of last year. There is a need, urge and desire to dress for success, to don the image of wealth. There is a magic to this – you do it not to deceive other people (though many can fall into this error) but to get into the ‘vibrations’ of wealth. Looking and feeling the part is important. Wealth, like life itself, is 90 per cent magic – and you need to explore the magic of it. So, many of you will be dressing expensively and glamorously – projecting the image of wealth – and this of itself attracts financial opportunity to you. Career is going to improve this year too – especially after August when Jupiter moves into fabulous alignment with Pluto, your Career Planet. Pay rises, promotions and career opportunities come. Friends – and possibly a new love inter­ est – play a big role here. As mentioned earlier, writers, teachers and communica­ tors are going to have a banner year. Their work will excel and be recognized – the financial rewards usually follow. Job-seekers meet with excellent success – especially until August. Dream jobs await. Employers are expanding the workforce. The workers that come are good quality too. Self-improvement The main area of self-improvement this year is in the realm of children and creativity. As mentioned earlier, children will be a challenge. Your natural tendency is to give them complete freedom and to treat them as ‘equals’. And though this is idealistic and perhaps politically correct, it is dysfunc­ tional. You will find this out in the coming year. Theories are beautiful when you read about them in a book or hear them at a seminar or lecture. But the fires of daily living and rubbing against actual situations soon explode most theories. 403

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Children should always be respected and loved. Parents must always focus on their future potential and highest attributes. On the other hand, they must look at the actual stage the child is in and factor that in to the equation. Respect and love the child by all means, but set limits to behaviour – especially when it is destructive. Getting just the right balance between love and discipline is the main chal­ lenge. It is a moment-by-moment thing. One of the main realizations you will come to is that love and discipline are not contradictory. If you love the child you will discipline him or her – but in a proper way. If you don’t do it now, life will do it in the future – and perhaps not as kindly. Those of you involved in the creative or performing arts are also learning discipline these days. It is practice, practice, practice – endless practice of fundamentals – which will enhance your art or performance. You’ve got plenty of inspi­ ration and an abundance of good ideas – but the execution of them needs work.

Month-by-month Forecasts January Best Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 14th, 15th, 24th, 25th Most Stressful Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 7th, 8th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 28th, 29th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 23rd, 24th, 25th, 28th, 29th Best Days for Money: 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 24th, 25th, 26th, 27th

404

AQUARIUS

A happy and prosperous month, Aquarius – enjoy. The year begins with 70 to 80 per cent of the planets in the East – the sector of the self. And while love and social activities will be important (and happy) this month, it is you who calls the shots. This is an excellent period (especially right after your birthday) to launch new projects, services or products into the world. Many planets in the East and 50 per cent (!) of them in your own Sign (after the 20th) indicate great confidence, self-esteem, personal magnetism and en­ ergy. This is a time where you can have life on your terms, where you can create conditions as you desire them to be. Go for it. Don’t worry about ‘people pleasing’ – please your­ self and you find that the world is pleased. The thrust of planetary momentum is towards the lower half of your Solar chart, and the pattern will be firmly estab­ lished by the 20th – 80 to 90 per cent (an overwhelming per­ centage) will be below the Horizon. Thus you are in a period where outer ambitions wane and inner ambitions wax. You crave the pleasures of hearth and home. You want a stable home base (a difficult feat with all you have going on around you) and emotional harmony. Success is important, but ‘feel­ ing right’ is more important. This is a time for finding that magical ‘comfort zone’ (now and for the next few months) and functioning from there. This is a time for building the psychological underpinnings for success later on. Your love life is simply amazing this month. Your Love Planet (the Sun) travels with Venus almost all month. You can’t ask for better love aspects than that. Further, both planets move into your own Sign on the 19th and 20th. Love pursues you ardently; all you have to do is turn up for it – difficult to see how you could even avoid it. But this is not ordinary love – but very romantic. Your lover seems like your family – or wants to be like your family – your father/mother/brother/sister. This is serious love. A love affair or extramarital affair runs into some prob­ lems beginning the 18th. There is a cooling, a back-tracking, 405

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

a need for re-evaluation. These issues are not enough to break the relationship, but they add complications. A heavenly T-square until the 18th creates tension between your outer ambitions (career) and your spiritual values – not an easy thing to handle. Both are important to you and you don’t want to be forced to choose one exclu­ sively. Compromise is the key. Earnings are very strong this month, especially after the 20th. Wealth will increase and all kinds of financial opportu­ nities will come. Nothing special you need to do – these things are on the way. Health is excellent. February Best Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 10th, 11th, 12th, 20th, 21st Most Stressful Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 18th, 19th, 25th, 26th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 10th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 22nd, 23rd, 25th, 26th Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 10th, 11th, 13th, 14th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd Another happy and successful month. This month, 60 per cent (!) of the planets will either be in your Sign or move through it – and they all come bearing gifts. Do you have the capacity to receive all this? Your native element of Air is very strong this month too. Your mental and intellectual virtues are in style. Your mind and communicating ability have never been stronger. It’s as if you never touch ground all month (no planets in Earth Signs) and live in the world of mind. Writers, teachers and marketing people have a banner month.

406

AQUARIUS

Though earnings are strong – even stronger than last month – having no planets in Earth can make your judge­ ment unrealistic. Be careful how you spend. Perhaps you can ask a Virgo, Taurus or Capricorn to do your shopping for you. You have great ideas and communicate them well. People are receptive. But do your best to think of the ‘practical side’ of these ideas. Try to visualize how they would work in the real world. There is a great abyss between theory and practice. Most of the planets are still in the East (like last month), so this is a time to create conditions as you desire them to be. No need to adapt or adjust to things – go forth and tailormake your life. If others don’t go along, you have the inde­ pendence and confidence to go on your own. Your destiny is in your own hands – it is wonderful – who could ask for more? Again there’s a heavenly T-square formation which cre­ ates the tensions written of last month. This time it is not just a conflict between spiritual ideals and outer success, but love is also involved. Love ideals and spiritual ideals need balancing. Career ideals and love ideals likewise. Some­ where in your consciousness there is a point where they all merge and co-operate. Try to find this place. Health is excellent. With Jupiter retrograde in your House of Health all month, avoid making any drastic changes to your present health regime. Job-seekers meet with good success this month – but study things more carefully. Job descriptions are not what they seem. Love is still wonderful this month. Very tender and romantic. Idealistic. After the 18th it takes a more practical turn (also due to idealism). Your lover shows love through financial support or through material gifts. Singles find love as they pursue financial goals. A significant meeting or oppor­ tunity comes from the 22nd to the 26th. 407

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

March Best Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 9th, 10th, 11th, 19th, 20th, 21st, 28th, 29th Most Stressful Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 17th, 18th, 24th, 25th, 30th, 31st Best Days for Love: 3rd, 4th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 24th, 25th Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 9th, 10th, 12th, 13th, 19th, 20th, 22nd, 23rd, 28th, 29th, 30th, 31st The heavenly T-square written of for the past two months is still around all month – when one planet moves away from it, another moves in. This is showing that spirituality and career need to be balanced with various other departments of life. Everything must be brought into harmony. The ten­ sions create opportunities to fine-tune all these areas. Though you are tinkering with your career, your main thrust is still home and hearth. Emotional harmony is what you really want. Mars in your 4th House all month makes this an excellent period for construction or renovation pro­ jects (if you need them). Also good for establishing better communication with family members (Mars is your Communication Planet). Tempers could run high at home, so be patient – don’t add fuel to the fire. The planetary power is still very much eastward – con­ tinue to go your own way and build life as you desire it to be. By all means be polite to others and hear what they have to say, but ultimately your way is best and you must follow that. There is much power in the element of Water (feelings and emotions) this month and less in your native element of Air (mind and communication). Yet communication is still very important as your 3rd House becomes very powerful 408

AQUARIUS

after the 20th. People are ‘less logical’ than they have been in the past two months and more into feeling. Your tone is more important than the brilliance of your ideas. Be sure to take people’s sensitivities into account when you communicate. Earnings are still very strong, though be careful of specu­ lations (avoid them) and overspending in the home. Professional investors should study gaming, entertainment, electric utilities, telecommunications and fashion. Your spouse, lover or partner continues to support your financial goals. Family members also seem supportive until the 8th. A creative project has good profit potential. A New Moon in your Money House on the 14th enhances wealth even further by bringing you vital information. Mercury is your Planet of Creativity. He is strongly posi­ tioned in your own Sign until the 11th – thus creativity soars. Mercury also brings the good life to you – a period of fun and leisure activities. Love is still excellent. Singles find love as they pursue financial goals (or with people involved in their finances) until the 20th. After that love becomes more intellectual. There is a need for mental harmony and good communication with your lover. Singles find love as they pursue intellectual interests, at school or in the neighbourhood. Health is still very good. The right diet and stable emo­ tions enhance it further. April Best Days Overall: 6th, 7th, 16th, 17th, 25th Most Stressful Days Overall: 13th, 14th, 15th, 20th, 21st, 27th, 28th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 25th

409

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Best Days for Money: 6th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 19th, 24th, 25th, 27th, 28th Career is complicated this month. Pluto (your Career Planet) is the handle of a ‘bucket chart’ formation. This gives him more prominence than normal. He is the means (your career) by which you want to lift up your entire life. The only problem is that most of the planets are still below the Horizon, lessening your interest in these things, and Pluto is both retrograde and stressfully aspected. You will need much patience now. Make haste slowly. Have faith that posi­ tive career developments are happening behind the scenes. Do what is possible, but focus on emotional harmony and your family life. When you are in the ‘right emotional state’, answers come. Your 4th House of Home and Family is probably the strongest House in the Horoscope this month. As the month progresses, 40 to 50 per cent of the planets are either there or will move through there. Thus this is a month for improv­ ing family relationships and the physical home itself. It is a month for psychological growth and dealing with early memories and experiences. Mars, like last month, is in the 4th House until the 13th. Still a good time for construction and renovation projects if you need them. Again, mind your temper. Relations with children improve through better commu­ nication after the 13th. Avoid being too sharp with them. Modulate your tones. Your two Love Planets, the Sun and Venus, move through the 4th House too. Thus it is an excel­ lent time for beautifying the home, buying furnishings or wallpaper or art objects for the home. Entertaining from home increases. Family gatherings are likely now – though they can be tempestuous. With this shift of power into your 4th House there is also a shift of power from the East to the West. Self-will, inde­ pendence, having things your way, will not be so easy (or 410

AQUARIUS

even desirable) these days. Now you are in a period for developing your social graces, for cultivating the good graces and co-operation of others. Adaptability is an important virtue to learn now. You have reached your personal limits, now you need other people – and this changes the whole ball game. A different set of skills is needed to handle this. Along with family interests, creativity, leisure activities and children become important this month. The joy of life beckons to you and you will find it. The challenge is – can you enjoy life and still fulfil career responsibilities? Not so easy. Love is easier until the 20th. After that you and your beloved seem ‘out of synch’ – he or she wants to go one way and you another. Your interests and desires seem out of alignment. If love is real, compromises will work. Until the 20th singles find love as they pursue intellectual interests. After that there is an interest in emotional closeness and a need to share feelings. Emotional support and nurturing become big factors in love. Singles still find love close to home, with someone from their past or through family introductions or at family gatherings. You have to work harder for earnings this month. Don’t be afraid to go the extra mile. These are only short-term stresses. Overall the financial picture is very bright. May Best Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 13th, 14th, 22nd, 23rd, 31st Most Stressful Days Overall: 11th, 12th, 18th, 19th, 24th, 25th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 18th, 19th, 21st, 22nd, 24th, 30th, 31st Best Days for Money: 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 25th, 30th, 31st 411

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Like last month, career is complicated and perhaps stressful. Pluto, your Career Planet, is still retrograde and still forms the handle of a ‘bucket chart’ formation. Most of the planets are still below the Horizon. You want your career to lift up your whole life, but your attention is focused elsewhere. Not only are family and domestic responsibilities diverting you, but the ‘joy of life’ is also calling to you. It’s hard to use a handle if you don’t grasp it – take it firmly in hand. If all of this weren’t enough, a Lunar Eclipse on the 26th will hit Pluto, causing long-term changes in your career – perhaps a job change too. This Lunar Eclipse is basically benign in most other ways – but it is going to force long-standing career and job resentments to the surface. Aside from your career, most areas of life are happy this month. The element of Air, your native element, will have between 50 and 70 per cent of the planetary power all month. A substantial percentage. Like last month, this enhances your intellect and communications skills. Your virtues are ‘in style’ and appreciated. Your ideas are accepted. A Grand Trine in Air on the 22nd and 23rd brings financial windfalls, love and social opportunities and spiritual insights. Health is fabulous all month, but gets even better after the 20th. Love will improve after the 20th too. A recent dis­ agreement or ‘out of sync-ness’ with your beloved starts to harmonize. Love becomes more romantic and honeymoonish. Singles have options for either serious or uncommitted types of love. With your 5th House of Fun, Entertainment and Creativity strong all month, this is a party period. If it weren’t for all your career responsibilities, your joy would be even more complete. Though the eclipse brings job changes for many of you, not to worry, the aspects for a new job are simply wonder­ ful. There’s a dream job awaiting you this month. Likewise, employers seeking to hire workers or expand the workforce enjoy very good success. 412

AQUARIUS

It’s still a good period for entertaining from home and beautifying the home. Most of the planets are still in the West, so this is a period for adapting to situations and putting other people first. Your goals can only manifest through the co-operation of other people. Independence is not the way this period. June Best Days Overall: 9th, 10th, 18th, 19th, 27th, 28th Most Stressful Days Overall: 7th, 8th, 14th, 15th, 20th, 21st Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 9th, 10th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 19th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 29th, 30th Best Days for Money: 2nd, 3rd, 9th, 10th, 12th, 13th, 18th, 19th, 20th, 21st, 27th, 28th, 29th, 30th Two eclipses this period ensure that there will be much change in the world this month. Happily, these eclipses are benign to you and probably work to your advantage. The changes and upheavals that come only open doors and cre­ ate opportunities for you. It won’t hurt, though, to take a reduced schedule on the 10th (the Solar Eclipse) and the 24th (the Lunar Eclipse). You’re OK, but it might not be OK for others in your world. People in general are not up to par during eclipses. Every Solar Eclipse will tend to test your love life and relationships – this is because the Sun is your Love Planet. This one is no different. It gives you the opportunity to clear long-standing resentments so that the relationship can get even better. This eclipse (on the 10th) occurs in your 5th House of Children and Creativity. Not only do marriages get tested, but love affairs as well. Relationships with children change long term, probably from ‘rites of passage’ types 413

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

of experiences – they graduate, marry, have children, move out, etc. An upheaval in a creative project will eventually make it better. Let the dust settle. This Solar Eclipse affects Saturn, your Spiritual Planet. Thus, those of you who are not on a spiritual path may find it now, and those of you already on one will make important changes – either in your regime, methods or teachers. The Lunar Eclipse of the 24th also involves your spiritual life, as it occurs in your 12th House. Issues not dealt with during the Solar Eclipse will get dealt with now. Again there are job changes (which should not be feared – they should be welcomed) and changes in your health regime. Though your Financial Planet is retrograde, finances are still very strong. You prosper in spite of minor glitches and delays. With no planets in the Earth element (except for the Moon – and that only occasionally) and Neptune retrograde, watch spending and investments more carefully. Your judgement is not as ‘practical’ as usual. Avoid speculations during the Solar Eclipse period. Speculations become more favourable after the 20th. Money and financial opportunity come from creative projects, or as you are entertaining others or indulging in leisure activities. This is a month for ‘happy’ money. In spite of the shake-ups, the love aspects are good this month. Singles find love at parties or as they pursue leisure activities until the 21st. After that the workplace seems the scene of romance. Most of the planets are still below the Horizon (though this is getting ready to change) and career, though impor­ tant, is weakened by lack of interest. Still, working from your comfort zone, or finding a career path which allows this, is important now. Health is good all month.

414

AQUARIUS

July Best Days Overall: 7th, 8th, 15th, 16th, 24th, 25th Most Stressful Days Overall: 4th, 5th, 6th, 11th, 12th, 17th, 18th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 9th, 10th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 18th, 19th, 22nd, 23rd, 29th Best Days for Money: 1st, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 24th, 25th, 27th, 28th Most of the planets are in the West – and in their maximum Western position. Uranus, your Ruler, is retrograde. Definitely downplay personal will and power struggles and cultivate your social graces. Your way is probably not the best way, so seek consensus in all that you do. This month, life is not about ‘being right’ but about being loving and loved. Put other people first and allow your good to come to you as it will. Cheerfully adapt to situations and make note of improve­ ments you could make in the future. There are many planets in the Water (feeling) element this month. Temper your logic with an understanding of people’s sensitivities – they are hypersensitive this month. Little things – voice tones, the wrong word or gesture – are likely to trigger massive reactions. An important planetary shift from the lower half to the upper half of your Horoscope occurs on the 23rd – by next month the shift will be even stronger. Career starts to be­ come more important than it has been and you have more freedom to focus on it. This in itself is a big help careerwise – attention is energy, and energy brings success. But Pluto, which has been stressfully aspected of late, now starts to receive harmonious aspects. You should all experience big improvements in your career and professional status. Pluto (your Career Planet) is still retrograde, so much of the 415

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

improvement is happening behind the scenes – but you can still feel a shift in the vibrations now. Love is active, exciting and highly unstable – what else is new? This has been the story of your life for some years now. There are many romantic opportunities, much socializ­ ing, many options – but compromising and keeping affec­ tions steady seem the problem. Mars in your 7th House from the 13th onwards indicates a power struggle in a relation­ ship, which tests it. Not a good idea to indulge in this, but it may be difficult to avoid. If you can’t avoid power struggles, you can minimize them. Love can come suddenly and leave suddenly. Financial disagreements are also a stress to love. Balance, balance, balance. Though health is basically good, rest and relax more after the 23rd. Health regimes and diets go well, as you have a strong interest in them. This period you seem to want total fitness in many areas of life – merely being free of disease is not enough for you. Job-seekers (and those looking to hire others) have amaz­ ingly good aspects all month. August Best Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 12th, 13th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 30th, 31st Most Stressful Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 8th, 14th, 15th, 28th, 29th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 8th, 11th, 12th, 16th, 17th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 28th, 29th, 30th, 31st Best Days for Money: 3rd, 4th, 7th, 8th, 12th, 13th, 16th, 20th, 21st, 23rd, 24th, 25th Your career improved last month and this month improves even more – with Jupiter now in Leo (August 1st) Pluto 416

AQUARIUS

(your Career Planet) receives even better aspects than last month. Most of the planets are still above the Horizon, giv­ ing you ambitious desires. Pluto will go forward on the 26th – further assisting your career, as long-stalled issues, projects and decisions start moving forward. Career is positively soar­ ing now. Many of you will receive pay rises or promotions. Others will have new career offers at better pay elsewhere. Seize the moment and push forward with your ambitions. You will earn all this glory come the 23rd – this is not a free ride – but hard work pays off. Uranus, your Ruler, is still retrograde and most of the planets are still in the West. Success comes by gaining the co-operation and good graces of others. Your way is prob­ ably not the best way now – not even for you. Other people have perspectives which you need to see and appreciate. Health is good, but rest and relax more until the 23rd. Health regimes seem much less interesting than they have been – you would rather focus on your career and your love life. Jupiter’s move into Leo has changed the whole social and romantic scene. Love is active and happy. Singles have a real opportunity now to meet that special someone. He or she is there only awaiting your discovery. With Mars still in your House of Love until the 29th there are power struggles going on in a relationship. There are various ways to read this. It could be that one relationship ends so that a new and better one can begin, or that a current relationship has passed its tests and you are ready to take the next step. Jupiter in the 7th House promotes marriage. Being a true Aquarian you want friendship from your lover and this is what you’ll get – a combination of romance and friendship. After the 23rd, your 8th House becomes powerful. This makes it a good period for paying off debt (or borrowing if you need it), attracting financial backers, dealing with tax or insurance issues and in general getting rid of the ‘excess’ in your life – whether it be in the body (through weight-loss 417

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

and detox programmes), in your social life (false or luke­ warm friends), in your material life (excess possessions, financial waste) or in your emotional life (negative emotion­ al patterns and habits). Many planets are re-stimulating eclipse points this month – thus, though your life is happy there are bumps on the road (brief upheavals) – don’t stop your journey because you hit a bump. Keep right on going. Finances improve after the 23rd. September Best Days Overall: 1st, 8th, 9th, 17th, 18th, 27th, 28th Most Stressful Days Overall: 4th, 5th, 10th, 11th, 24th, 25th Best Days for Love: 1st, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 10th, 14th, 15th, 19th, 20th, 27th, 28th, 29th, 30th Best Days for Money: 1st, 4th, 8th, 9th, 12th, 17th, 18th, 19th, 20th, 22nd, 27th, 28th Though career is getting better and better, a heavenly Tsquare all month re-stimulates issues you had at the begin­ ning of the year. (This T-square was in effect last month too.) Again there is a need to balance spiritual values with career values – when you are successful in your career (as you are now) you feel that you are ‘selling out’ your ideals, or feel that you are neglecting your spiritual life. When you focus on your spiritual life you feel that your career will suf­ fer. Ultimately this conflict is leading you to a new and more ‘synthetic’ perspective on both spirit and your career. Last month the T-square involved love, family and intellectual beliefs as well. This month love and intellectual beliefs (from early education) are involved. Perhaps it is your lover who provokes the crisis – by accusing you of selling out or not 418

AQUARIUS

seizing your career prize when you should. Or it could be that your lover feels neglected when you focus on either career or your spirituality. Balance, balance, balance. There is a Higher Position that unifies all these conflicts. Venus moves into your 10th House of Career on the 8th, bringing favours from on high – from bosses, elders and par­ ents. Family members are now supportive of your career goals. Your success improves the social status of the family as a whole. Right now you are seeing the pay-off for months of building a stable home base. Mercury goes retrograde in your 9th House on the 14th. Foreign lands are beckoning, but it might be wise to schedule such journeys before the 14th, or next month when Mercury goes forward again. Be especially careful as to how you communicate to university administrators, foreigners and lawyers. Miscommunication is more likely after the 14th, and causes much inconvenience. Take the time to be sure that they’ve got your message and that you’ve got theirs. The continued retrograde of your Money Planet (Neptune) does not stop the avalanche of abundance this month. Minor glitches and delays are overwhelmed by good. Spending on the home and on technology should be kept in proportion. Love is getting better every day. A foreigner could come into your life this month. Perhaps it is someone who is involved in your education – a teacher or mentor. Singles find love opportunities in the normal places, but also at reli­ gious or academic functions. New friends are coming into the picture. Your spouse, lover or partner is supportive of financial goals. Your spouse is an unusually good provider this month, too. October Best Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 14th, 15th, 24th, 25th 419

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Most Stressful Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 7th, 8th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 29th, 30th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 5th, 6th, 7th, 8th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 24th, 25th, 26th, 27th, 29th, 30th Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 5th, 6th, 9th, 10th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 19th, 20th, 24th, 25th, 29th, 30th Two T-square formations this month. The first, discussed last month, and is in effect until the 15th. By the 15th the crisis of faith and career should worked out. The other T-square involves family, career, finances, personal desires and love. All these areas are pulling you in different directions in an unruly and conflicted way. Your assignment is to balance these areas, bring some harmony there and make these areas co-operate with each other. A tall order. Health is good, but rest and relax more after the 23rd. The planetary power began to shift last month – from the West to the East. This month, the shift becomes more com­ plete. You have compromised, adapted and ‘people-pleased’ long enough. Presumably by now you have learned the lessons of team work and co-operation. Now it’s time to take the initiative in life – to take charge of your own destiny – and to make things happen according to your will and desire. Of course you are not to be rude or run roughshod over others – but merely to take charge of your own affairs – to set your own agenda and schedule – and work towards your own personal goals. When it comes to you and your life, you know best. Foreign lands still beckon and, after the 6th, travelling seems happy. The New Moon of the 6th will clarify travel plans. Educational opportunities will come – study them until the 6th and act on them (one way or the other) after­ wards. You need to be discerning here. Career is still going great guns. Your spouse or partner is very supportive. Singles find love opportunities at the job or 420

AQUARIUS

office – and a fling with a boss or superior (or someone involved in your career) is not a hopeless dream. There will be more socializing with people of status and power. Singles are attracted to people who can help their career or who can mentor them. Wisdom and power are the aphrodisiacs this month – not physical appearance or roaring libido. Finances are still basically good, but you work harder for them than usual. Again, spending on the home, on technol­ ogy and on social matters needs to be kept in line. Neptune, your Money Planet, moves forward on the 20th, which restores your sound financial judgement. Continue to focus on your career and downplay family and domestic issues. With your Family Planet now retro­ grade from the 10th onwards, a wait-and-see attitude at home is in order. November Best Days Overall: 2nd, 3rd, 10th, 11th, 20th, 21st, 29th, 30th Most Stressful Days Overall: 4th, 5th, 18th, 19th, 25th, 26th Best Days for Love: 4th, 5th, 13th, 14th, 23rd, 24th, 25th, 26th Best Days for Money: 2nd, 3rd, 6th, 7th, 10th, 11th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 20th, 21st, 25th, 26th, 29th, 30th The T-square discussed last month is still in effect this month. Many areas of life have to balanced, co-ordinated and harmonized. Like last month, the conflicts involve career, love, family, friendships, personal desires and finance. The T-square weakens by the 22nd, so things are getting easier, but it is still in effect all month.

421

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Like last month, most of the planets are above the Horizon. Your 10th House of Career is still very strong. Family members, though hesitant, seem supportive of your career goals. Favours still come from on high. Pay rises or promotions are still likely. Though you have conflicting interests, your career will probably dominate. Like last month, the planets are mostly in the East and Uranus, your Ruler, goes forward on the 4th. Confidence, independence and self-esteem are even stronger than last month. Push forward towards your goals. You have no one to please but yourself. If you are pleased, the world will be pleased. The tensions you see around you are only reflecting your own tensions and displeasure. There is a Grand Trine in your native Air element all month. This is Aquarius heaven. As mentioned previously, this enhances your already strong intellect and communica­ tion ability. This month there are no planets in Earth (prac­ ticality) Signs – you will have to force yourself to get ‘grounded’ and not to float off into space. Ideas are wonder­ ful, but always keep in mind the practical consequences of them. The Grand Trine in Air involves your Financial Planet, Neptune, which now is moving forward. This brings ‘easy’ money, financial windfalls and much financial opportunity. Your gift of the gab, along with your physical appearance, is money in the bank. Finances are complicated by an inner conflict between prestige and cold cash. Which is more important to you? Would you rather make less money, or sacrifice earnings for greater prestige, or the reverse? Compromise. Though your financial judgement is much stronger these days – no planets in Earth complicates things. Research pur­ chases more carefully – comparison shop – or better yet wait till next month when there is more Earth in the Horoscope. Love is happy this month but will get happier after the 22nd. Until the 22nd love seems more practical – you are 422

AQUARIUS

attracted to those who are either of high status or powerful. You like people who can help your career. But after the 22nd you are back to your idealistic self – friendship and camaraderie are important in love. December Best Days Overall: 8th, 9th, 17th, 18th, 19th, 27th, 28th Most Stressful Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 15th, 16th, 22nd, 23rd, 29th, 30th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 10th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 29th, 30th Best Days for Money: 3rd, 4th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 17th, 18th, 22nd, 23rd, 27th, 28th, 31st The T-square in Fixed Signs is still in effect. Career, family, love, friendships, finance and personal desires must all be kept in balance. Chances are that you are not going to please everybody, but you can please yourself. Be fair, but do what you know is right and follow your own path. Most of the planets are above the Horizon, and Mars has entered your 10th House. Career is hectic, competitive and exciting. Keep competitiveness clean and fair – you don’t need more physical or emotional stress. Continue to accen­ tuate your career as much as possible (you do have to make compromises here). A career change is likely in the coming months – but this could be within your present organization. Pluto, your Career Planet, is impacted by the Solar Eclipse of the 4th. The Solar Eclipse on the 4th is basically benign to you, though it will test love and upset the status quo in love. In a good relationship these things ‘clear the air’ and the rela­ tionship will get even better. But flawed relationships can go down the tubes – and if they do you should rejoice and 423

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

go onwards – you have great social aspects now and for months to come. There IS a special someone out there for you. In many cases this eclipse signals a marriage – a current relationship goes forward. As most people know, a marriage – though a happy thing – is disruptive to the status quo of things. This Solar Eclipse also tests friendships and causes upheavals, or a change in your relationship with a group or organization. Like last month, most of the planets are in the East – indi­ cating independence and a capacity to create life on your terms. Go for it. Jupiter and Saturn form the handles of a ‘bucket chart’ formation. Thus it is through love, friendships and spiritual­ ity that you will lift up your life and circumstances. True friends will support your independence and initiative now. Health is good, but avoid overwork. Finances are good, but avoid overspending on the home and social matters. Keep a sense of proportion here.

424

Pisces

THE FISH Birthdays from 19th February to 20th March

Personality Profile PISCES AT A GLANCE Element – Water Ruling Planet – Neptune Career Planet – Pluto Love Planet – Mercury Money Planet – Mars Planet of Health and Work – Sun Planet of Home and Family Life – Mercury Planet of Love Affairs, Creativity and Children – Moon Colours – aqua, blue-green Colours that promote love, romance and social harmony – earth tones, yellow, yellow-orange 425

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002 Colours that promote earning power – red, scarlet Gem – white diamond Metal – tin Scent – lotus Quality – mutable (= flexibility) Qualities most needed for balance – structure and the ability to handle form Strongest virtues – psychic power, sensitivity, self-sacrifice, altruism Deepest needs – spiritual illumination, liberation Characteristics to avoid – escapism, keeping bad company, negative moods Signs of greatest overall compatibility – Cancer,

Scorpio

Signs of greatest overall incompatibility –

Gemini, Virgo, Sagittarius

Sign most helpful to career – Sagittarius

Sign most helpful for emotional support – Gemini

Sign most helpful financially – Aries

Sign best for marriage and/or partnerships –

Virgo

Sign most helpful for creative projects – Cancer

Best Sign to have fun with – Cancer

Signs most helpful in spiritual matters – Scorpio,

Aquarius Best day of the week – Thursday 426

PISCES

Understanding a Pisces If Pisceans have one outstanding quality it is their belief in the invisible, spiritual and psychic side of things. This side of things is as real to them as the hard earth beneath their feet – so real, in fact, that they will often ignore the visible, tangible aspects of reality in order to focus on the invisible and so-called intangible ones. Of all the Signs of the Zodiac, the intuitive and emotional faculties of the Pisces are the most highly developed. They are committed to living by their intuition and this can at times be infuriating to other people – especially those who are materially-, scientifically- or technically-orientated. If you think that money or status or worldly success are the only goals in life, then you will never understand a Pisces. Pisceans have intellect, but to them intellect is only a means by which they can rationalize what they know intu­ itively. To an Aquarius or a Gemini the intellect is a tool with which to gain knowledge. To a well-developed Pisces it is a tool by which to express knowledge. Pisceans feel like fish in an infinite ocean of thought and feeling. This ocean has many depths, currents and subcurrents. They long for purer waters where the denizens are good, true and beautiful, but they are sometimes pulled to the lower, murkier depths. Pisceans know that they do not generate thoughts but only tune in to thoughts that already exist; this is why they seek the purer waters. This ability to tune in to higher thoughts inspires them artistically and musically. Since Pisces is so spiritually-orientated – though many Pisceans in the corporate world may hide this fact – we will deal with this aspect in greater detail, for otherwise it is diffi­ cult to understand the true Pisces personality. There are four basic attitudes of the spirit. One is outright scepticism – the attitude of secular humanists. The second is an intellectual or emotional belief, where one worships a 427

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

far-distant God figure – the attitude of most modern church­ going people. The third is not only belief but direct personal spiritual experience – this is the attitude of some ‘born­ again’ religious people. The fourth is actual unity with the divinity, an intermingling with the spiritual world – this is the attitude of yoga. This fourth attitude is the deepest urge of a Pisces, and a Pisces is uniquely qualified to pursue and perform this work. Consciously or unconsciously, Pisceans seek this union with the spiritual world. The belief in a greater reality makes Pisceans very tolerant and understanding of others – perhaps even too tolerant. There are instances in their lives when they should say ‘enough is enough’ and be ready to defend their position and put up a fight. However, because of their qualities it takes a good deal of doing to get them into that frame of mind. Pisceans basically want and aspire to be ‘saints’. They do so in their own way and according to their own rules. Others should not try to impose their concept of saintliness on a Pisces, because he or she always tries to find it for him- or herself. Finance Money is generally not that important to Pisces. Of course they need it as much as anyone else, and many of them attain great wealth. But money is not generally a primary objective. Doing good, feeling good about oneself, peace of mind, the relief of pain and suffering – these are the things that matter most to a Pisces. Pisceans earn money intuitively and instinctively. They follow their hunches rather than their logic. They tend to be generous and perhaps overly charitable. Almost any kind of misfortune is enough to move a Pisces to give. Although this is one of their greatest virtues, Pisceans should be more care­ ful with their finances. They should try to be more choosy 428

PISCES

about the people to whom they lend money, so that they are not being taken advantage of. If they give money to charities they should follow it up to see that their contributions are put to good use. Even when Pisceans are not rich, they still like to spend money on helping others. In this case they should really be careful, however: they must learn to say no sometimes and help themselves first. Perhaps the biggest financial stumbling block for the Pisces is general passivity – a laissez faire attitude. In general Pisceans like to go with the flow of events. When it comes to financial matters, especially, they need to be more aggres­ sive. They need to make things happen, to create their own wealth. A passive attitude will only cause loss and missed opportunity. Worrying about financial security will not pro­ vide that security. Pisceans need to go after what they want tenaciously. Career and Public Image Pisceans like to be perceived by the public as people of spiritual or material wealth, of generosity and philanthropy. They look up to big-hearted, philanthropic types. They admire people engaged in large-scale undertakings and eventually would like to head up these big enterprises them­ selves. In short, they like to be connected with big organiza­ tions that are doing things in a big way. If Pisceans are to realize their full career and professional potential they need to travel more, educate themselves more and learn more about the actual world. In other words, they need some of the unflagging optimism of the Sagittarius in order to reach the top. Because of all their caring and generous characteristics, Pisceans often choose professions through which they can help and touch the lives of other people. That is why many Pisceans become doctors, nurses, social workers or teachers. Sometimes it takes a while before Pisceans realize what they 429

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

really want to do in their professional lives, but once they find a career that lets them manifest their interests and virtues they will excel at it. Love and Relationships It is not surprising that someone as ‘other-worldly’ as the Pisces would like a partner who is practical and down to earth. Pisceans prefer a partner who is on top of all the details of life, because they dislike details. Pisceans seek this quality in both their romantic and professional partners. More than anything else this gives Pisces a feeling of being grounded, of being in touch with reality. As expected, these kinds of relationships – though neces­ sary – are sure to have many ups and downs. Misunder­ standings will take place because the two attitudes are poles apart. If you are in love with a Pisces you will experience these fluctuations and will need a lot of patience to see things stabilize. Pisceans are moody, intuitive, affectionate and difficult to get to know. Only time and the right attitude will yield Pisceans’ deepest secrets. However, when in love with a Pisces you will find that riding the waves is worth it because they are good, sensitive people who need and like to give love and affection. When in love, Pisceans like to fantasize. For them fantasy is 90 per cent of the fun of a relationship. They tend to ideal­ ize their partner, which can be good and bad at the same time. It is bad in that it is difficult for anyone to live up to the high ideals their Piscean lover sets. Home and Domestic Life In their family and domestic life Pisceans have to resist the tendency to relate only by feelings and moods. It is unrealis­ tic to expect that your partner and other family members will be as intuitive as you are. There is a need for more 430

PISCES

verbal communication between a Pisces and his or her family. A cool, unemotional exchange of ideas and opinions will benefit everyone. Some Pisceans tend to like mobility and moving around. For them too much stability feels like a restriction on their freedom. They hate to be locked in one location for ever. The Sign of Gemini sits on Pisces’ 4th Solar House (of Home and Family) cusp. This shows that the Pisces likes and needs a home environment that promotes intellectual and mental interests. They tend to treat their neighbours as family – or extended family. Some Pisceans can have a dual attitude towards the home and family – on the one hand they like the emotional support of the family, but on the other they dislike the obligations, restrictions and duties involved with it. For Pisces, finding a balance is the key to a happy family life.

Horoscope for 2002 Major Trends Last year’s stresses began to ease late last year, and the trend is continuing. The coming year continues to be bittersweet. Pluto and Saturn are creating challenges, but Jupiter is granting success, wealth and overall optimism. Success comes but you have to work harder for it than usual. But, at least, hard work WILL pay off – this is not always the case. Last year there was a dramatic need to balance home and career, and the trend continues this year. Both areas are important, and both demand your time and energy. Inevitably there will be people in both camps who are dissat­ isfied. But you have to hew to the middle way and let the chips fall where they may.

431

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

More fun entered your life last year, and the trend con­ tinues. Those of you in the creative arts are having a banner year – seldom has your creativity been this inspired. Enjoy life as much as possible until August, for after that it’s back to work and a serious attitude. The elements of Earth and Water are the weakest el­ ements in the coming year. The lack of the Water element is particularly challenging, as this is your native element. It will seem to you that people are needlessly cruel and insen­ sitive – that they let their logic override their compassion. You would be right in your perception. But understand that none of this is malicious, just the way the astrological weather is in the coming year. You will have to demonstrate compassion when all around you are not. Don’t take people’s words and behaviour to heart – many of them know not what they do. Your important areas of interest in the coming year are: spirituality (a long-term trend), home, family and domestic issues, children, creativity, amusement, health and work (after August 1st), career. Your paths of greatest fulfilment are: home, family and domestic interests (though there’s much hard work involved in this), children, creativity, and amusement (until August 1st), health and work (after August 1st). Health Your health is better than early last year, but with Pluto and Saturn stressing you out you are not yet out of the woods. Vitality is not up to its usual standards and this is the danger. When energy gets low, your ability to fend off disease is impaired and you become vulnerable to all sorts of things. So, the first line of defence is building up your overall en­ ergy levels. This is done by first becoming more ‘energy efficient’ and second by building up your vitality through drugless, natural means – reflexology, massage, learning the 432

PISCES

art of relaxation, acupressure and acupuncture, Reiki, etc. Any therapy (even one not listed here) that builds up overall vitality is good this year. Become more energy efficient by focusing on priorities and letting side-issues go, by planning your day and projects better – in ways where you can achieve more with less effort – by resting and relaxing more – learn how to do this most efficiently by working rhythmically and alternating activities (this gives different brain centres time to recharge) – talking less and listening more, thinking less and becoming more aware, avoiding power struggles and minimizing them when they happen, avoiding useless arguments, observing but not judging or condemning, and avoiding people who drain you and zap your energy. Think of your energy as money in the bank. You want to invest it in areas where the return will be good. The Sun as your Health Ruler shows that you can enhance health by focusing on your heart – giving it more attention and strengthening it whenever possible. The Sun also rules joy and creativity. Avoid depression like the plague. Learn that happiness is not limited by circumstances – it is an inner state. Happiness is a choice you make. Make the choice to be happy – regardless of circumstances. Creative hobbies are excellent outlets for negative feelings and also bring in more joy. Creativity is one of the most important raptures of life. The Sun will move through all the Signs and Houses of your chart in the year ahead. Thus health needs and health enhancements can change month to month. This will be dealt with in the month-by-month forecasts. Jupiter will energize your House of Health beginning August 1st. This is a positive health signal as it indicates you pay more attention to health matters – health is high on the agenda (Jupiter is Lord of your 10th House). Jupiter in your House of Health brings good news about health problems – they are not as dire as you thought or they are cleared up. 433

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Jupiter in your House of Health shows that the thighs and liver should be given more attention. It indicates that a healthy career and lifework are as important as your physi­ cal health, that health and career are now linked in your mind and that career reversals or bumps on the road can unduly affect your health. Good career news is like a health tonic. Bad news creates problems. Since career is good, I read this as a positive – but best to de-couple these issues in your mind. Whatever is happening careerwise, you choose to be healthy and happy. The way you pursue career goals – whether you get into a mania about it or whether you approach it in a measured and balanced way – will have strong health consequences. Choose the latter. Home, Domestic and Family Issues Saturn in your 4th House all year (like last year) makes this House important. This is now a top priority, requiring not only attention but lots of hard work, too. On a general level, Saturn in the 4th House indicates dis­ appointments with the family or family relationships. There is a sense of ‘coldness and distance’ with them. There is an emotional separation. Family relationships are approached from a sense of duty and not so much from love. Family responsibilities increased in the past year – and the trend is continuing. Part of the problem is that you can’t evade or escape these responsibilities – perhaps a family member is ailing and you are the care giver, or a relative or parent stays in your home long term, perhaps you have moved into a flat or new neighbourhood where the restrictions are stricter than you’d imagined – there is a feeling of being ‘cramped’ both for emotional and physical space. Though many of you would like to move, it doesn’t seem practical this year. Your best option is to make better use of 434

PISCES

the space you have or to re-adjust your domestic life in line with the new rules. Thus re-organization, re-structuring and re-ordering are in order. Saturn in the 4th House often indicates a tendency to depression – and this must be avoided at all costs – it is a health hazard. Yes, there are many new burdens to shoul­ der, but shoulder them with a smile. Being depressed, resentful or angry will not do you one whit of good. Being happy will give you energy and more strength with which to carry the burden. Further complicating things (as mentioned) are career demands. These are just as demanding as your family responsibilities. Balancing them is not easy. But Saturn in the 4th House has many secret blessings. When the transit is over – by next year – you will have more emotional stability. You will have dealt with many fears, traumas and memories from the past. Your home will be better ordered and your family relationships will be on a surer foundation than before. You will have learned big lessons on how to handle your domestic life and career. Saturn will put some structure into your domestic life. Everyone will have clear duties. Domestic affairs will be better organized and run like an efficient machine. Saturn as the Lord of your 11th House is pushing you to develop a team spirit with family members. The family is a ‘group activity’ these days, and group dynamics need to be mastered. There must be maximum freedom but also limits and responsibilities. Individual members must work for the overall good of the home and the family as a whole. By the time the transit is over there will be better communication with family members too. Saturn as Lord of the 11th House is showing that you are upgrading the technology of the home, installing high-tech gadgets and the like. Modern innovations and inventions need to be brought in. Piscean natives are freedom loving. They give a lot of 435

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

freedom and they like a lot of freedom. They tend to be lack­ adaisical when it comes to discipline – about everything, not just the home – so the need to establish discipline in the home (among children and family members) is not natural to you – hence the challenge. A laissez faire attitude is much more natural. Home and family life are sweetened by the pleasure you get from your children. This area is definitely happy. Whether the children are young, at home with you, or older and on their own, they are prospering and bringing you joy. Love and Social Life With the 7th House of Love not powerful, love and romance are not high on the agenda. Serious love will be a status quo situation. Marrieds will tend to stay married and singles will tend to stay single. An empty 7th House doesn’t mean that you won’t have a social life this year – you will. And when the short-term planets move through this House it will tend be more active. But overall, other areas of life are more important to you. Mercury is your Love Planet. Steady readers know that he is a fast-moving planet. He will move through all the Signs and Houses of your Horoscope in any given year. Thus his trends are always short term. Basically, love and romantic opportunities can come to you in any number of ways and through any number of channels. Your needs in love and the way you indicate love will also change month to month – sometimes a few times in a month. These short-term trends will be discussed in the month-by-month forecasts. Important romantic periods (for serious romance) in the coming year will be July 7th to August 7th (Venus moves through your 7th House), August 6th to August 26th (Mercury, your Love Planet moves through your 7th House), August 23rd to September 23rd (the Sun moves through your 7th House). Only remember that, though 436

PISCES

romantic opportunities will come, Mars will also be moving through this House – and these romances will get tested. The 5th House of Uncommitted Love Affairs is very strong and unusually happy this year. Singles can expect many of these types of things. Marrieds will have plenty of opportu­ nities outside the marriage – but if their relationship is good they should resist temptation. It could be that these temp­ tations will even strengthen your marriage as you will be clearer about your feelings for your beloved. Often we don’t know the value of what we have until we see comparisons. Jupiter, your Career Planet, is in the 5th House until August. This is showing a love affair with a boss or someone of high status and power. Remember that you always have free will and can always decline – but the opportunity will be there. Friendships of the platonic sort are also highly empha­ sized this year. Saturn, the Lord of the 11th House, is angu­ lar and thus prominent in the chart. You are not making hordes of new friends, but being very selective. You are meeting people who are like family to you and who give you emotional support – something you could sorely use right now. The friends you attract seem older, more conservative, more established. You are drawn to them because of their knowledge and experience – especially their experience. Important to keep in mind that an empty 7th House doesn’t deny marriage per se. It’s as if the Cosmos is ‘neutral’ to you – it doesn’t push you one way or another. The marriage of a parent or parental figure is stressful and in crisis. The love life of siblings and children of marriage­ able age is status quo. Grandchildren of marriageable age had better aspects the last two years – now they have to be patient. Finance and Career Your 2nd House of Money is not a House of Power this year. But Jupiter in your 5th House – making beautiful aspects to 437

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

you until August – indicates that wealth and earnings will increase. It will be a positive and happy financial year. Jupiter in Cancer will bring enhanced self-esteem, pay rises, promotions and earnings opportunities. Those of you involved in the creative arts – as performer or creator, or even on the business side – will have wonderful earnings. Jupiter in Cancer doesn’t just bring wealth, but ‘happy’ wealth – wealth that comes to you as you are being creative, or at the cinema or a party, or in a leisure activity. Wealth will often come as a creative idea (not necessarily artistic) – a new way to do something or a new product you can cre­ ate, or perhaps a new twist on an old product. You get a new slant on your abilities, or see something new you can do that you didn’t see before. Money comes from children or from involvement with children. It is possible that these involvements lead to the idea. The child could come up with it, or could do something or say something that sparks you. Those of you with older children will see them prosper and probably be generous with you (or perhaps repay old loans). A love affair with a boss or someone of high status could also lead to increased earnings. Professional investors should research gaming, sport, entertainment, resorts, hotels, restaurants and residential property. There are profit opportunities there. Mars, your Financial Planet, will move through many Signs and Houses of your chart this year – money and earn­ ings opportunities will come in many ways, through a vari­ ety of sources – depending on what Mars is doing and the kind of aspects he has. Read the month-by-month forecasts for more details. Mars as your Financial Planet shows a general affinity for risk-taking and speculation. Jupiter in your 5th House is also bringing luck in speculations – until August 1st. Mars as your Financial Planet indicates a need to 438

PISCES

overcome financial fear – to follow intuition fearlessly – and boldly make wealth happen. Your 10th House of Career has been strong for many years, and there is much focus here. This year you would choose status, prestige and glory over mere money. You feel that with status, a good reputation and good standing you can always earn money. Though you are dividing your time and energy between your family and career, your career will take off come August. Jupiter’s move into Leo makes fabu­ lous aspects to your Career Planet. Thus you can expect pay rises, promotions, new and better job opportunities, the favours of the high and mighty and honours here. Your Career Planet in your 5th House most of the year shows a tendency to gamble with your career – or to take bold, risky career moves. But this will pay off come August. Until August your career is furthered through creativity and the entertaining of clients and important people. After August the entertainment continues – but there’s more work involved. Still the main challenge is keeping both your career and your family in order. Self-improvement Like last year, the main area that needs improvement is the home. Truth is, you enjoy your career much more than your family environment. Yet you can’t ignore it. As mentioned above there is a need to apply intelligent, just limits and dis­ cipline in the home, to make better use of space, to create a team spirit in your family and a sense of a co-operative effort. Freedom and democracy in the home are nice theo­ ries, but in the end there needs to be someone with the final word. The challenge will be to get just the right amount of order and discipline with the minimum of violation of free­ dom. Duties and responsibilities need to be assigned to each family member. A daily routine needs to be established. The 439

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

home needs to become more organized. Part of doing this will involve clear communication with family members. Clear messages need to be sent, and more importantly they need to be received and understood properly. You may have a lot of repeating to do. On an emotional level there is a greater need to manage your feelings and emotional states. You can’t express every­ thing you feel – either at home or at work – as this would be (at times) very disruptive. Yet you can’t repress feeling either. Negative feelings can be released harmlessly by writ­ ing them out on paper or talking them out on a cassette tape. Positive feelings and states should be cultivated through meditation and visualization. Direct your emotions by understanding them and their nature, but don’t repress them.

Month-by-month Forecasts January Best Days Overall: 7th, 8th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 26th, 27th Most Stressful Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 9th, 10th, 24th, 25th, 30th, 31st Best Days for Love: 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 14th, 15th, 24th, 25th, 30th, 31st Best Days for Money: 7th, 8th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 19th, 20th, 26th, 27th, 28th, 29th You begin your year with most of the planets in the East – the sector of self, independent action and personal will. So you are more inclined, and have the energy, to have things your way – to build conditions as you desire them to be. With Mars in your own Sign until the 18th this tendency is 440

PISCES

even stronger. You will have to work hard to understand another’s position and perspective. A T-square formation in the Mutable Signs until the 18th suggests that independence and self-will need to be tem­ pered with career and home obligations. Even so, you are the one to decide how much emphasis goes where. Mars in your own Sign not only gives physical energy, courage and independence, but brings financial windfalls to you. It’s as if money and financial opportunity are pursuing you; you just need to be there to receive them. Creative pro­ jects and leisure activities boost your bank balance. Though there are financial disagreements with family (or perhaps pressures to overspend in the home), prosperity is still intact. Many of you will find that investing in yourself – in your appearance or image (be it clothing or accessories) is the best investment. Dressing for success is good now. Mars moves into your Money House on the 18th – anoth­ er good financial signal. There is a more risk-taking attitude, but speculations should be avoided. (Speculations are much more favourable before the 18th than afterwards.) You pros­ per by taking the bull by the horns and making things hap­ pen. There is a need to take personal charge of finance. Most of the planets are above the Horizon of your chart, so career and outer success are very important now. Yet Saturn in your 4th House of Home and Family indicates that you can’t completely ignore domestic responsibilities or psy­ chological issues. Career goes very well – especially finan­ cially – until the 18th. After that you have to work harder than usual. Love is good this month but complicated. Mercury’s con­ junction with Neptune from the 4th to the 12th shows a happy romantic meeting or opportunity. Mercury travels very close to Neptune all month. But he goes retrograde on the 18th, suggesting delays or re-evaluations of the current relationship. Give love time to develop. Singles find love in 441

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

spiritually-orientated places and activities – at church, the ashram or synagogue, at charity functions, perhaps through the guidance of a dream, intuition or a psychic. Health is reasonable this month. February Best Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 13th, 14th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th Most Stressful Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 7th, 20th, 21st, 27th, 28th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 8th, 9th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 27th, 28th Best Days for Money: 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 7th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 22nd, 23rd, 25th, 26th The planetary power in the East is even stronger than last month. You want to take charge of things, create conditions as you want them and to be more independent, but are constrained because of domestic and career responsibilities. You chafe at some of the compromises you need to make. A T-square in the Mutable Signs from the 12th onwards reinforces this tension. The good news is that you will have more personal pleasure and more things your way than over the past few months. Both the Sun and Venus move into your Sign this month, Pisces. Venus brings beauty, glamour and a sense of style to your image. You look great. Love and love opportunities are more abundant. Love is very tender now – tender and ideal­ istic – only be careful of hyper-sensitivity. Hurt feelings don’t foster love. Mercury’s forward motion on the 8th is also help­ ing love. A current relationship should now be clarified. When Mercury goes forward on the 14th you might want to buy the clothing or accessories you need, as your aesthetic sense will be very sharp. 442

PISCES

The Sun in your own Sign from the 18th onwards brings energy and joy. It also brings a work ethic – and probably a job offer. There is more interest in health and health regimes. Your health improves this month. Both the Sun and Venus in Pisces are improving your self-confidence and self-esteem, and also doing wonders for your career – career advancement is likely this month. Home and family issues are bittersweet. Relations with a parent or parental figure seem much improved, but relations with siblings seem stressed. Finances are good, but continue to avoid speculations. Money comes from direct action on your part. This is a month for both spirituality – other worldliness – and personal and sensual pleasure. Both inner and outer delights are coming to you. The planets are starting to shift from the upper to the lower half of your Horoscope. The shift isn’t complete and you are in a ‘cusp situation’ – a twilight zone. This confirms the need to balance home and career – your emotional needs with your need for outer success. March Best Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 12th, 13th, 22nd, 23rd, 30th, 31st Most Stressful Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 19th, 20th, 21st, 26th, 27th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 11th, 12th, 14th, 15th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 25th, 26th, 27th Best Days for Money: 3rd, 4th, 7th, 8th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 22nd, 23rd, 26th, 27th, 30th, 31st Personal power and independence are at their maximum right now, and you should push forward toward your 443

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

personal goals and work to create life as you want it to be. It is not easy and you will have to compromise and balance – but you should move forward. The compromises you make now are not ‘social compromises’ but personal ones – you have to balance equally important needs and desires in your life – career, outer success, personal inclinations and the home. By the 11th the planetary shift from the upper to the lower half of your Horoscope will be complete. Day by day, home, family and domestic issues are becoming more impor­ tant. The need for emotional harmony grows. And while (as mentioned) you can’t avoid career, you will give more attention and energy to your emotional life. This is still (like last month) a month for personal pleas­ ure and sensual delight. Objects of beauty (could be clothing or jewellery) are coming your way. Mercury in your own Sign from the 11th to the 29th reinforces this. Mercury in your Sign makes this a banner love period. Love pursues you. You can’t even escape it. Your lover or partner goes out of his or her way to please you. You have love on your terms. Mercury (your Love Planet) moves speedily this month, indicating great self-confidence on the social front. Love and social decisions are likely to be sound. This is also a strong financial month as your Money House becomes powerful after the 20th. Money comes from all sorts of places – from your spouse, lover or partner, from insurance claims or tax refunds, from the good graces of young women, from the job and from good communication and marketing. Assets you own are likely to increase in value. Speculations aren’t really necessary and should be avoided. Pluto, the Lord of the 9th House, receives fabulous aspects from the 8th onwards. This shows happy travel and educational opportunities coming your way. Most of these seem work- and career-related. 444

PISCES

Many planets in Pisces this month (until the 20th) enhance your already strong ESP and spiritual abilities. You dream dreams and they happen. You see into people without thinking. You have other-worldly encounters and mystical-type experiences. Health is good now. April Best Days Overall: 8th, 9th, 10th, 18th, 19th, 27th, 28th Most Stressful Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 16th, 17th, 22nd, 23rd, 29th, 30th Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 25th Best Days for Money: 3rd, 4th, 5th, 8th, 9th, 11th, 12th, 16th, 18th, 19th, 24th, 25th, 27th, 28th Though the heavenly T-square formation of the past two months is over, you are still balancing home and career – juggling as best you can. With most of the planets still in the lower half of the Horoscope you are probably giving more attention to the home and to emotional issues – and this is as it should be. Your 4th House of Home and Family becomes super-strong after the 13th, and this is an excellent time for doing major repairs or renovation if needed. I get a sense of investing in the home, or spending money on the home or for your family – more than usual. Venus’ entry into your 4th House on the 25th signals a period where beautification projects in the home would go well. Tempers can be volatile on the home front, so keep your patience. There is very little ‘Water power’ in this month’s Horoscope. Only one to two planets are there. Thus you need to be philosophical about people’s insensitivity. They really can’t help it. 445

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Though most of the planets are still in the Eastern sector, there is a shift going on this month towards the West. It won’t be complete until next month, but you can feel the changes now. By all means continue to build conditions as you like them now – the time is soon coming where you will have to adapt to things. Property, your family and industries that cater to the home seem inextricably connected to finances this month. Family connections could also be sources of profit and sup­ ply. Money comes through work and through social connec­ tions as well. Finances are strong all month. Love is practical until the 13th. Singles are interested in people who can help them financially. Your social life gravi­ tates around financial or business-type meetings. Material gifts or benefits are romantic turn-ons. After the 13th, love becomes more intellectual. There is a need for good commu­ nication with your beloved, and you are as apt to fall in love with someone’s mind as with their body. The sharing of ideas becomes important in love. For singles, love is close to home, in the neighbourhood or perhaps with neighbours. This is a month to achieve financial goals and to pursue intellectual interests. Education which helps your financial life is good. There is much power in the Air (communication) element this period, and also much power in your Solar 3rd House (communication). Thus this is a period for getting those mass mailings or other marketing projects done. Return those calls and write those letters you owe. Writers and mar­ keting people will have a banner month. May Best Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 7th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 24th, 25th Most Stressful Days Overall: 13th, 14th, 20th, 21st, 26th, 27th 446

PISCES

Best Days for Love: 3rd, 4th, 13th, 14th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 31st Best Days for Money: 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 8th, 9th, 13th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 25th Not only are most of the planets below the Horizon of your chart this month, but 50 to 60 per cent will be in your 4th House of Home and Family. This is a clear message to tend to emotional and family issues and let career projects take a back seat. The only problem is that a Lunar Eclipse on the 26th causes much focus on your career – and signals longterm change going on there. Could this come from your change of emphasis and priorities? The problem is that career will be difficult to ignore. By the 21st, the planetary shift to the Western sector of your chart will be complete. You are starting a cycle of living with the conditions you have created – a cycle of paying karma. Now this shouldn’t sound grim to you. If you have created well, the karma will be good and you will enjoy it. If you’ve made mistakes, the consequences will be revealed and you’ll be able to make corrections the next go round. Good will start coming from other people and not so much through independent action. You will need more consensus in your activities. Situations are more difficult to change, and you need to practise adaptability and flexibility. Social grace becomes more important to you. The power in your 4th House of Home and Family has been mentioned – this is the most powerful House in the Horoscope this month. Like last month this is still a great period for moves, construction or beautification projects, the buying and selling of a home. It should be mentioned that Mercury will go retrograde in your 4th House, complicating many of these issues. Be especially careful of how you com­ municate with family members or with anyone involved in your home beautification projects. Miscommunication is 447

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

more likely after the 15th. Try to wrap up these projects before then. Love is active but complicated because of Mercury’s retro­ grade. Give love time and space to develop. Refuse to take current developments in a love affair or relationship at face value – as these are sure to change in the month ahead. Two things are important in love: sharing feelings and sharing ideas. Nurturing and emotional support is also a romantic turn-on. Your health could be better. Be sure to rest and relax more after the 21st (especially during the eclipse period of the 26th). Venus moves into your 5th House from the 20th onwards, and makes beautiful aspects to both your Sun and Jupiter. There will be much leisure-time activity. Speculations become favourable then – but always follow your intuition and never speculate rashly. Creativity will be much enhanced and finances in general should improve. Singles will have many non-committed types of love oppor­ tunities. The Lunar Eclipse shakes up a religious institution you belong to. Those of you attending university could change your area of study or even transfer to another institution. June Best Days Overall: 2nd, 3rd, 12th, 13th, 20th, 21st, 29th, 30th Most Stressful Days Overall: 9th, 10th, 16th, 17th, 22nd, 23rd Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 9th, 10th, 13th, 14th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 19th, 22nd, 23rd, 27th, 28th

448

PISCES

Best Days for Money: 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th, 6th, 12th, 13th, 20th, 21st, 29th, 30th Two eclipses shake up many people around you this month. One of them – the Solar Eclipse of the 10th – is strong on you as well. Yet the blessings that are coming and the joy you are experiencing cannot be dimmed by these happen­ ings. Many planets in your 5th House (including joybringers Jupiter and Venus) are assuring a good time. Still, it won’t hurt to take a reduced schedule until the 21st, and especially from the 8th to the 11th. Most of the planets are in the West now, and Neptune (your Ruler) is retrograde. Your way might not be best this period; seek outside input and try for consensus in all that you do. It is much more difficult to change conditions now, and your best policy is to adapt, adjust and hone your social skills. Your 4th House of Home and Family is still very strong this month, and most of the planets are below the Horizon of your chart – continue to focus more on home and family issues. Continue to find that elusive emotional comfort zone and stay there as much as you can. When you feel right, you will also do right. The Solar Eclipse of the 10th occurs in your 4th House. In many cases this is indicating a move and/or a change in your family/domestic relationship. In many cases flaws in these things – whether in the actual home or your family relationships – are going to be forced up so that they can be corrected. Every Solar Eclipse brings job changes, and this one is no different. The change could be within the company you already work for or with a new company. Flaws in present working conditions or in relations with co-workers surface so that, at long last, they can be dealt with – now is the time. This Solar Eclipse affects Saturn, the planet that rules friendships. So friendships are likely to be tested now as well. There could also be shake-ups in organizations or clubs 449

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

you belong to. (This is also seen by the Lunar Eclipse of the 24th occurring in your 11th House of Friends and Organizations.) Finances are going to be super all month. Nice and happy financial windfalls will come as your Money Planet travels in consort with Jupiter and Venus. Money comes easily, with little effort – perhaps as you pursue leisure activities. Love improves when Mercury goes forward on the 8th. July Best Days Overall: 1st, 9th, 10th, 17th, 18th, 27th, 28th Most Stressful Days Overall: 7th, 8th, 13th, 14th, 20th, 21st Best Days for Love: 2nd, 3rd, 9th, 10th, 13th, 14th, 18th, 19th, 22nd, 23rd, 29th, 30th Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 9th, 10th, 17th, 18th, 20th, 21st, 27th, 28th, 29th, 30th Work and play are the two most important areas of life this month. You will have to balance between the two. If you can incorporate some work into your play and make the workplace more fun, you will have the best of both worlds. Things at home should be calmer these days as the dust of last month’s eclipse settles down. Most of the planets are still below the Horizon (though this is beginning to change), so you still need to make this a priority. Children and children’s issues also seem ultra-important. Your sense of emotional harmony gives birth to all kinds of creative ideas and cre­ ative solutions to many problems. Inner peace is a wonder­ ful thing. There are many positive developments in your love and social life this month. Most of the planets still in the West­ ern sector shows a greater appreciation of other people’s 450

PISCES

perspectives. You need other people now and this leads to greater popularity. Mercury (your Love Planet) starts mov­ ing speedily, indicating social confidence and quick progress. Venus, the universal Ruler of Love, moves into your 7th House of Love on the 10th, bringing romantic opportunity and the mood for love. There are romantic opportunities now for singles. Your needs in love change quickly this month and you need someone who can understand and adapt to this. Until the 7th you need intellectual and emo­ tional sharing – a sense of communion on these levels. From the 7th to the 21st you basically want a good time – you are attracted to people who can entertain you. After the 21st you want people who will serve you in a practical way. With Venus in Virgo you are likely to find this. Only avoid destructive criticism like the plague. Finances are also very positive this month – like last month. Many planets in your 5th House show that money comes easily and happily. Financial windfalls – perhaps from a parent, or from your career – come the first week of the month. A lucky speculation could happen during this period, too. Self-esteem is good and earnings should follow. Your creative juices and creative ideas also boost your bank balance. After the 13th, money comes from work – perhaps from implementing the creative ideas you’ve received. Getting the idea is usually easy, but making it a reality is the hard part – this is the stage you are in after the 13th. Money also comes from your job – the normal place. Though career has been less important of late, there is much career progress after the 23rd. Many positive develop­ ments are going on behind the scenes. Health is much improved over previous months and you seem more interested in it, too – you are on top of things.

451

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

August Best Days Overall: 5th, 6th, 14th, 15th, 23rd, 24th Most Stressful Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 10th, 16th, 17th, 30th, 31st Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 9th, 10th, 11th, 12th, 18th, 19th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 30th, 31st Best Days for Money: 7th, 8th, 16th, 17th, 25th, 26th, 27th, 28th, 29th A tumultuous and challenging month ahead, Pisces. Remember that challenge is also opportunity. For challenge brings energy to meet the challenge, and often the most novel solutions come out of it. Important that you rest and relax more this month. The need to focus on priorities, to be energy efficient and to avoid distractions is crucial. No matter what is happening, keep your ‘eyes on the prize’ – never lose your focus on your goals. First off, let’s prepare you for what lies ahead. There are no planets in your native element of Water (except for the Moon, and that for only seven days in the month). This means that you will have to deal more with people’s insensi­ tivity and unconscious cruelty. People are not in touch with their feelings – and when they are, their feelings are not expressed properly. Important not to take this personally. Further, qualities such as empathy and compassion are not in fashion these days. Jupiter, your Career Planet, moves from Cancer to Leo on the 1st – a major headline. It moves from your 5th House to your 6th House, signalling a shift in your career. Many of you will change jobs and careers now. Where before you could pursue career goals in creative and leisurely ways, now success comes through hard work. The good news is that success does come. 452

PISCES

Many planets are re-stimulating eclipse points this month. This means that issues not dealt with previously will get dealt with now. Forty per cent of the planets are re-stimulating these points, and Mercury does it twice. Learning to handle upheaval or sudden surprises is a good skill right now. Finally, there is another heavenly T-square formation that creates tension between love, home and career. All three areas are important, but they don’t co-operate and you have to work to make them jive. Yes, you’ve got a lot on your plate now, but the Cosmos never gives more than you can handle. With the planets now in their maximum Western posi­ tion, this is not a month for self-will or self-assertion. Avoid power struggles like the plague. Adjust, adapt and navigate your way through and around the various obstructions that come up. Cultivate the grace of other people and your good will come in due course. There are many love opportunities, but be prepared for change and upheaval. Love is there, but he or she looks temperamental. Finances should be good this month; a business partner­ ship is likely. Job-seekers enjoy great success. Those who employ others, likewise. September Best Days Overall: 2nd, 3rd, 10th, 11th, 19th, 20th, 29th, 30th Most Stressful Days Overall: 1st, 6th, 7th, 12th, 13th, 27th, 28th Best Days for Love: 1st, 6th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 10th, 17th, 18th, 19th, 20th, 27th, 28th, 29th, 30th Best Days for Money: 4th, 6th, 7th, 12th, 14th, 15th, 22nd, 23rd, 24th, 25th 453

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Most of the trends written of last month are still in effect this month. Continue to rest and relax more, focus on priorities and practise energy efficiency. Take a low profile and avoid power struggles. Late last month the planets made an important shift from the lower to the upper half of your Horoscope. This indicates greater ambition and career focus. Emotional harmony is still important, but now you want to achieve from this place. Family issues are still important – they will be important for the rest of the year – but career needs more attention now. Pluto started moving forward last month, and he moves for­ ward this month. This shows that many delayed projects or deals are now moving forward. Pluto (positioned in your House of Career) is making beautiful aspects to your Career Planet – so this is a month for career success and forward progress. Most of the planets are still in the West, so continue to adapt, adjust and avoid self-will and self-assertion. Social grace will achieve where brute force fails. There is a Grand Trine in Air (communication) all month, but Mercury is also going retrograde on the 14th. People will talk fast and loose – but can they deliver on what they promise? Get confirmation. This is especially so in love and relationships. Still, the Grand Trine brings much personal pleasure. Love is active and stormy this month. Like last month you have to balance your social life with home and career – and they are all uneasy with each other. A business partnership still seems in the works. Love is practical and less romantic. You are allured by people who can help you financially, and you find them. Singles find love at the workplace or as they pursue financial goals. Mercury’s retrograde on the 14th complicates love, but doesn’t stop it. Important love deci­ sions – one way or another – shouldn’t be made after the 14th. Give love time and space to develop as it will. It will be difficult to avoid power struggles in love, but you should 454

PISCES

try. Even if you can’t avoid them, you can minimize them. Money comes from social contacts, your spouse or lover, or through partnership activities. You have to work harder for money this period, but it will come. Financial disagree­ ments with your lover, family and elders will take tact and compromise to resolve. You’ve known better health in your life. October Best Days Overall: 7th, 8th, 16th, 17th, 18th, 26th, 27th Most Stressful Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 9th, 10th, 24th, 25th, 31st Best Days for Love: 3rd, 4th, 7th, 8th, 14th, 15th, 16th, 17th, 24th, 25th, 26th, 27th, 31st Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 9th, 10th, 13th, 14th, 19th, 20th, 24th, 25th, 29th, 30th Your Money Planet, Mars, was involved in the T-square formation that was in effect for the past two months. Thus you’ve been working harder for earnings and probably been involved in financial controversy. Happily this T-square is dissolving by the 15th and earnings should come much easi­ er. The dissolution of this T-square is making life, in general, much easier. Health and vitality improve. There is more har­ mony at work and at home. Love, though still complicated by Mercury’s retrograde until the 6th (and then by Venus’ retrograde after the 10th), should still improve. Power strug­ gles with your beloved should abate and harmony should be restored. Most of the planets are still in the West, so there is still a need for consensus and the gaining of other people’s co­ operation. Still not a time for self-will or going it alone. Most of the planets (like last month) are above the 455

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

Horizon of your chart, so career and outer ambitions are more important than domestic and emotional issues. Outer achievement will bring you to emotional harmony, not vice versa. Career is going well – especially from the 15th to the 23rd. You seem clear on goals, have a sense of purpose and plenty of energy to achieve these things. The 8th and the 9th Houses are powerful this month. This indicates that this is a month for depth psychology, for per­ sonal transformation, for ridding yourself of extra baggage, whether it be material possessions, physical, emotional or mental baggage. A great month for detox regimes or weightloss programmes, for cutting costs, paying off debt, and putting other people’s prosperity ahead of your own. Good also for attracting financial backers or outside capital to your projects. It is also a spiritual month. Your philosophic and religious sensibility is strong. There is an interest in higher learning and higher education, and this kind of knowledge comes to you. Foreign lands beckon and many of you will be travel­ ling either for business or for educational purposes. Power in the 9th House brings optimism and joy. Personal horizons expand. Job-seekers continue to enjoy good suc­ cess this month. Job opportunities come from your spouse, partner or as you are involved in the finances of partners. Job opportunities in foreign lands can also come. As mentioned, health is improved this month. Health regimes are more interesting and more successful. Health is enhanced through detox regimes and through maintaining harmony with friends and your beloved. A new insight into health and disease – a mental breakthrough – fosters health after the 23rd.

456

PISCES

November Best Days Overall: 4th, 5th, 13th, 14th, 23rd, 24th Most Stressful Days Overall: 1st, 6th, 7th, 20th, 21st, 27th, 28th Best Days for Love: 1st, 4th, 5th, 13th, 14th, 23rd, 24th, 27th, 28th Best Days for Money: 2nd, 3rd, 6th, 7th, 10th, 11th, 15th, 16th, 20th, 21st, 25th, 26th, 29th, 30th This is a happy and successful month, Pisces – enjoy. Most of the planets are still above the Horizon, and your 10th House of Career gets strong later in the month. By all means con­ tinue your career focus and let emotional and domestic issues slide for a while (as much as possible). You have to seize the moment now. Positive career progress is happen­ ing. A pay rise, promotion or some personal coup is likely. Your social connections are fostering progress. You have the favour of those in authority. Perhaps you are given a new and exciting assignment. This month the planets are shifting from the West to the East. The process is not yet complete and you are in a ‘twilight’ – cusp – situation. Neither here nor there. Personal independence is increasing but you are not yet able to ‘go it alone’. You have to balance between self-assertion and com­ promise and consensus. A month-long Grand Trine in Air brings personal pleasure and friendship. Almost no Earth in the Horoscope shows a need to keep both feet on the ground as you enjoy your suc­ cess. Watch your spending and try not to abandon all sense of structure or organization. Though there is little interest in these things, God is still in the details. Like last month, this is a month for travelling, higher education and religious experience. Principles of health, 457

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

communication, logic and love are being revealed to you. Many of the ‘whys’ of these things are being indicated. Love is very happy. Singles are allured by exotic foreign­ ers or by people of different religious and cultural back­ grounds. Foreign travel not only brings business success, but love opportunities as well. (It seems good for your health, too.) A foreign trip with your beloved will enhance a current relationship. There is much mingling with people of high status and position. Singles might find love opportunities at the office, with a boss or superior. Two things interest you in love these days: one, you want someone you can respect and look up to, two, someone you can learn from and who can help you achieve your mission in life. Your health is good now, but rest and relax after the 22nd. A healthy career seems as important as your physical health. A Lunar Eclipse on the 20th is basically benign. Won’t hurt to check out your car, computers and phone equip­ ment. Avoid travelling that day (or about two days before and a day after). Though many of you will be on the road this month, try to schedule actual travel around the eclipse. December Best Days Overall: 1st, 2nd, 10th, 11th, 20th, 21st, 29th, 30th Most Stressful Days Overall: 3rd, 4th, 17th, 18th, 19th, 24th, 25th, 31st Best Days for Love: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 10th, 11th, 15th, 16th, 20th, 21st, 24th, 25th, 29th, 30th Best Days for Money: 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 10th, 11th, 12th, 13th, 14th, 20th, 21st, 22nd, 23rd, 29th, 30th, 31st

458

PISCES

Like last month, career is the most important thing now (also work). Not only is your 10th House the most powerful in the Horoscope, but most of the planets are still above the Horizon. Further, a Solar Eclipse on the 4th occurs in your 10th House. This Solar Eclipse is strong on you, so do take a reduced schedule. You should take a reduced schedule until the 22nd anyway, but especially around the eclipse period. The Solar Eclipse is announcing career change, but I feel this is in a positive way. It looks as if a shake-up in your company, industry or organization is clearing obstructions to your success – also creating new opportunities for you. By the time the dust settles from this eclipse you will be in a changed corporate or industry landscape. Job changes could come through promotion within the company, through re­ assignment or through job offers from other companies. Those of you who employ others could have a shake-up in your staff. This Solar Eclipse also affects Pluto, the Lord of your 9th House. Thus foreign travel is not advisable during the eclipse period. Long-term changes in your philosophy and world view are happening. These changes will ultimately change your life. Religious practice changes and there could be shake-ups in a religious or academic institution you are involved with. This month the planetary shift from the West to the East is more complete. The balance of power now is decisively in the East. Neptune, your Ruling Planet, is now moving forward and you have ever-increasing self-confidence and personal power. Your ability to make things happen, to shape conditions and circumstances is stronger – and you should start taking advantage of this. Visualize the condi­ tions that you want and start working to make them happen. Other people will either adapt to you or leave you alone. Your way is best these days. The ‘bucket chart’ formation in the heavens has Jupiter and Saturn as the handle. This shows that you will use your 459

YOUR PERSONAL HOROSCOPE 2002

career and professional status (Jupiter) and your social con­ nections (Saturn) to lift up your whole life. Many of you (especially singles) are involved with people of high status these days. And though you are allured by the power and prestige, after the 8th you want something more ‘equitable’ – a friendship of equals. Those already involved in long-term relationships also want more friendship with their partners. Finances are spectacular now.

460

Personal_Horoscope_prelims 5/25/01 3:06 pm Page 2

Also available:

YOUR CHINESE HOROSCOPE FOR 2002:

What the year of the horse holds in store for you

Paperback ISBN 0-00-711000-6

Adobe eBook 0-00-713156-9

Microsoft Reader Edition 0-00-713157-7

Personal_Horoscope_prelims 5/25/01 3:06 pm Page 3

About the Publisher Australia HarperCollins Publishers (Australia) Pty Ltd, 25 Ryde Road (PO Box 321), Pymble, NSW 2073, Australia http://www.harpercollins.com.au Canada HarperCollins Publishers Ltd, 55 Avenue Road, Suite 2900, Hazelton Lanes, Toronto, Ontario, M5R 3L2, Canada http://www.harpercanada.com New Zealand HarperCollinsPublishers (New Zealand), 31 View Road, Glenfield, P.O. Box 1, Auckland, New Zealand http://www.harpercollins.co.nz United Kingdom HarperCollins Publishers Ltd, 77-85 Fulham Palace Road, London, W6 8JB, UK http://www.fireandwater.co.uk United States HarperCollins Publishers Inc. 10 East 53rd Street, New York, NY 10022, USA http://www.harpercollins.com

Thorsons

Directions for life

www.thorsons.com The latest mind, body and spirit news Exclusive author interviews Read extracts from the latest books Join in mind-expanding discussions Win great prizes every week Thorsons catalogue & ordering service

www.thorsons.com